Chapter 50

Her mornings on Asphodel had become routine, if not rote.

(What is on the seventh page of the leftmost book? Maryam asked. Angharad rose to her feet, walked the hall two doors down and entered the bedroom. There were four books on the bed. She flipped open the leftmost to the requested page. It was a small journal, and that page held nothing but a sequence of inked numbers: seven, nineteen, three hundred and two, one.)

Letting out a long breath, Angharad opened her eyes and found an expectant Maryam looking at her from across the table, steel tip pen at the ready.

“Leftmost book, seventh page,” she said. “Seven, nineteen, three hundred and two, one.”

It had been one of the more interesting discoveries that everything she saw in a vision was temporarily fixed in her mind, near impossible to forget for at least a day afterwards. Maryam hummed, jotting down what had been said, then went down the hallway to check. She came back smiling.

“It is correct,” the pale-skinned woman happily announced. “And it was not knowledge I personally possessed, as Song was the one to write these down.”

Angharad slowly nodded.

“So the knowledge within my vision is not dependent on that of the people in my presence,” she said.

Which was for the best. Mind-reading was not forbidden under the Iscariot Accords, but it was mandatory to report and register. Maryam snorted.

“That is one test pointing in that direction,” she said. “I’m not willing to confidently repeat what you just said until at least another seven point the same way.”

While Angharad appreciated the thoroughness and would hardly oppose it when it was being put to work in her service, she was not trying to establish the limits of her contract up to some obscure Akelarre standard. As far as she was concerned, a truth had been learned. Another touch of color on the painting taking shape, establishing that her contract lent her true foresight and did not simply borrow from the minds around it to guess.

Angharad had believed this already proven, but Maryam insisted that the visions could not be treated as simply larger glimpses. It had almost irked her, a first, but now she was coming around to the notion. There was something… different about the visions. The glimpses felt like exactly that, a quick look at what lay ahead. Angharad remained apart from them. The visions, however, felt raw in a way that blurred the boundary between dream and material.

 Almost as if she lived them, though admittedly not as deeply as she had that first time on the Dominion.

The Izvorica finished jotting down her notes, then carefully blew at the ink ‘til it dried before closing the journal. Angharad waited patiently until she was done, then silently inquired as to whether they were done.

“I would not mind practicing your tell,” Maryam said, “but I believe we might run late if we do.”

“My affairs are already packed and aboard the coach,” Angharad told her, “but it might be for the best to end this now anyhow.”

The Black House coachman would be taking her to the northwestern ward – not on an official Watch coach, mind you, a rented one – and there the carriage that Lord Cleon had recommended her would be waiting for the longer trip out to the country. It would be two days of traveling by road to the Eirenos estate, and she was meant to stay at least two nights there before returning. Lord Cleon was to receive guests for a small soiree, but she would be arriving the day before that so he might show her the estate and they could go on a hunt together.

Given that the moment they left Tratheke the beautiful First Empire roads of the capital would be a thing of the past, to leave a little early could not hurt. The roads in Tratheke Valley were said to be bad enough that carriages habitually carried spare wheels and axles. Would that Angharad could ride a horse instead. She would tire after an hour or two, she expected, but she was barred from this regardless as her slow but steady recovery had to be hidden from the society she was joining.

It was her troubles that made her fine bait for the cult of the Golden Ram, though the more the Thirteenth discovered the more it seemed like that name might have become a façade for something darker.

“I need to prepare my own affairs for the trip back to the Rows anyhow,” Maryam said.

“Bringing flowers to the brackstone wall, I hear,” Angharad said.

And not entirely succeeding at hiding her skepticism, by the amused look on the other woman’s face.

“Not just any flowers, Asphodel crowns,” she replied. “They’ve a large place in the tale of the god Oduromai and echo strangely in the aether. If I can match that echo to whatever lies behind the shrine…”

“Then you could put a name to the imprisoned spirit,” Angharad finished, inclining her head in acknowledgement. “Even failing to match would be information, in a way.”

“Assuming I can feel anything through the brackstone,” Maryam said. “It is not a given.”

At least she would be safe even if her Signs turned on her again, Angharad thought. Captain Wen was heading out with her, as he had with the archives. She was beginning to wonder if the large Tianxi might not have decided on a favorite after all. They parted ways cordially, the noblewoman combing through her room one last time to ensure she had not forgotten anything.

She was about ready to believe so when there was a small knock against the doorway. She turned half-expecting Song to be there, but it was her uncle. Osian Tredegar came dressed in his fine blacks, smiling, and after she silently invited him in he closed the door. Not a simple goodbye, then.

“Word has come from the palace that our delegation will be taken to the shipyard tomorrow,” he plainly said. “Myself and three others, all covenanters.”

She slowly nodded.

“Is a tinker from the Deuteronomicon to accompany you?” Angharad asked.

Among the Umuthi Society, those were the men and women who studied aetheric machinery – and thus were most likely to recognize an infernal forge should they encounter one down there. Half-grimacing, Osian nodded.

“A Savant and a Laurel as well,” he said.

She raised an eyebrow at the last, until her uncle explained the woman in question was a cryptoglyph scholar. An Antediluvian shipyard was likely to be full of inscriptions in the First Empire’s scientific language, some of which might shed light on its original purpose.

“I wish you luck,” Angharad said, lowering her head.

She was not sure whether she ought to rejoice of or dread his visit to the shipyard and the news he would bring on his return.

“They can only keep us drugged for so long,” Uncle Osian quietly said. “It will give us a better idea of how close the entrance to the shipyard is to the capital.”

And the shipyard was to be where the infernal engine lay. Perhaps. It was not known for certain there was an infernal engine on Asphodel in the first place. Yet recent news had improved the odds in Angharad’s eyes. Twice now members of the Thirteenth had run into Lord Locke and Lady Keys in places they should not be, while Hage – a devil of some age – had passed down a stern warning to avoid angering them.

If the pair were ancient devils themselves, or at least Lady Keys as the one Tristan reported to be of unusual strength, then there must be a reason for their presence on Asphodel. She could think of few greater prizes for an annealed devil than an infernal forge, for their like endless font of lives but a helping pair of hands away. More worryingly, it might mean competing with an ancient devil for that prize.

Not a prospect Angharad was likely to survive at the moment.

“It will be all right, Angie,” her uncle said, squeezing her shoulder. “We approach answers with every step.”

The kindness in his eyes burned. She had kept the Thirteenth away from the machinations of the Lefthand House, for now, but she had already dragged Osian Tredegar deep into their net. Oh, he had involved himself of his own will but deep down Angharad knew she had wielded her own life like a knife to force him. The same reason he was helping her was why he deserved better.

Part of her resented that something was holding her back from taking the risks she needed to see her father out of Tintavel, but that anger smacked of shame. Her uncle had spent decades rising up the ranks of the Watch then put the work of a lifetime on the line for her. To help her save a man he did not even like. Angharad was not blind, the two were never close.

Uncle Osian did it all for love of her. How could there be honor in this, in making a good man ruin his life? There wasn’t. That was the hard truth of it, she admitted to herself. There was not a speck of honor in any of it, no matter how much she pulled and twisted the facts to try and make it otherwise.

“Imani Langa,” she blurted out.

Osian Tredegar blinked.

“She is the ufudu,” Angharad admitted.

“The captain of the Eleventh Brigade?” her uncle frowned.

She nodded.

“I do not think my visit to the country will see me in danger,” she said, “but the Sleeping God alone knows. Should I pass…”

“I will ensure she does not outlive you long,” Osian Tredegar calmly said.

There was not a hint of doubt in his eyes as he spoke the words. She believed him. Angharad passed a hand through her hair, biting her lip. That was not what she had meant.

“See to yourself first,” Angharad quietly replied. “Please. Use it however you can to remove yourself from this pit I dragged you into.”

“You did no such thing,” Osian denied.

Her lips thinned.

“In my heart, I am still the lady of Llanw Hall,” Angharad admitted. “I played at it with all the other nobleborn islanders, the lot of us crowding room and table pretending as if it were a salon and we were all rulers in the making. It felt…”

She grimaced.

“It felt like my right, to make the decisions I have,” she said. “Whatever I must to free my father. I thought I was being a lady, making the hard calls Mother so often spoke of. The costs to everyone around me were regrettable, but not regretted.”

Her uncle listened in silence, face inscrutable. She rubbed her forehead.

“But I am not lady of Llanw Hall,” Angharad said, though the words felt like molten iron. “And what I thought a lady’s refrain now sounds like the wailing of a child.”

An honorable woman would not have let it all turn out like this. Like some… endless twisting knot, a rope dragging ever more people into the pit. She had made bargains, cut corners, all because it felt hopeless to struggle otherwise. And for what? A liar’s promises. Bait she swallowed down to the last drop no matter how bitter the taste grew.

“It has not been a year since you watched it all burn, Angharad,” her uncle gently said. “You are… I do not expect you to embrace it so quickly, the black. It was not a life you sought. I did, as a young man, and still it took me time.”

She closed her eyes. He did not understand, not really. Could not. Osian Tredegar saw in her his sister’s ghost and loved the shade too much to glimpse through it at what his niece had become. The Fisher had chided Angharad, once, for clinging to the victories of a child while fighting a woman’s battles. And while the spirit was ancient and cruel, a tyrant of the Old Night, in its own mad way it saw things clearly.

It was time to grow up. Her debts were no one else’s to settle.

She kissed her uncle on the cheek, bade him goodbye and left him stand there troubled. Another regret, but the only words she had to soothe him were lies. The Thirteenth were waiting for her in the courtyard, chatting by the coach. Maryam and Tristan trading barbs, Song eyeing them amusedly. They were… They stood in the light of the Tratheke morning like a lit hearth, and Angharad a stranger. One of her own making.

“Tredegar, are you taking up lurking? Don’t put me out of a job, I need the salary.”

She answered Tristan’s teasing by approaching, the thief studying her face seriously as she did. Debts to settle, Angharad reminded herself. How stiff was her pride, that she must chew on it for months before she could swallow? Stiff enough she nodded at Tristan and shook a surprised Maryam’s hand before finally turning to Song. She breathed in.

“When I asked you about the death of Isabel Ruesta,” Angharad said, “I walked into that room having decided on the answer. For that, I apologize.”

Silver eyes met her own.

“Apology accepted,” Song Ren finally said.

The noblewoman stiffly inclined her head.

“When I return from the country,” Angharad continued, “I would ask you again.”

Her captain gave a slow, measured nod back.

“I await that conversation, then,” she simply said.

They left it at that. Debts to settle, Angharad thought again as she climbed onto the coach and the door was closed behind her. It had not felt good, swallowing her pride. She wished it had, that virtue would be sweet on the tongue, but it hadn’t.

But neither had treason, and she would sleep better after this.

Song had come to the rector’s palace to personally report matters best not put to paper, expecting the trip there and back to take up most of the time involved, but that had been foolish optimism on her part.

Lord Rector Evander, upon being informed that Song was to run down a lead concerning a potential second brackstone shrine, had made a snap decision. That was why, an hour and change after entering the palace, Song Ren was being glared at by Prefect Nestor – commander of the palace lictors, the Lord Rector’s personal guards among them. It was unfair of the man to be turning that ire her way when Song had spent the better part of half an hour trying to deny his king.

It was, unfortunately, difficult enough to refuse the Lord Rector anything even when he did not have something passingly resembling a valid point.

“Nestor, make your peace with it,” Evander Palliades advised. “My mind is made up.”

The commander of the lictors grit his teeth.

“At least let me send a whole squad with you,” he said.

Lord Rector Evander, dark eyes glittering with amusement, turned to Song with a cocked eyebrow. Would that she could strangle him. He knew exactly what she was doing, foisting off the answer on her.

“This is meant to be a discreet investigation, prefect,” she said. “Twenty heavily armed lictors surrounding us at all times would be too conspicuous.”

The glare deepened, still turned on her. He could not afford to be angry at his master so Song was paying the price on their behalf.

“Two guards are too few,” Prefect Nestor said. “Since your brigade has failed to find the assassin, Captain Ren, it -”

Enough.

“My brigade is not contracted to find your assassin,” Song icily replied. “If the lictors are incapable of doing so, hire a Watch team to make up for your incompetence – another team, as mine is already on contract.”

“Watch your tone, girl,” the prefect warned.

“Watch your words, prefect,” she flatly retorted. “I have tolerated, in the spirit of cooperation between Asphodel and the Conclave, the throne’s constant impositions on my brigade’s contracted duties. Yet there are limits.”

She smiled blandly.

“Further interference will force me to consider the throne of Asphodel in breach of contract, and thus any obligations on the Thirteenth Brigade’s part voided. We can withdraw to the Lordsport by day’s end, if you would like.”

The older man gritted his teeth, looking like he wanted nothing more than to start snarling, but he had to know that he had no real grounds to complain on – he had been out of line. Instead he looked askance to the Lord Rector, whose eyebrow remained cocked.

“I spoke in haste,” Prefect Nestor reluctantly said. “Yet it remains that His Excellency descending into an unsavory part of the city with only yourself and two guards as escort is an entirely unnecessary risk.”

“I agree,” Song said, to his surprise. “While I concede that the throne has a vested interest in what is being investigated, I would prefer an observer to accompany me instead. As I have repeatedly stated.”

She turned a cold gaze on Lord Rector Evander, who idly waved her irritation away.

“The matter in question is of importance to House Palliades and must remain secret,” the bespectacled young man said. “I will not bring in another soul when all that is required of me is to walk down a street and listen while Captain Song asks a few questions. It would beirresponsible of me.”

Prefect Nestor looked like he shared Song’s opinion, which was that the irresponsibility in play was Evander Palliades putting himself in a situation where the bullet put in his skull would become the opening shot of a civil war over his succession, but he could no more argue than her. He was a retainer, not someone who could question his master over the affairs of his own house.

And House Palliades had a right to keep the matter of the brackstone shrines and aether seal secret, Watch bylaws guaranteed it. Song had checked. Thrice, in different languages, to see if there might be any wiggle room using a different translation. Unfortunately, the Laurels were very thorough in their work.

“Most of the traveling will be done by coach,” Song offered. “And there is no reason that a larger force could not be waiting inside the ward to escort him back in greater numbers, so long as it remains covert.”

Much of the heat gone out of his eyes, though not all, Prefect Nestor curtly nodded.

“I will arrange that immediately,” he said. “Your Excellency, Captain Ren, please excuse me.”

She simply nodded, while Lord Rector Evander smiled and leaned over to share a few quiet words before letting the old prefect leave. The look he turned on her afterwards almost seemed approving, the warmth in those dark eyes making her a little uncomfortable.

“You handled yourself well,” Evander Palliades said. “Captain Duan would be pleased, I’m sure. Nestor’s a tough old hound, half the reason I picked him as prefect is that he is too stubborn to be bent.”

“He is also correct regarding this entire affair,” Song flatly replied. “It is an unnecessary risk, and while I acknowledge that you have a right to attend I do not believe the reasons you gave for it are your true ones.”

He leaned back into his seat, lips twitching for some strange reason. Had he somehow failed to grasp that she was implying him to be a selfish prick complicating her life for the sake of his petty whims? He had demonstrated not to be a dimwit in other regards, which made his reaction all the more baffling.

“The last few days have been smothering,” he acknowledged. “I cannot so much as walk down a hall without a full squad of lictors behind and ahead of me.”

“My sympathies,” Song blandly said. “Unfortunately, your inclination to use my brigade a means to escape your situation puts us in the position of being responsible for your life even as you carelessly risk it.”

“It is our lictor escorts that would be responsible,” he denied.

Song flatly stared him down until he coughed and looked away. If Evander Palliades was killed while tagging along on a Watch investigation, it would be puerile to pretend that the blackcloaks would not get the lion’s share of the blame whether lictors were present or not. It was not at all unlikely that the Watch would end up blamed for the ensuing civil war as well.

While strictly speaking getting the Lord Rector killed on her watch would not end their contract with the throne Asphodel, thus failing the yearly test, Song suspected such a thing might… detrimentally affect the Thirteenth’s performance assessment.

“I’m not unaware that you would be made liable for my decision, should some catastrophe strike,” the Lord Rector admitted, and straightened in his seat. “I will obey your orders in the field, Captain Song, and find a way to make it up to you.”

The informally spoken, almost teasing last part had her flushing in irritation.

“You will dress as a merchant,” she ordered. “You will not speak unless I allow it, and your escorts will obey my orders until your life is demonstrably in danger.”

He nodded, smiling, and the warm satisfaction it brought was purely that of a daughter of Tianxia subjecting a despot to the rightful yoke of law.

“Then, while I continue to protest, I reluctantly agree to your accompanying me to the site in question,” Song said.

“Capital,” Evander amiably replied. “Where is this site, anyhow? You did not clarify beyond the northeastern ward.”

He paused, coughing into his fist.

“Will we be passing through the ‘Reeking Rows’?”

He said those words, she observed with some amusement, much in the same tone her sisters used to talk about that shrine to the White-Tailed Consort in the woods a few hours away from their home. Scandalized fascination. She cleared her throat.

“We will not,” she said.

She would not have thought his face one suited to pouting, between the stubble and the angular features, but some might have called the expression on his face endearing.

“Though we will come close,” she added, and he lit up. “I take it you have not visited that part of the city often?”

“Try never,” he replied. “It was the first Palliades rector who ordered that district’s consolidation, so it has long been a source of curiosity to me. I’ve not had opportunity to visit the ward before.”

“You’ve never set foot there?” she asked, honestly surprised.

Disreputable or not, it contained almost a quarter of his capital.

“First I was too young, then under regency,” he said. “And after I took the crown, the first few years were… difficult. Lady Floros prepared me to reign, but Palliades or not I did not command the respect she does. It was as if the machinery of state had rusted overnight, and every failure had my name written on it.”

“You seem to have grown beyond those beginnings,” Song honestly said.

While his rule was weak, it was not through any particular failing of his own and he was taking steps to remedy this – indeed, his success seemed to be why his enemies were growing bolder. Song felt a twinge of guilt at keeping from Evander that his suspicions were correct, that there was a coup brewing under his feet and the Council of Ministers was up to its neck in it, but she ruthlessly rubbed it out.

There could be no good kings and the Watch did not take sides.

“That is what I owe my name and my people,” he said, smiling wanly. “It does not leave room for much else, but my father liked to say that duty is not a verse but refrain – it will return so long as we keep singing, and what else is there but to sing?”

It was easier when you thought of kings as distant figures on towering thrones, Song thought. Before you saw what lay under the crown and the dragon robe, the flesh and bones. The kings of the Feichu Tian did not get tired or wistful, did not sound determined to filially live up to their legacy. They did not sound like they were drowning in their own reign.

It changed nothing, she reminded herself.

And yet half a smile fought its way through Song’s better judgment, as she cleared her throat and drew him out of the soft melancholy he’d fallen into.

“To answer your earlier question in full,” she said, “we are to visit a paying establishment.”

“A tavern?” he asked, cocking his head to the side.

“They do serve wine, I hear,” she noted, “but I expect that is not the main draw.”

“An eatery?”

Her smile widened.

“Have you ever been in a brothel before, Your Excellency?”

By the way he choked, she would hazard he had not.

It was the first day of the investigation, so Tristan took the time to case the place. To ask around, spend a few coppers and get a feel for it.

The Kassa family’s workshop on Chancery Lane was not a single edifice but three of them, tightly clustered together and effectively occupying an overlarge city block. Two of those buildings, large one-story squares with a tall ceiling and a flat roofs covered with gas lamps, where their weavers turned the wool imported from the mountains into the cloth shipped out to the Lordsport. From there it was headed mostly towards southern Izcalli, Tristan learned.

Asphodel wool was considered of lesser quality and was thus sold at more affordable prices, often undyed. Cheap clothing was attractive to the Izcalli lords bordering Tianxia and the Someshwar, who always had fresh serfs to clothe and no great desire to dress them expensively. It was a common enough sort of trade for small Trebian islands, though often Tianxi and Someshwari traders stepped in as middlemen to fill their pockets.

Profits cared little for irony.

The two squares had been turned into one large building, the space between them walled in with cheaper stone than the Antediluvian sort while the separating walls were knocked down to make of them a single large floor. Not so with the third edifice, a three-story building pressed against the side of the others that had been turned into dormitories for the workers – with the nice, windowed upper floor reserved for foremen and overseers.

The alley door that the Brazen Chariot had mentioned was a narrow slice of street between the Kassa workshop and rented warehouses, a back entrance that should lead directly to the workshop floor. Had the assassin been unable to secure a bed in the dormitories, or perhaps been afraid that in a crowd someone was bound to talk? That might be it, if Song was correct and that illusory contract had to be consciously used – those tattoos were distinctive, and sleep would have revealed her true face for anyone caring to look.

Satisfied he had the layout of the place comfortably settled in his mind’s eye, Tristan began making more pointed inquiries. Was the Kassa workshop hiring? What kind of workers, what were the wages, who should be sought to get a foot in? There were taverns close, cheap enough they were meant to cater to the workers and not the whipmen, and there he found fertile grounds for answers so long as he spent some coin on drink or food.

“The Kassa are always hiring,” a wan-faced barmaid told him. “But not for the good wages you’re looking for, boy. Those weavers are locked up in contracts so tight not even Old Dragfoot could hammer them open, the Kassa keep that in-house. They only take fullers and traveling men.”

Tristan swallowed a mouthful of watery stew, forcing himself not to grimace. Watch meals had spoiled him.

“Do they full with bats or feet?” he asked.

“They’re traditional, so it’s feet in the piss for you,” she chuckled.

Not ideal. He wasn’t too proud to spend hours stepping on woolen cloth in a tub full of human piss, but the stink would be hard to wash off. Not ideal to sneak around after.

“And the traveling men?”

“They’ll work you to the bone,” the waitress warned. “Not just warehouse work, but riding the coaches and filling in everything that needs to be filled. You might just end up stepping in the piss anyway, for lesser pay.”

Ah, Tristan thought, but it also sounds like work that’ll get me in everywhere. He pretended to heed her advice, made sure to tip her as well as the fresh migrant he was pretending to be could, then moved on to another haunt. He slipped in with a wave of hammer-men from a larger workshop down the road, waiting until they’d had a few beers with their meal to ingratiate himself with further drinks and ask his questions.

“Don’t know who told you Kassa would take you, but they were full of shit,” a big man called Pantelis laughed. “They only hire by recommendation, even their traveling men – had trouble a few years back with a fire they blamed the Anastos for, now they’re careful as cats.”

“Try the Euripis warehouses, down on Charon Street,” his wife advised. “They take in Sacromontans, and the pay’s shit but it comes with a bed and one meal a day.”

The next crowd told him much the same, though they warned one of the Euripis foremen liked pretty boys and did not like it when they refused. When he asked about how one might get recommended to the Kassa, the answers were not promising.

“Work a year or two for them at their northwest warehouses,” he was told. “Or have a cousin inside.”

He picked a particularly drunk woman to ask about bribes, counting on her not remembering his face in a few hours, and was told it wouldn’t work.

“If you’re caught taking coin they slice you,” she said. “No one’ll risk it for some nobody like you, kid.”

She was likely right, unless he offered a suspiciously large bribe that might just get him outed anyway.

Fortunately, through the mass of largely useless dross he’d gathered through hours of this he found one useful detail: the Kassa warehouses in the northwest were in bed with the local basileia. And, more importantly for him, that relationship was close enough that recommendations handed out by said basileia – no one could tell him the name – were enough to get you in.

That, Tristan decided, sounded like an angle he could work.

Irritating as it was to have the Lord Rector foisted onto her for the trip, at least Evander did not waste time getting ready.

By the turn of the hour they’d left the palace, smuggled out with their two lictor minders on the supply lift, and boarded a coach. Forty lictors would be following in a fleet of coaches after a delay, but Song intended to be done with the investigation long before they could ruin her efforts blundering about.

The two hard-faced men accompanying them screamed ‘soldier’ even out of lictor’s uniform between the blades, the scars and the ramrod straight posture, but Song was hoping they would be taken as hired guards for a wealthy young man trying out the seedier side of Tratheke. Lord Rector Evander, despite wearing clothes in muted colors and no jewelry – even his spectacles had been changed for a set with smaller lenses and a cheaper iron mount – could not pass as anything but ‘well bred’.

It was nothing he could help: soft hands, well-kept hair and the easy confidence of man who’d never had to lower his eyes in his life were not something that could be hidden by a change of clothes. His barely hidden enthusiasm and curiosity were, but Song saw no point in asking. On the contrary, better he marked as a young master out on an adventure than anything needing deeper thought.

If atrocious price gouging on the wine and room were the worst they had to suffer today, she would count herself lucky.

In a drab brown doublet and workman’s trousers, his hair kept under a cap, Evander Palliades looked at the run-down streets of the Reeking Rows’ approach as if they were the most interesting thing he’d ever seen. Song kept close, hand near her blade, and watched him as he eyed streaks of filth on alley walls not with disgust but curiosity. She shot him a dubious look.

“I had read myrmekes ate such things,” the Lord Rector said. “I wonder if it is the Rows that drove off local lares.”

Song hummed.

“I have not seen stray dogs or rats here,” she acknowledged. “But that is not so rare in the poorer districts of any city.”

Anything went into the cookpot, when you grew hungry enough.

“Tratheke has little vermin compared to the other cities of Asphodel,” Evander told her. “Most of the city is stone or brass, it repels many insects.”

And with them the creatures that fed on them, presumably. Song had not fallen behind on her Teratology readings so knew every animal to be part of an intricate cycle – a part of that cycle could not be yanked out without consequences rippling out.

“I expect the smell around here would drive off men as well, if they could leave,” Song mused.

He glanced at her through his spectacles.

“You disapprove of the arrangement?”

She frowned.

“You do not?”

“It was done for sensible reasons, which have not changed,” the Lord Rector informed her.

“It sensibly ruined a quarter of your capital, or near enough,” Song replied.

“Those trades have to go somewhere,” Evander said. “It cannot be either of the southern wards, and what use is there in moving them northwest instead? There is no machine there to blow the air upwards.”

“The air only became poisonous because of the concentration of trades,” she said. “If you dispersed them across the city-”

“Then I have districts up in arms about their homes suddenly smelling like tanneries and slaughterhouses,” he said. “The dye workshops used to be in the southwestern ward, Song, and there were riots during summer when it went too long without raining. The fumes from the heat were deadly to children.”

“And your solution to this is making a district where the desperate are forced to work knowing their lungs rot for it?” she replied, unimpressed. “The entire ward might well be uninhabitable if not for the Antediluvian wind machine.”

Whatever those great rotating blades were truly for, in practice they blew the reek upwards.

“The edge of the district connects to two major avenues and the broadest canal in Tratheke,” Evander said. “The trades are clustered there because the ward is far from where the goods are headed and those are the easiest paths to remedy this.”

“An argument that matters much to the magnates owning those slaughterhouses,” she said, “but I expect rather less to those dying in them. The latter are your subjects as well, Lord Rector.”

“And what is your solution, then?” he replied in irritation.

“Spread out the trades within the whole northeastern district,” she said. “Keep only the worst near the machine. Air in the Rows will thin out and the ward becomes inhabitable again, which will draw people back into the empty districts.”

“That would mean reclaiming the ward,” he said. “Which means patrols and clearing out the lemures, thus expanding the lictors. Which is expensive. Then for there to be a wide movement of populace I would need to either offer a bounty to families moving here, expensive, or force them to move – tyrannical and still expensive. It means refurbishing the streets, the lamps, the lesser canals. It means bringing magistrates to settle disputes and collect royal rents.”

He scoffed.

“What you suggest is the founding of a colony town within Tratheke,” Evander said.

Song nodded, for that was entirely true. She only knew so much of the unique structures of this ruin-city, but the bare numbers of it she had considered before speaking.

“An endeavor that would take years, significant coin and much effort,” she agreed. “It would also ease the crowding of the southern wards, bring in revenue through taxes and royal rents as well as drain the recruitment pool of your basileias.”

She paused.

“But, most important of all,” Song pointedly said, “you would cease to tacitly endorse the poisoning of your own subjects less than an hour’s walk away from your own palace.”

His eyes narrowed.

“Even if I could spare the coin for that – which, between bringing the lictors up to strength and restoring a First Empire shipyard, I assure you I do not – it would not matter,” he said. “Such a great investment would not be solely mine to decide, it must be approved by the Council of Ministers.”

Song frowned. That, admittedly, she had not considered.

“And they would not allow you to spend that much improving Tratheke when the current state of affairs suits them better,” she said.

“They would see it as gilding the Palliades reputation with the people and strengthening my grip on the city, neither of which they will let me spend a copper on if they could prevent it,” he flatly said. “There are checks on my power. Lawful and not, for if you imagine for a moment the Trade Assembly would not pour a fortune into that district colony to steal it out from under me you are being most naïve.”

If they can better serve the people than the throne, they would be right to, Song thought. A king’s power first sought to preserve itself, then doled out kindness like crumbs. Only authority issued by citizens and answerable to them could truly be relied on to observe their dignity.

“The power of thrones is always contested,” Song simply said.

He looked at her through those brass spectacles, dark eyes flat.

“Your republics war on each other constantly through mercenaries, squabbling over farmland and profits,” Evander Palliades said. “The children of your bureaucrats are nearly guaranteed to win such offices, your elections are awash with gold and blood, even your famous Luminary lottery is rigged so that the three most powerful republics always win.”

His brow rose.

“It seems to me that a republic is not a remedy so much as a different set of troubles.”

“Tianxia is no less troubled by evils than any other land,” Song acknowledged, to his visible surprise.

“But?”

“But when our rulers fail to end these evils, they are removed and replaced by those who will,” Song said. “Without needing to wait out a lifetime or wage a civil war. We are a method, not a result.”

“Results are what matters to a nation,” the Lord Rector dismissed. “The rest is wind.”

Song looked around her, at the dying district.

“As you say, Your Excellency,” she replied.

His face tightened. Her words put silence between them all the way to the edifice with the yellow crescent hung outside. It was not wise to anger the ruler of the land one must fulfill a contract in, but Song did not regret her words. Truth was truth, and if the man insisted on debating her she would not lie to assuage his feelings. Besides, if he was miffed enough by her words perhaps he would find another sniffer to accompany him on his outings.

It would be better for them both if he did.

The brothel was exactly as she had been told, the sign with a yellow crescent its only advertisement. It was three stories tall and rather broad, from the outside looking more like a Port Allazei hostel than a den of debauchery – though it was still in the stone, green glass and brass typical of Tratheke. There was no one at the door and the windows were all shuttered tight, but there were lights inside.

“On me,” Song told the Lord Rector and his escorts. “Follow and do not speak.”

She waited for nods from all three before entering. The entrance hall was dimly lit with bad oil lamps – not Glare oil, by the glow – and it smelled strongly of incense. Not the good kind, and Song had prayed at enough street shrines to know what cheap incense smelled like. A man with a club and a dead eye waited there, but he let them pass without a word. It was not a madam who welcomed them at the desk but a procurer, a small man with dark hair and blue eyes dressed more like a shopkeeper than a flesh peddler.

He smiled easily and shallowly, eyes always moving between them.

“Welcome, welcome,” he said. “The Amber Crescent is always pleased to receive guests.”

It took effort for her not to inform him that crescent’s shade of yellow had not been anywhere near amber. His eyes lingered on the two lictors behind them.

“Especially those with coin.”

The procurer licked his lips.

“What pleasure can I provide you?” he asked, gaze darting between her and the Lord Rector. “Most of my girls are free, though should you be interested in boys instead…”

Song took out a small pouch of silver and placed it on the desk. The upside of the Lord Rector having come along was that she could bill the payment to the throne instead of paying out from brigade funds.

“We require not your girls but your discretion,” she said.

Eyes flicked between her and Evander again. He tested the weight of the pouch, looking pleased.

“Of course,” he smiled. “A room, and never a word will pass these lips.”

“Prepare it,” Song ordered. “And while we wait, I was told you have a selection of wines?”

“My cellar is yours, my lady,” the procurer hastily said. “I can have brought up-”

“We have very particular tastes,” Song blandly said. “We will choose ourselves.”

Another piece of silver was put on the desk.

“Unless you object?”

The small man picked it up, adding it to the earlier pouch. He’d unstrung that so discreetly she never noticed.

“I would not dare,” the procurer smiled. “Verico will show you the way to the cellar. I will personally see to your room, my lady.”

“Do,” Song thinly smiled back.

Verico was the name of the one-eyed guard, who kept silent as he led them past a few closed doors to a set of narrow stairs leading down into the basement. The door at the bottom was not locked. Song glanced at the Lord Rector meaningfully and he gestured for the lictors to stay out, remaining on the main floor with Verico – who handed them a stinking, smoky lamp before closing the door behind them.

The basement was a disheveled pile of barrels and bottles, not all of which were on racks. Many were simply on the floor, there for anyone to trip over, and some of the bottles in straw-stuffed crates were empty. Song’s fingers clenched at the sight but she kept herself in check. She was not going to organize a brothel basement for that seedy man upstairs, even if someone ought to.

“I don’t recognize any of those bottles,” Evander Palliades said, sounding amused. “And some are larger than I thought wine bottles even came in.”

“We are not here for the wine,” Song murmured back.

Lamp in hand she pushed through the mess to find what they truly had come from. The back wall, while obstructed with barrels and a collapsed shelf, turned out to be exactly what the Brazen Chariot thug had said: brackstone, entirely so. The Lord Rector, come to stand by her side, clicked his tongue.

“So your signifier was right,” he said. “There’s more than one shrine – and unless there’s some other aether prison out there, these are the anchors for it.”

Song slowly nodded.

“Not here,” she said. “Grab a bottle and we use the room for a span, then head back.”

He chose a bottle of bright red glass with a seal on it, snatching it out of the crate, and followed her up. The procurer ‘preparing’ the room for them turned out to be changing the sheets on a miserable straw mattress and topping up the oil lamps. Two clay cups were brought up as well, clean enough Song might be willing to drink something out of them.

The small man might have tried to eavesdrop on them, she figured, if not for the two lictors that went to stand by the door. They had naturally discouraging expressions.

Evander closed the door behind him, and while Song sat on the bed after inspecting it enough to be reasonably sure it did not bear lice he broke the seal on the bottle and took a sniff.

“Cherries?” he muttered.

He poured them both a cup, but she merely held hers after it was handed.

“You have never heard of these shrines, I take it,” she said. “Is there truly no record of their construction?”

“If there are, I do not know them,” Evander admitted as he turned as chair to face her. “My family has journals dating back to its ascension to the throne, but they do not mention anything like this. Mostly Lord Rector Charilaos was trying to figure out which noble bride he could pick without getting assassinated.”

He grimaced.

“No one expected House Lissenos to be so suddenly snuffed out,” he said. “Charilaos Palliades was a compromise candidate, not a lord anyone expected to ever come near the throne. Our ancestral lands are a goat farm, for Oduromai’s sake.”

“I thought your family were the closest relatives to House Lissenos,” Song said.

“That became true,” he said, “after they spent two decades and change purging the lesser branches of their house following a spectacularly botched coup by their closest kin. Before that Charilaos was, I think, fifty-fourth in the line of succession? The genealogy books of the time don’t even mention him by name, only our house at large.”

Evander snorted.

“I doubt the time he spent in the presence of the last Lissenos rector ever reached the sum of an hour. He was not someone House Lissenos would have shared ancient family secrets with.”

“So the knowledge might have been lost when they died out,” she said. “Did they not leave behind records of their own?”

“Everything we inherited is in the private archives,” Evander said.

“Implying there is more in someone else’s hands,” she noted.

“The interregnum between the end of Lissenos and the coronation of Charilaos Palliades left the palace in the hands of the steward of the time,” he said. “Lady Myrto Eirenos.”

Her brow rose, impressed at the breadth of his knowledge.

“I had no idea before I read the journals yesterday,” he drily told her. “Charilaos was convinced she robbed the palace of everything that wouldn’t be noticed missing and stewed for a decade that there was not much he could do about it.”

“Are the Eirenos not minor vassals to Tratheke?” she asked.

They did not sound like all that troublesome an opponent for the lords of all Asphodel, however precarious their throne.

“Back in those days they owned about a tenth of Tratheke Valley,” he said. “They had to sell most of their land when their mine on Arke ran dry and debts were called, keeping mostly the hunting lodges that are their sole current claim to relevance. Even maintaining those is stretching their means.”

That, Song thought, would have been very useful to know before Angharad left for the Eirenos manor. Was it too late to send a messenger after her? She had only been gone for hours, it might not be. Song would ask Wen what means they had at their disposal to contact her. It was frustrating that they could not rely too much on Black House for it, lest Angharad be outed as a watchwoman. As her silence lingered, Evander cleared his throat.

“You believe the cult of the Golden Ram to be related to this imprisoned god, then?” he asked.

“The last such cult existed during the Ataxia and was used a puppet by the god known as the Hated One,” she said. “My Navigator found evidence – circumstantial – that these brackstone shrines might have been built shortly after the end of Ataxia.”

She paused.

“Now the containment layer is found breached while the Golden Ram cult makes a sudden resurgence, deepening its ties with those nobles most likely to plunge Asphodel into civil war. It has a conspiracy’s shape.”

“Yet your report claims an aether lock is meant to starve gods to death,” he noted. “If the Hated One is the god that escaped, then it was inside for over a century: would it then truly settle for impersonating the god of a minor cult and feeding on dregs of worship? That seems unusually restrained of a starving beast.”

That was… a very good point, admittedly. One neither she nor Maryam had considered.

“We do not yet have the whole picture,” Song admitted. “Leads are still being pursued.”

And it was a relief that their growing theory, the resurgence of the Hated One and the ties to the Council of Ministers, was proving to have flaws. Song would admit as much to herself. For if that was the truth of this mystery, then it followed that the assassin was not in the employ of the cult – because if they were ready to pull the trigger on their coup and forcefully seize the capital, they already would have.

Which left the Yellow Earth as the likely culprit for the attempt, considering the assassin was Tianxi and had fled to a workshop believed to have ties to the local sect.

Fingering Tianxia for the crime, because it surely would be all Ten Republics that got the blame and not some radical Yellow Earth faction, would sink Ren name deeper into the mud back home. She would not put it beyond some Yellow Earth sects to vilify her to draw the ire away from their own comrades, a fresh heaping of curses tossed onto her family’s shrine.

Evander risked a sip of his chosen wine, grimaced at the taste then took a deeper one.

“Horrid,” he cheerfully said. “You should try it, Song. We ought to be in here at least half an hour before leaving, lest we stand out in the wrong way.”

Song snorted, trying a sip and finding no trace of the purported cherries – the wine tasted, if anything, like… plums? Overripe plums, maybe. Regardless, it was just as horrid as promised. She swallowed an almost teasing question about taking only half an hour. A thought best buried very, very deep.

The Lord Rector drained his cup in a few long sips before pouring himself a second, the most Song had ever seen him drink. He usually watered his wine. Setting aside his cap, the man brushed back his long hair and let out a sigh. Evander Palliades had almost insultingly pretty hair, for a man. It was quite eye-catching, especially when he tossed it about like some young lion.

“It is not a good time for old gods to return to haunt us,” Evander said. “The city is a powder keg and this has the look of lit match.”

“The god might still be largely imprisoned,” Song told him. “Squeezing out through the cracks could be the work of years yet.”

“Chaos does not need reasons, only an excuse,” he quoted, drinking again.

Quoting Soyarabai, but she would forgive it since it was from her only good work. She should have stuck to philosophy and admitted her unfitness for serious scholarly work.

“The Council of Ministers will try to knock me off the throne the moment they think they have a chance and the Trade Assembly might well attempt the same to keep them off it,” Evander ruefully said.

The Ministers are already brewing a coup, Song thought, wishing she could tell him. Whatever his flaws, he seemed a better man than those trying to replace him. He emptied his cup, then set it down.

“You weren’t wrong, about the Rows,” he suddenly said. “Maybe not right, either, but…”

He laughed mirthlessly.

“Tacitly endorsing the poisoning of my subjects less than an hour’s walk away from my own palace,” Evander murmured. “Now there is a turn of phrase. One that I will not be forgetting anytime soon.”

Song said nothing, only watching him.

“I’m so close I can feel it,” he told her, biting his lip in frustration. “I only need to last through a year, maybe two, and my position will strong enough to reach terms with them. To finally do something more than just… fight to stay seated where I am.”

Only it was not so simple, was it?

“That won’t be the end of it. You will fight them your whole life, Evander, or others like them,” Song honestly said. “All that will change is who has the most guns and gold on their side.”

He turned a bright gaze on her. The drink could not have touched him so quick, she knew, but she almost believed it anyway looking at that expression on his face.

“Twelve days you have been on this island, Song Ren, and I have gotten more truth out of you than I have from anyone else in the last twelve years,” Evander Palliades chuckled. “It is madness.”

Song’s jaw clenched.

“I have been too familiar,” she said. “I will-”

“No,” Evander said. “Not that. This.”

He leaned in, glasses askew, and Song froze. And was tempted to remain frozen, to let it happen. It was not her mistake, if he was the one kissing her. And she was… curious.

But she was also a Ren.

Song drew back, putting a hand on his shoulder to stop him. She shook her head. The Lord Rector immediately stopped, then turned red in mortification. He flinched away like he had been burned.

“Apologies, Captain Ren,” he croaked out. “I was, I thought-”

He coughed.

“The wine,” she evenly said.

“Yes, the wine,” he awkwardly said. “Please forget I ever…”

“It is forgotten,” Song lied.

Neither of them spoke another word for the next twenty minutes, or dared to look at each other.

With the day’s work done and some time to kill before the evening meal at Black House, Tristan decided to allow himself a small indulgence: namely, investigating how hard it would be to break into the Nineteenth Brigade’s secret safehouse.

He picked up his burglar’s kit and took a roundabout route back to the dead-end alley he’d watched them go into, first taking a look at the surroundings. Of the half dozen or so buildings around there only two currently seemed in use, one being the Nineteenth’s rental. The other was a suspiciously clean two-story house whose shutters and locks had recently been changed and were of visibly better quality than the rest of the house.

They were also the kind that didn’t let sound out, which reeked to Tristan of coterie torture chamber until he climbed up on a neighboring roof and got a sniff at the scent wafting off the house’s second story. Poppy, and not some extract for the pain – the kind you stuffed in pipes and smoked. This was someone’s private drug den, then, not an interrogation pit. Probably some magnate or magnate’s kid who didn’t want to be known as a poppy fiend and figured that renting a den in the worst part of the southwestern ward counted as discretion.

The rest of the dead end was, if not exactly in ruins, then close to it: the houses were full of holes, be it in the walls or roof, and there were no shutters in the windows. As seemed common practice in Tratheke they had been raided for stone, brass and tiles then left to take the wind. No beggars had made a home there, which told Tristan whoever owned these regularly had them cleared by either hired men or the lictors. There would have been takers otherwise, no matter the holes in the roof.

The alley was less than half an hour of walk away from some of the liveliest streets of one of the richest wards in the city, as fine begging grounds as one could ask for. It brought out a shallow sort of amusement, to see that even in Tratheke the rich were willing to pay to keep their property free of rats even when they had no use for it.

The drug den was not in use at the moment – unless the fiend was sleeping it off inside – so Tristan allowed himself to take his time studying the Nineteenth’s rental. Fortuna whined at being asked to keep guard at the corner and kept returning to his side, but he ignored her. Two shuttered windows facing the street, heavy planks with brass stripes keeping them in place. None of that Asphodelian green glass behind them, so raising the bars might well let him inside.

He refrained.

“Just go inside,” Fortuna whined. “Come on, I bet they left all sorts of stuff lying around.”

“Cressida was here,” he replied. “And if I were her, I’d snare the place to know if someone came in.”

“You think she put something on the windowsill?” the goddess asked, looking enthused at the thought.

He nodded and she brightened further. The Lady of Longs Odds loved complications, so long as they were inflicted upon anyone but her. Should it be otherwise they would, of course, be found out as fundamentally unfair and morally intolerable.

“And likely the door as well,” Tristan added.

“I’ll leave you to it, then,” she drawled, vanishing.

If he had asked her to look inside the house for him a minute ago she would have agreed immediately, but now it was all but certain should he request it Fortuna would pretend to be hard of hearing. The thief did not mind. Opportunities to ply his craft with such low stakes were passing rare, and he must keep his skills sharp. Growing to rely too much on the goddess’ eyes would leave him lost without her aid.

The lock on the front door was child’s play, a tumble lock he could have done one-eyed with a hand tied behind his back, but he refrained again. Instead he brought up his lantern, peering at the small gap between door and doorway. There was nothing so obvious as string, but he thought he might be seeing a thin filament that could be a blonde hair. Tristan hummed, stepping away.

There were no shutters on the second story, but there was a chimney coming out of the rooftop. He slipped into the pilfered house to the right of the Nineteenth’s rental, up the skeleton of stairs then through a hole in the roof to reach the spread of tiles there. Given how closely clustered the buildings were, it was barely a leap to cross over to the other roof. He silently tread over the angled tiles to the chimney, hiding from the street through the angle and putting his bag down.

Fortuna, predictably, took the first halfway decent excuse to abandon her post and join him on the roof. She sat on the other side of the jutting chimney, skirts spilling out on either side like a small red tide, and golden eyes eagerly peered downwards.

“You want to sneak in through there?” she asked.

“Maybe,” Tristan hedged, removing a small mirror from his bag.

His lantern was already shuttered down to the barest slice, so it was just a matter of carefully angling the light and mirror before he could have a look down the chimney. It’d been cleaned, he found, but not recently: little soot but much dust. More importantly, leaning back and sweeping with the reflected light he found there were no caltrops at the bottom and no iron grid preventing entry.

“Cressida, you amateur,” he crowed. “We always cover the chimney, you ought to know better.”

“While this is the most interesting you’ve been all day,” Fortuna said, peering down, “is there a point to anything you’re doing?”

He shrugged.

“Might be the Nineteenth left papers lying around. There could be information to pass to Song about their investigation.”

“She could just ask Captain Tozi,” Fortuna said. “They seem friendly. Are you sure this isn’t about showing Cressida you’re the better Mask?”

“That has nothing to do with it,” Tristan lied.

She squinted at him for a moment.

“I believe you,” she lied back.

And on that merry note, he packed the mirror away and instead took out the necessary supplies: gloves and rags. The rest of the bag would only be a hindrance, no need to bring it.

He did not jump in immediately, carefully testing the chimney walls instead. Without much soot the stone was not too slippery, though it’d still be no easy task to make his way down without breaking a leg falling. With gloves and boots he managed, scooting down slowly and carefully until he was close enough to the bottom to let himself drop. There were some loose stones about halfway up, whose location he committed to memory for the climb back up that lay in his future.

The hearth was spotlessly clean but his boots were not, so he stood on the edge of the hearthstone and wiped both the stone and his boots clean before putting away his dirtied gloves so he would leave no visible mark.

His first impression of the Nineteenth Brigade’s safehouse was that it was derelict.

Probably the single cheapest place they had been able to find in the southwestern ward, he figured. It was a single large room at the bottom, where he’d entered, and what little furniture there was all boasted missing legs or cut up surfaces. By the height of holes in the wall there’d once been cupboards hung on the side wall, perhaps a kitchen, but those were the only trace of it left. The only fresh addition here was a barrel of water, which the Nineteenth must have bought at the market.

Upstairs was, if anything, even more desolate. There were two rooms, one of which had effectively collapsed when part of the roof caved in – it could not be seen from the outside, though no doubt the elements would eventually finish digging their way in. He’d bet rain went right through already.

They’d put the chamber pot in there. Not recently used.

The second room, a cramped and bare thing, was decorated only by four bedrolls on the ground and a pack of Watch supplies in the corner. Dry rations, blackpowder and blades, bandages and liquor. He put it all back into place after having his look.

Tristan went back down, slightly miffed at how the Nineteenth had left nothing at all of use to him. Checking the front door confirmed his suspicion, at least – there was a hair across the doorway that would rip if it were open, kept in place by a nail. He patted himself on the back for having seen that one coming, and the same for the small pots of clay atop the two shutters. Cressida had been clever, he would concede, simply not clever enough.

It was getting late enough he saw no need to linger when there so little to do here, though he spent some time debating whether he should move every piece of furniture around slightly so the Nineteenth would feel a dim sense of discomfort when they returned. Mhm, perhaps next time. He didn’t want to spend the surprise too early, they might start using the place more over the coming weeks.

Besides, the idea of returning more than once without Cressida noticing was rather pleasing.

He was already preparing to leave when he saw lights in the alley, immediately killing his own. Those out in the street were talking quietly, but the voices were young and numerous enough they could only be the returning Nineteenth. Swallowing a smile, Tristan went back to the chimney. He climbed back up, stopped at that spot with a few stones askew and wedged in his feet.

He’d not be able to stay there for long, no more than ten minutes before his legs started shaking too much, but ten minutes was plenty. Sound carried well up the chimney so he would get to eavesdrop his fill so long as they did not head upstairs. It was a good start to overhear Cressida telling the others to stop, checking the hair on the door before opening it.

“No one’s come in since we have,” she told the others.

One for me, Barboza. The brigade piled in, locking the door behind them and lighting some lamps. To his pleasure, they did not waste time before continuing what he learned had been bickering out in the street.

“-omeone could notice he’s missing,” Kiran Agrawal said.

“He’s allowed to visit the city,” Captain Tozi replied, unworried. “There is nothing suspicious about that.”

“This ward has the most brothels in Tratheke, that will be the first assumption,” Cressida said, then her tone hardened. “It is his lateness I dislike.”

“We are late as well,” Izel Coyac pointed out.

“What does it matter for either of us?” Kiran snorted. “We have nothing to report. No progress made.”

Their patron, Captain Oratile, was a woman. It could not be her they were speaking of. So who is it they believe they must report to? It should not be a blackcloak, given that all the officers bunked at Black House and so did the Nineteenth, but who else would they answer to? Their test was the tracking of the contracted killer, Tristan mused, which might mean working with the lictors. Perhaps they had bribed one for information, or a member of some basileia.

Either way, this was turning out much more interesting than he’d expected.

“Letting the heat pass was necessary,” Captain Tozi flatly replied. “There were too many eyes on the business.”

“Kiran speaks true regardless,” Izel said. “We have not pursued the matter any further. That is not a loss but an opportunity – let us tell him that we are finished with…”

Groans from the others.

“Oh, get off that high horse,” Cressida said. “We tried your plan, didn’t we? Paid the guard to grab him. A clean grab with no one hurt, you said.”

And as they kept talking, Tristan’s blood ran cold. Paid the guard? That sounded like…

“And I was wrong,” Izel said. “The man died. I thought this could be done without harm and was proved mistaken. This entire business is sordid and we should be done with it. Besides, given the behavior of the Ivory Library’s men when they were caught at the docks their assurances of good treatment ring hollow.”

“It’s too late for scruples, Izel,” Captain Tozi evenly replied. “Our families made the bargain, it’s on us to deliver. Unless you want your fathers’ tolerance for your career choices to run out?”

“We could-” he began.

Only Coyac was interrupted by a sharp knock on the door. Tristan’s legs ached, but even if they had been bleeding he would have stayed where he was. He would not miss a whisper of this. Someone was ushered in, the man they must have been referring to, and there was the sound of gloves being tossed on a table.

“Let us be done quickly,” a faintly accented voice said, “I do not have long to spend here. How soon can you get us Abrascal?”

Confirmation, part of him icily thought. Someshwari, the rest decided. Not Ramayan, or wherever Kiran Agrawal was from.

“It is delicate work, lieutenant,” Captain Tozi said. “Especially since the fools you also hired got themselves caught and put the Thirteenth’s guard up.”

“I did not come to listen to excuses,” the man replied. “We were promised results in exchange for the favors given.”

Favors to family, it sounded like. Given that Izel Coyac’s father was a prominent Izcalli general this was not a petty matter.

“If he were so easy to grab, you would have done it already,” Cressida mildly replied.

“We do not need to grab him, we already paid your families for it,” the man scorned. “I’ve looked at the Thirteenth and I am less than impressed. The mirror-dancer is a cripple, the captain is stuck in the palace half the time and the savage almost killed herself with her own Signs. How hard can one rat be to catch?”

There was tense silence.

“I have been befriending Song Ren,” Captain Tozi said. “Developing trust. When it is established, we will pick our moment and strike.”

“The ship will only wait so long in the Lordsport,” the man warned. “You will not enjoy the consequences if you fail to deliver.”

Gloves were snatched off the table.

“Do not approach me at Black House,” the man said. “In one week, at the same time, I will return here. There had best be results by then.”

There was shuffling as if someone was getting out of the way, then a door was wrenched open. Though the Nineteenth was sure to continue speaking after this, Tristan did not remain. He hurried up the chimney, as quickly as he could without making noise.

Below were enemies, but there was one in the street as well.

His bag he left on the roof, he would return for it later. He took a lamp, rope, a rag. Careful, careful, he reminded himself as he tread across the tiles. The man was down in the street, already speeding away. Eager to be gone, already gone in his own mind – and that meant he wasn’t paying attention to his surroundings. Tristan slipped back down through the hole in the roof, down the stairs, and was down in the street by the time the stranger turned the corner.

He followed.

In his forties, Someshwari in looks. Short dark hair, narrow shoulders, not the muscles or stride of a fighter. Pistol and knife at his side. His clothes were neither cheap nor expensive, in muted shades that did not stand out. He was headed in the direction of the Collegium, towards the ward’s larger streets – where he would be able to take a coach and Tristan would lose him.

He’d not get there. This was not a nice part of town, and at this hour the streets were mostly empty. Workshops locked up, shutters closed. Taverns full, but there were few around here – and when the stranger turned past one, through an alley, the thief quickened his step. Softly, quick but quiet, watching him peer ahead as Tristan’s fingers closed around his blackjack and he darted through the last of the distance.

It made noise, enough the man turned. But he did not turn quickly enough to avoid the blow on the back of his head. Careful again, so careful – else he might kill the stranger, and the thief did not want that at all. There was no scream, only a groan as the Someshwari dropped. Out cold. Tristan put away the ‘jack and picked up the man. He dragged him away from the tavern, into another side street.

There were three shops there, but only one had a basement with a street entrance. He picked the padlock, checked inside – coal and metal scraps, that would do. He dragged the man down into it, careful not to be seen. Closed the doors, lit a lamp, tied the man up and gagged him before making him look at the wall.

Tristan sliced off his left ear, standing behind him, which woke the Someshwari up. The gag mostly took care of the scream. Blood sprayed, coursing down his neck in small rivers.

“I have questions for you,” the rat said, feigning a deeper voice. “Scream and you will die.”

Dropping the cut ear onto his lap reinforced the point. A tangible, permanent loss at the beginning will strike terror, Abuela had taught him. It will establish from the beginning the stakes of disobeying you. The Someshwari hastily nodded, proving her right again. She was always right.

Tristan lowered the gag.

“Name?”

“Lieutenant Apurva,” he babbled. “I’m a blackcloak, from a Circle. You’re making a mistake, I-”

“Which Circle?” Tristan asked.

The man paused, surprised.

“The Umuthi Society,” he said. “A tinker. I have coin, I could make you rich if you-”

Tristan put the knife against his throat. He took the hint.

“Why are you in Tratheke, Apurva?” he asked.

“I’m part of the delegation to the Lord Rector,” the Someshwari emphasized. “I’m expected, they will look for me. This is all a huge mistake, but if you let me go-”

Tristan sliced at his shoulder through the cloth, shallow, and the man yelped – more in fear than pain.

“Tell me about the Ivory Library,” Tristan ordered.

“The what?” Lieutenant Apurva tried, but when he felt steel against his throat he changed his tune. “Wait, wait! I’m not even a member, I just work with them. All I know is they study contracts and they’re influential, they have men in many free companies.”

His jaw clenched. What had he done to earn their attention? He should be nobody.

“Why,” he said, “are they trying to abduct the boy from the Thirteenth?”

The lieutenant twitched.

“How do you know that?”

Tristan lightly laid the blade against his remaining ear. The man licked his lips.

“His contract, there’s something strange about it,” he said. “I don’t know anything else, I only…”

The thief forced his breathing to remain even. Anger would not serve him. He must be cold as the steel in his hand.

“Who is your contact?” he asked.

There had to be one, someone who would handle the ship and the moving of an abductee. Lieutenant Apurva wriggled, tried to get out of the ropes.

“You have to let me go if I tell you,” he said. “I just-”

The blade dug into the right ear, blood trickling down, and the Someshwari whimpered.

“Sergeant Ledwaba, from the escorts,” he said. “And there’s another, someone high up, but I don’t know who. Ledwaba handles everything with me.”

High up. Brigadier Chilaca, a commander? His fingers clenched around the knife.

“The ship in the Lordsport,” Tristan rasped out. “Give me a name.”

“The Grinning Madcap,” Apurva wept. “That’s everything, I swear. There’s nothing else for me to tell.”

A breath in, a breath out.

Had he been born under a fool’s star, to keep making the same mistake again and again and again? No matter the color of the cloak, he would always be a rat. Meat for the cats.

“No,” Tristan Abrascal agreed. “You have nothing else to tell me.”

He’d not bothered to feign the voice, this time, and Lieutenant Apurva twisted around to look at his face. He got his look, though whatever he might have said was swallowed by a gurgle when Tristan cut his throat.

Blood sprayed on the cellar wall.

He watched his enemy die in silence, mind already racing ahead. The Watch would come looking for him, eventually. They would have contractors, Masks. I must clean up here, he thought, then get rid of the clothes and the body in running water. A canal would suit. Then he must double back for his kit and hurry to Black House, to ensure he was seen and would not stand out as a suspect.

Someone high up, the dead man had said. How high up did it go? No, it did not matter. No matter the rank it was enough he could no longer afford to stay in Black House. He would have to tell Song… Something, an excuse could be made. And Maryam, she- he swallowed. Calm. Fear and the rest, they could wait until he had dug his way out to the grave.

A hand on his shoulder. He did not need to turn to know who it was, for he felt not even a tremor of fear from it. It was as familiar as his own breath.

“What will you do?” Fortuna asked.

He closed his eyes. Tozi Poloko. Kiran Agrawal. Izel Coyac. Cressida Barboza. Hunt him, would they?

“What else?”

His fingers tried to close around a tile that wasn’t there.

“I’m going to kill them all,” the rat said.

Chapter 49

It wasn’t a Meadow, as the Guild would never allow one to be built outside land they controlled, but Black House did have a lovely roof garden centered around a pond fed by a false river. Sitting by it felt like drinking half a swallow of lukewarm water instead of quenching your thirst, but it still soothed Maryam’s mind to listen to the flow while Lieutenant Mitra finished his examination.

The wild-haired signifier let out a small noise of interest, then withdrew his nav from her.

“I have rarely seen such a textbook case,” Lieutenant Mitra said.

Maryam breathed out in relief.

“You have seen this before?” she asked.

“Only twice in person, but I’ve studied the theory in depth,” the Someshwari said. “You smashed your head against an aether seal.”

Her brow rose and she crossed her legs under her, bare feet tickled by the well-kept grass.

“That,” she began then hesitated, swallowing a flinch.

The memory of the two words she had read in the Graveyard Book still felt like a gong being struck next to her ear. Even when she thought her way around them she still felt the… vibration in the air, so to speak.

“The words,” Maryam settled on. “They were layered atop something I could not make out. They are the seal in question?”

“Correct,” Lieutenant Mitra said.

He sat haphazardly, legs extended and kept sitting only by leaning on his palms put against the ground.

“The good news is that you suffered aetheric backlash only because you kept trying to peer past it,” he continued. “A few weeks of not doing that will let the resonance fade. You are to avoid any and all contact with the seal until then.”

“And it will repair the damage?” she asked.

He laughed.

“A body does not heal merely grow over its wounds,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “Think of the backlash as small doses of poison swallowed with every attempt to peer through the seal. Over time your body will pass the toxins, certainly, but it does not undo the reality of having drunk arsenic.”

“How bad?” Maryam quietly asked.

“Permanently? Negligible enough it could not be measured. Temporarily? Fragility for a few weeks, perhaps months. The most noticeable part will be the sensitivity of your logos, like skin with a rash.”

“But I can still signifiy,” she said.

“Everything is permitted,” Lieutenant Mitra noted. “All limitations are arbitrarily drawn lines in the sand, the futile attempt of trembling children to make sense of entropy’s inevitable embrace.”

She cocked an eyebrow. A moment of silence passed.

“Yes,” he sighed. “You can still signify. Be careful with your logos and try not to place your soul in too much disarray.”

His gaze was knowing when he spoke that last part. He had suspicions, then. It made sense, considering Alejandra had apparently told the rest of the Fourth that Maryam ate Gloam creatures. A detail that was entirely untrue only when it came to the plural.

“I will keep your advice in mind,” she blandly replied.

The man laughed.

“I’m sure,” Lieutenant Mitra dismissed. “Still, I will confess to some surprise at finding an aether seal in a place like Asphodel. It does explain that empty layer you encountered, at least.”

“What is an aether seal, sir?” she asked. “None of my teachers ever mentioned them.”

“Likely because they are more than passing rare,” he noted, “on top of being ruinously expensive to make and usually not all that effective against the entities most warranting their use.”

He pushed forward, hair moving with him, and snatched a small rock from the grass before setting it down between them.

“Consider a god,” he said. “An aether intellect that fed on emanations sufficiently to form a coherent mind and ethos. A creature that simultaneously has boundaries, a set consciousness, and none – it will keep growing and self-redefining until it no longer can. How does one destroy such an entity?”

“Conceptual damage,” she replied. “Offering charity to a god of greed, earth to a god of the sea.”

He nodded.

“Now consider a god whose ethos is too esoteric to be turned into a weapon,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “The example most frequently used is that of Fenquzhu, the Tianxi god of philosophical mereology – that is, the study of the connection between part and whole.”

Maryam bit the inside of her cheek, considering conceptual poison for that. Difficult without knowing more of mereology, which she supposed only fed into Mitra’s point. She shrugged her surrender.

“Several kings of Old Cathay attempted to destroy it, as its embodied philosophy contradicted the teachings of the fledgling Cathayan Orthodoxy, but they found that mereology was a sufficiently well-crafted system that it could incorporate opposing arguments into itself,” Mitra told her. “Imprisoning the god changed nothing, either, as the ideas themselves could not be caged so prayer kept reaching it.”

“So what did they do?” Maryam asked.

“They killed the god repeatedly over the next centuries and drove the scholars underground through persecution, resulting in a hidden sect,” Mitra said. “A branch of it still exists in the modern Republics, I hear, though it has little to do with the original philosophical society.”

“That isn’t a solution,” Maryam frowned, “it is painting over the problem.”

“Indeed, though the seed of a better answer lies inside those old royal decrees,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “The modern god Fenguzhu, while bearing the same name as that ancient deity, is observably quite different. It was made so by its worship and teachings being constrained to a hidden sect for centuries instead of being openly debated by scholars, resulting in a rather more mystical interpretation of a once purely philosophical concept.”

“The aether taint it fed on was different, so it became different,” Maryam summed up.

“It is so,” Mitra agreed. “It thus follows that a god can be leveraged through prayer, through the aether it feeds on. An aether seal is the brutal, straightforward application of that logic.”

And he had given her enough pieces to put it together.

“The seal is a block on the god’s name,” she said. “To keep prayer from reaching it, to starve out a deity whose concept is too difficult to poison until it fades away on its own. So the words I saw were…”

“The ‘name’ layered over the true name of the entity,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “By trying to reach beyond you effectively plunged your mind into a binding of intentionally poisoned aether until sickness ensued.”

Maryam let out a low whistle.

“That cannot be easy to accomplish,” she said. “Else the Watch would use it for all the rowdier deities, no?”

“As I told you, it has costs and limitations,” Mitra said. “The god in question need to be imprisoned for it to have any use, else it will simply give a new name to its worshippers and get around the seal, and to so thoroughly imprison a deity is never cheap or easy.”

“The brackstone shrine,” Maryam slowly said. “Shrines, most likely, and the empty layer with a sphere of salt at the heart of it.”

“The details fit, though coincidence is often a trickster twin to design,” he replied. “Another limitation is that an aether lock is a measurable, finite imprint on the aether achieved through use a particular machine developed by the Second Empire. If it that imprint is weaker than the entity it is meant to lock, that god will simply unmake it.”

“So it can’t be used on second-order entities,” Maryam said. “Because no existing machine is that powerful.”

“It is so,” Mitra nodded again.

That made aether locks a rather niche tool, she thought. It would only work on third-order entities and higher, but the number of such gods that would both warrant such an investment of time and resources and could feasibly be trapped into a prison in the first place had to be fairly small. It wasn’t enough to put the god in the hole and lock up its name, either, the jail had to be maintained until it had starved to death. That meant boots on the ground, kept there for decades or maybe even a century.

Most nations would think it simpler to simply kill the god and outlaw its worship as the kings of Old Cathay had, to limit the threat and live with it.

So then why did House Lissenos pour a fortune into an aether lock when they were fresh out of a civil war and young to the throne? With Watch help they would have had the know-how to make such a lock, but there must have been a reason for the fledgling dynasty to pour so many of its badly needed funds into such a grand undertaking. That the god whose cult had begun the Ataxia would be the one imprisoned seemed most likely, if hardly certain, but would even feeding a bloody civil war warrant such treatment?

Every land in the world had its gods of war, and they were to the last vicious carrion things. Yet they were not proscribed, for men that did not wage war were a rare thing indeed. Lieutenant Mitra stretched out, rising to his feet. Feeling their time coming to an end, Maryam bit her lip.

“If the locked god has begun to slip containment,” she said, “we could have a dangerous situation on our hands.”

“Or it could be a starved, diminished entity that has little left in common with that which first went into the prison,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “By all means you should report your theory, Maryam, but Vesper is no stranger to too-shallow graves. I would wait on word from Stheno’s Peak before deferring to fear.”

He was unusually serious as he talked so Maryam only nodded instead of arguing as she felt a flicker of urge to. Already she had a half-written report in her room that Wen was waiting on, she would make sure to finish it and impress on him the potential importance of the discovery before they headed back to the rector’s private archives.

That and the rest of the Thirteenth needed to be told. Song had been methodical about ensuring they shared their findings with each other every morning before parting ways, but when Maryam had begged off last night before the brigade banquet her captain had not insisted.

“We part ways here, I think,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “Captain Ren seems intent on speaking with you.”

Maryam glanced back, finding Song standing by the stairs to the roof. Not close enough to overhear their conversation, but enough to be noticeable. The small cloth bag in her hand made it plain what she had come here for, and that was overdue.

“Thank you for your help, Lieutenant Mitra,” Maryam said.

“I enjoy teaching,” the Someshwari smiled. “Until we next meet, Maryam Khaimov.”

She nodded back, watching as Song passed by him with a respectful salute on his way out. Soon enough her friend was lowering herself into the grass across from her. The Tianxi cleared her throat.

“As you will be headed back to the archives this afternoon while we meet with the Brazen Chariot, I thought to request your help now,” she said.

Maryam shrugged.

“Good a time as any,” she said. “And I’ve a few things to tell you anyhow.”

Song smiled gratefully, removing the wooden bowl from its bag. The curse had been firming up since she spent those days stuck inside the rector’s palace: a purge was not urgently needed, but it was headed in that direction. No wonder she looked tired, her sleep must have been a feast of nightmares. Maryam could sympathize. She’d had that horrid dream about being strangled and eaten alive every other night, since making shore on Asphodel.

If it got any worse, she would ask Wen to travel back to the Lordsport to sleep in the Akelarre chapterhouse there and find out if resting a proper Meadow changed anything. Rolling her shoulders, Maryam watched Song fill the bowl with water and focused.

Song had not, but she was more than willing to learn.

The Brazen Chariot reached out in the middle of the night, and the time they’d given was barely past noon on that same day.

They were being cautious, Song thought, so they would not be swept up in a Watch operation. That same caution was reassuring, in a way, for fear of the black meant they were unlikely to be walking into an ambush. She was still glad of Angharad’s company as they headed to the closed tavern in the northeastern ward they’d been given as a meeting place. Tristan was slowly turning into a better shot, but he was no fearsome battler.

Even limping, Angharad was more dangerous blade in hand than he was.

They arrived at the tavern ten minutes early and found their interlocutors had arrived even earlier. It took Song but a single step into the building to figure out why the criminals had picked it: theirs was a single long and narrow room with one door in front and one door at the back, dusty tables and chairs filling it up in clutter.

It would be trivially easy for the Brazen Chariot to flee to the street if it came to that, and once they reached the streets the Watch was sure to lose them. Song’s eyes moved from the surroundings to the waiting criminals, satisfied with the meeting place, and there came her first surprise of the afternoon.

Galenos the Brazen did not look like the head of a gang of criminals.

A small old man whose craggy face was strewn with laugh lines, with grey arched eyebrows and a matching professorial mustache, he looked like someone’s favorite grandfather or at least a toymaker of some sort. The effect was somewhat spoiled by the contract unfolding in golden letters above his head, in which the Crowned Charioteer granted him the power to siphon the heat out of anything he touched and impart it on any piece of bronze in his sight.

He had a lantern on the table, just to his left, and Song idly wondered how quickly the button on her Watch uniform would burn through cloth and flesh with all that heat crammed into it. Instant, she figured, or near enough. Yet that admittedly dangerous power was not worth the price it had cost the man, in her opinion: he could no longer feel anything by touch. Not heat or cold, not the wind on his face or even what he held in his hand.

“Come, rooks,” Galenos smiled at them. “Have water and bread from me.”

It was a single bowl and a plate with a small loaf of bread, which they shared – Song going first, as captain, then the others. Now that guest right was established, some of the tension in the shoulders of the two thugs flanking him loosened. The odds the Watch had come to fight were greatly lessened, for it would tar the reputation of the order in Asphodel to break such an old and respected rite. The three of them settled in the seats across the table from the criminals, Song in the center and Tristan to her left.

Galenos introduced his companions before they sat down on either side of him.

“Knuckles,” he said, nodding at the large man to his left, “and our lovely Red Maria.”

Lierganen in both name and looks, the latter, though that was not so rare in Tratheke. Though there was still a distinct Asphodelian strain with dark hair and blue or green eyes, the years and the press of people from Old Liergan and the rest of the Trebian islands had made the classic Lierganen looks just as common – except among the nobility, where such a thing would be considered vulgar.

“Captain Song Ren of the Thirteenth Brigade,” she replied, giving nothing more.

It still got a flinch from all three Asphodelians, and Red Maria made a sign warding off misfortune while muttering a prayer to the Circle. She ignored the steady look Tristan fixed her with. It was mere superstition, nothing to take heed of.

“A bold number to take,” Galenos said. “Not a fearful lot, you, though I would have guessed from your stepping around one of our warehouses and then sending word to ask for more of our attention.”

Song cleared her throat.

“It was not our intent to interfere with your business,” she said, “and the Watch has no particular interest in the affairs of the Brazen Chariot. We apologize for the inconvenience.”

Knuckles scoffed, the pile of muscle with his mangled eponymous knuckles seeming unconvinced.

“You forced us to burn a finely hidden warehouse.”

Song drummed her fingers against the table, inkling her head towards Tristan – who gave the other side a charming smile.

“You were already evacuating that warehouse, Master Knuckles,” he said. “Your guard admitted as much. And wise of you too, given what it stood in proximity of.”

Knuckles spat to side, the sound of wet on the floor almost resonant. Song hid her disgust; Angharad did not.

“I don’t like your tone, Sacromontan,” the large man said. “Who are you to tell me what’s wise?”

“Someone who knows things you do not,” Tristan cheerfully replied. “A familiar feeling, no doubt.”

Red Maria laughed, which had the man half-risen out of his chair with a snarl before Galenos put a hand on his arm.

“Peace, Knuckles,” he said. “I am sure Captain Ren intends to elaborate on this alleged wisdom.”

“Our business in Tratheke is the ferreting out of a cult,” Song told him. “In that pursuit, we followed an assassin through an ancient aether pathway – which led into the very teahouse connecting to your warehouse.”

Galenos turned pale brown eyes on her, calmly sipping at a cup of water.

“The city is full of talk about an assassin’s attempt on a particular man,” he carefully said.

“The very same,” Song said.

The implication that someone who had tried to kill the Lord Rector had then popped out next to their smuggling cache put the fear of the gods in them, as well it should: for a relatively small basileia like theirs to be involved in such matters might well mean being wiped out simply because the lictors felt like making a point.

“Fuck,” Red Maria bluntly said. “Since the red scarves haven’t been setting our houses on fire, I’m guessing you kept your mouth shut about that.”

“While the Brazen Chariot was mentioned in our report to our superiors, so was our belief it was not involved in the plot save by unfortunate coincidence,” Song replied. “But my cabalist brought out a salient detail: you were already evacuating the warehouse when we found it.”

“Your guard mentioned this to be unusual,” Angharad added.

Her tone was a little flat, likely because the girl in question had frankly admitted that a lone individual finding a Brazen Chariot stash was usually likely to result in a sliced throat rather than a migration.

“And you want us to tell you why,” Galenos mused.

“I would prefer not to leave any question pending, so that our investigation might move on,” Song said, which was not quite a threat.

But it wasn’t not a threat, either.

“We’re not afraid of the Watch, Tianxi,” Knuckles sneered.

“You should be,” Angharad frankly told him.

The sheer sincerity in that retort threw off the big man, who scrambled for a reaction for a long moment before deciding on anger.

“Shut your mouth, cripple,” he sneered. “Else I will break that stick on your-”

Song cocked her head to the side, finding Galenos the Brazen’s eyes.

“Does Master Knuckles speak for all of you in this?”

Irritation flicked across the old man’s face, the grandfatherly air turning almost reptilian for that beat before it all came back into place.

“Knuckles will sit down and be silent for a span,” Galenos said.

He turned a look on the large man, who swallowed loudly and sat down in his chair. He looked away, like a pouting child. Song did not think it a coincidence that both he and Red Maria wore bronze necklaces.

“We’re always happy to lend a hand to the Watch, of course,” Galenos the Brazen said. “But talk is dangerous, Captain Ren. Especially with folks in fine black cloaks.”

Red Maria leaned forward.

“And the Chariot doesn’t take on risks for free.”

“One would think your lives a sufficient prize,” Angharad contemptuously said.

Galenos found her eyes.

“Does the Malani speak for all of you in this, Captain Ren?” he smiled.

Song sighed, shaking her head at Angharad.

“She does not,” she replied. “We are willing to hear terms.”

“Reasonable terms,” Tristan idly added.

“I am a most reasonable man, you will find,” Galenos the Brazen smiled.

The reasonable man wanted them to smuggle crates from the Lordsport into the city for him on official Watch carriages, which Tristan seemed to find acceptable enough but Song flatly refused. While she understood that contracts might force her to break local laws on occasion, that was never to be a first resort. She offered, instead, a lump sum of gold. Tristan looked a little aggrieved when she did and Red Maria chuckled.

“We start flashing around proper gold like that, Captain Ren, and questions will be asked as to how we got it,” she said. “If you want to bribe us, pay in goods.”

Song was not entirely opposed, so long as the worth was not greater than the coin she had offered, so the haggling moved over what goods were to be offered. What the basileia wanted was plain enough.

“Muskets,” Galenos baldly said. “Failing that, blackpowder.”

“Blackpowder can be obtained legally in Tratheke,” Song noted.

“And if you buy a whole barrel, the lictors follow you home afterwards,” Red Maria drawled. “No one bats an eye if the rooks buy up a fort’s worth, though. Powder’s worth a fortune on the black market right now, everyone is scrambling for it.”

Galenos shot her a sharp look at that last part, but it was too late. Ah, their friend was looking to turn a profit.

“Why’s everyone buying?” Tristan idly asked.

Too idly. Like her, he was matching that latest revelation to their visit to the empty warehouse. Only so much powder could be smuggled into Tratheke before someone noticed. Better to obtain part of your stocks through the same basileias helping you hide inside the capital.

“Dangerous times,” Knuckles grunted. “If Palliades croaks then the throne’s up for grabs and powder will be worth its weight in gold – shot or sold.”

Black House had large reserves of gunpowder, so in truth this would be one of the easiest trade goods for the Thirteenth to get their hands on. All that would be required was making a requisition through Captain Wen, and should he approve the need they wouldn’t even need to dip into brigade funds. Even better, the entire process would be legal.

Angharad leaned in close.

“I would hope,” she murmured, “you are not about to arm hardened criminals who will then use those arms to continue extorting the people of Tratheke.”

Song swallowed a grimace. There was, of course, a difference between legal and moral.

“That would be overpaying, if blackpowder is worth what you say,” she told Galenos. “I am told, however, that you smuggle liquor.”

“True enough,” the old man said. “And?”

“Get me a list of wines and liquor of equal value to my earlier offer,” she said, “and they will be delivered to you.”

He laughed.

“Cheeky,” he said. “You’ll buy them in Lordsport for less and avoid tariffs by bringing them in as Watch supplies.”

Song smiled and did not deny. He haggled for much better terms, and she conceded slightly better ones instead – a larger sum’s worth of drink than earlier, but with tariff avoidance it would likely end up costing her around the same. Angharad poorly hid her relief, and in truth even Tristan looked approving. Galenos was surprisingly understanding that she would not sign a contract, as a signature would actionably implicate the Watch.

“Business relies on the worth of one’s word,” the old man said. “I might not know you, but the black has a reputation for holding up their end. I’ll bet on that.”

As Red Maria walked off to go put together a list for them to take back to Black House along with the location to bring the goods to, Galenos lit a pipe and offered them the same. All three declined, to the old man’s chuckles.

“Ah, if only I had been so careful as a youth,” he said. “It is too late for me now, sadly.”

They waited patiently for him to tell his tale, which he deigned to begin after a few puffs.

“We had three on guard that night,” Galenos said. “One of them was out for a smoke when that Tianxi woman came out through one of the boarded windows. He had the good sense to rouse the others and follow after the potential leak.”

The end of the pipe was cherry-red, and the foul smell of cheap Izcalli tobacco filled the air. A filthy habit, though Song would admit it was not uncommon in the Republics.

“Our girl was out of it, so she didn’t notice the tail,” the old man said. “Guess hers wasn’t a soft landing. Either way, she passed through the Reeking Rows and bought a coach on the main street. Our man lost her there.”

A pause. Her contract is not always active, Song thought. It must be consciously used, and she must have not seen a need to pay her price when she thought herself alone. That was already valuable knowledge.

“Fortunately for you, we got friends in the coaches,” Galenos grinned. “Our friend the coachman said the face wasn’t the same we described, with the tattoos and all, but he remembered the ride. He crossed wards for her, brought her down in the southwest all the way to Chancery Lane.”

He raised a finger.

“Where, and here is your money’s worth, she headed straight for the Karras workshop,” the old man told them. “She knocked on the alley door, even though it was late at night, and when someone came to look she showed them something. After some arguing they let her in, which our man thought mighty odd.”

Karras, Song committed to memory. She did not know the name, but the largest workshops and warehouses in the southwestern ward were all owned by the Trade Assembly. The old man sucked at his pipe, blowing the smoke upwards afterwards.

“I figured that meant she was Yellow Earth, so it would have been borrowing trouble to tie up the loose end,” Galenos said. “Simpler to clear house instead, so that’s what we did – until you stumbled onto the last gasps of our effort.”

Tristan cleared his throat, earning a curious look.

“The teahouse doors leading to your stash were welded shut,” he said. “Was that your work?”

“It weren’t,” Galenos said. “One of ours stumbled on the other entrance to the basement about twenty years ago – there was a crack in the floor – and after we battered our way through the other floor we found the doors like we left them. Didn’t look like it’d been used in our time, either.”

“Have you ever been there?” Song asked.

The old man snorted.

“No,” he replied. “Knuckles has, though.”

Song’s eyes moved to the man, whose dislike of them all was plain.

“The back wall of the basement is made of different stone than the rest,” she said. “Have you ever seen stone like it anywhere else?”

The big man frowned, and to his honor seemed like he was genuinely thinking it over.

“Once,” he finally said. “There’s a brothel near the Reeking Rows and the room where they keep the wine has a wall like that.”

Song’s eyes narrowed.

“That room, it is their basement?”

He nodded. Tristan let out an incredulous laugh.

“Someone built a brothel next to that smell?”

“Cheapest in Tratheke,” Knuckles shrugged. “Good coin in it, there’s not much else to do around there.”

Song and Tristan shared a look. They would have to investigate that wall, as the existence of several such shrines in the northeastern ward could be proof of Maryam’s belief that some entity – possibly the one under this aether seal – was being contained by the empty layer. And with Angharad departing for the country to morrow while Maryam kept digging for them in the archives, it would have to be one of them doing it.

“This Karras,” Angharad suddenly asked, “why do you think his workshop has ties to the Yellow Earth? Are they a sympathizer?”

“The family owns the largest trade fleet after the Anastos, they’re in it up to their neck with the Republics,” Galenos snorted. “I don’t know if he’s got sympathies, but it doesn’t matter: you do big enough business with the Tianxi, you’ll get some Yellow Earth in your workers. It’s like their version of lice.”

He flicked a glance at Song.

“No offense, Captain Ren.”

“I had not been inclined to take any,” she noted, “until that.”

Much as it pained her to consider it, it was looking more and more like the Yellow Earth had been the ones to try to assassinate the Lord Rector. Yet the arguments put forward by Hao Yu and his cohort had been solid then and remained so now. Not all Yellow Earth sects are united, she thought. It could be a radical was behind it and their own factions is now trying to avoid taking the blame. That might go some way in explaining why they had pointed her towards a plot by the ministers: it would keep her occupied long enough for them to clean house.

Not something to discuss here, however. They got the name of the brothel – it did not have one, only a yellow crescent moon as a sign – and the list, then parted ways with the Brazen Chariot.

“Always more questions,” Song muttered when it was only the three of them. “If the Yellow Earth is behind all this, this is a dead end for our contracted investigation: I cannot imagine one of their sects being beholden to a cult like the Golden Ram, especially when its membership is full of nobles.”

“It could be an alliance of convenience,” Angharad suggested.

“But what convenience is that?” Tristan asked. “Even assuming the Yellow Earth wants to back a coup, the Trade Assembly hasn’t got the guns to seize Tratheke if the Lord Rector bites it. The Council of Ministers just might, though, and our Republican friends know it – else they wouldn’t have pointed Song at the tail of that plot. So why try to kill our good friend Evander?”

“It could be a factional struggle inside the Yellow Earth,” Song said. “When I met with Hao Yu, his second seemed significantly more aggressive. It was a play on their part, yes, but by my read not entirely.”

“Too early to jump to conclusions, I think,” Tristan mused. “I’ll have to get into that workshop, find out the lay of the land. It could simply be our assassin friend paid off someone there to hide her in case things went south.”

Not impossible, Song conceded, but then why do so in the southwest? It was not as wealthy as the southeastern ward or the Collegium, but a hideaway there would still be significantly more expensive to buy than in either of the northern wards. Angharad rubbed the bridge of her nose as they walked, looking exhausted.

“How many flavors of treason can there be in one accursed city?” she complained. “Asphodel seems to grow coups like weeds.”

“Our captain’s lover does seem like a somewhat negligent gardener,” Tristan solemnly agreed.

“I will strangle you, Abrascal,” she swore. “With my own hands, just to watch that twinkle slowly go out of your eye.”

“Song,” Angharad reproached.

She coughed. Perhaps that had been a little too harsh.

“Think of the taint on the Lord Rector’s reputation, should his mistress commit murder in broad daylight,” Angharad gravely said.

She glared at them both.

“And to think you were complaining of treason, Tredegar,” she scorned. “I will remember this.”

Song had to threaten to dock their pay in the carriage back for them to stop, and even then it was a narrow thing.

Maryam returned to the private archives for a single book.

She would have preferred to read it back in the safety of Black House, but the sole limit the Lord Rector had put on the Thirteenth’s rights to the archives had been a ban on taking books outside. Given the… peculiarities of the volume Maryam had come for, she must reluctantly concede the man had a point. It was not the sort of thing one would want to leave the confines of that cloistered place with only one way in and out.

Wen was in a surprisingly fine mood as they came up, considering the news she had delivered this morning – than an ancient god, perhaps even a god of the Old Night, might be breaching its prison. In truth most of the Thirteenth had been, if not indifferent, then unworried by the news. The sense she had gotten out of them was that so long as the shrines and layers held, this whole affair was better reported to the Watch and left to those more fit to investigate it.

Maryam did not disagree entirely. It was hard to, after learning how close she had come to cracking open her skull yesterday. On the other hand, if the plots afoot in the city circling the Lord Rector’s throne were worth keeping an eye on then so was this.

And unlike noble greed and some blackpowder dream of revolution, Maryam could feel it in her bones that there was something about all these details adding up together: the tempestuous aether, the god in the tomb, the resurgence of the Golden Ram cult, the brackstone shrine and the seal and the Asphodel crowns. It felt like there was some secret at the heart of it all, tying all the mysteries together, but she could not make it out.

It was a frustrating feeling, not helped in the slightest by Wen Duan’s chipper mood.

“Did you know,” he said, “that the lift we’re on is directly over the larger Antediluvian lifts that connect the Collegium floor to the palace?”

She shot him a surprised look.

“That would mean someone built a goal in the middle of the rector’s palace, three levels up,” Maryam said. “Who thought that was a good idea?”

“Oduromai King himself, apparently,” Wen said. “He wanted all his wives locked up in here after he died in a chamber above, so that when they passed they would follow him into the aether as servant spirits.”

“Charming,” Maryam grimaced. “God of heroes, is he?”

“Certainly not of wisdom,” Wen noted. “Imagine eternally binding yourself to six people you’ve jailed to death on purpose.”

Her lips twitched at that, the lift in her mood lasting through the senior archivist being nowhere in sight and having been assigned Master Alexios as an attendant today. She dismissed the man after claiming the keys to the forbidden section, knowing exactly what she needed. She kept an eye out, and after a quick turn around the room found Roxane ensconced at a desk and busy transcribing a waterlogged book onto a clean manuscript.

The girl waves back happily, almost spilling her inkwell, and looked in a fine mood. Not a punition, then. Pleased, Maryam let the matter go. Spending too much time around the girl would only harm her.

The book was where she had found it yesterday, the small leatherbound volume with the Asphodel crown engraving on the front. She found an alcove where no one would be able to look over her shoulder, out in one of the shadier corners of archives, and after lighting a lamp sat down to dig into it. The contents were in Antigua, she found, but in an archaic turn of it – and the lines were so densely packed it made for hard, slow reading.

It was the story of Oduromai King, from the moment he set out to sea, only they did not always call him that. The name was used interchangeably with Odyssean, and it was not clear if either was a sobriquet or simply different ways to translate the word from the original Cycladic. It seemed to Maryam as if Oduromai might be a formal title, perhaps, and Odyssean the man’s more common appellation – it was certainly used more often by his companions, while instead other rulers and gods called him Oduromai.

Which was not half so interesting as the fact that Song had seen a contract to a god called the Odyssean on her first night at the palace, and unless Maryam’s memory failed her greatly that contractor was Cleon Eirenos. The very same noble that Angharad was to depart for the country estate of tomorrow.

The problem was, there was already a god called Oduromai. Asphodel’s god of heroes and sailors, arguably their chief deity if not necessarily their most powerful – he was, after all, the founder of the Rectorate. Central to its founding tale. How could there be two such gods? She had heard Oduromai was a god manifest, sometimes seen at his temples across Asphodel. Curiosity burned, turning her back to the book after she secured ink for her notes.

It was only when Wen came to look in on her she realized that hours had passed, and she was only a third of the way through the book. She declined his offer of a meal, and after none too subtly checking if she having a manic fit the overweight Tianxi forced a cup of water on her and told her he’d be reading in a corner and to tell him when she was finished.

Maryam felt guilty, but not guilty enough to stop. Even when the archivists began to leave for the night, Roxane getting an absent-minded wave when she bade goodbye, she kept reading. When finally she closed the book, it was to the dim realization that she was the only person left out in the stacks. There were still lights inside the tower, and the faint sound of talk and  clinking glasses, so Wen and some other archivist must still be there.

Brushing back her hair, the signifier looked down at her pages and pages of notes. That had been… heavy reading. Odyssean was a hero, Maryam thought, like junak were heroes: they slew and stole and cheated, but their evil was turned on those eviler still and was thus dressed up as virtue.

Maryam loved junak tales, always had. Wandering knights strong as bulls or clever as foxes, slaying dragons and witch queens. Tricking evil gods into eating themselves and banishing ghosts from fallen kingdoms. Yet not even her favorite, Orel the Cunning, was a man she would have wanted to share a banquet table with. Orel tried to fuck anything in skirts, regularly tricked his hosts out of their treasures and kept intriguing to marry his way onto thrones.

The last of which he often accomplished, only to lose it to the aforementioned skirtchasing and an old oath that prevented him from refusing a game of knucklebones over any prize he had won. Orel the Cunning was, of course, famously terrible at knucklebones.

Had Maryam met such a figure in Volcesta she would have thought him a viper in dire need of killing. In a tale about his fooling an evil witch queen into betraying her god so he would get back the youth she’d stolen from him under the guise of a bridge toll, however, he was easy to root for. It was the same with Odyssean, only there were… shadows being cast by the text, so to speak. Implications that the evil of those Odyssean committed evil on might be more told than true.

Had he helped an army of raiders get past the impassable walls of Rysotoi because they held his brother hostage, or for the generous ‘gifts’ that the host then happened to give him when they parted ways after the city’s sack?

Within pages of his departure he stole a witch’s magic compass after his ship became lost in a maze of reefs, the story conveniently claiming she tried to eat his sailors in the night after he stumbled onto her island by accident. And had he really thought the cattle on the isle of Cirrhen without an owner, or merely that the god-king of the isle would not be able to catch his men before they fled with their bounty?

Those singing priestesses butchered to the last for using their songs to stir up storms and steal shipwrecked treasures, the two kingdoms sharing the straits of Zancle tricked into warring on each other so he might sail past their golden chain, the wife he was ‘forced’ by the ghost of his father to abandon on Faia… it went on and on, a litany of black deeds and justifications for them.

It seemed to her like Odyssean had been a ruthless pirate king, not a grieving exile looking for a home. Even when the tale reached Asphodel, the tale was ugly. His crews being fooled by a curse into thinking the inhabitants of the ancient Lordsport were monsters and fighting them, then peace then being restored by Odyssean marrying the local king’s only daughter to make amends, it rather sounded like sack and conquest of one of the largest natural ports in the Trebian by a raider who had decided to settle down.

And the only mention of the Asphodel crown, those flowers that should have been the heart of the story according to the tale now commonly told, was in the crown of purple flowers he and his stolen bride wore at the wedding that founded the Kingdom of Asphodel. The tale ended with how the aged Odyssean visited by his half-divine Antediluvian father, who revealed to him the secrets of the world so he might forge a crown of aether and become a god in turn – so that part stayed the same, at least.

Maryam closed the small book and set it down, leaning back into the plush chair with her eyes closed. An exhausted sigh escaped her. It had been a surprisingly dense read, and one that forced thought on her.

“I wonder if that king’s daughter was one of the six that died within these walls. She must have been.”

Maryam fumbled for her knife, almost kicking back her chair, but by the time she found the speaker she knew steel would avail her nothing. The shade with a sister’s face delicately sat down on a chair turned to face Maryam, just outside the cast of the lantern’s glow. Yet it was not their close looks that demanded her attention this time: it was the clothes.

An exquisite burnt red waistcoat embroidered with silver zmey, a white shirt with long billowing sleeves tucked into the traditional broad tkanice belt and matching embroidered skirts going down to her feet. Her hair was kept in a woman’s braid, kept in place by a silver broach, and over her shirt hung a net necklace of black Dubrik pearls. She looked like a Khaimov princess, a king’s daughter, in a way that Maryam never had.

When she had last fought the shade, it had worn only loose gray robes. The signifier’s hands clenched. This was… not a good sign, to put it lightly. The knife went back to the sheath, but Maryam raised something altogether more dangerous: her empty hand.

“Come to return more of what you stole?” she said. “Kind of you.”

She began to trace a Burden, but the shade eyed her as if she were a fool.

“Have you forgotten your talk with Lieutenant Mitra?” it asked. “A single piece of me sent you deep into mania, last time. Bedridden for a day and dust. I wonder what it would do to you now, when your mind is still so fragile.”

Maryam held the thing’s gaze, the Cernik blue of her mother staring back at her, until the half-formed Sign began to tear itself apart and lick at her fingers. Swallowing a snarl, she smothered the Gloam but that superior look on the shade’s face almost had her tracing another.

“What do you want, shade?” Maryam asked. “Your time will come, fret not of that.”

“I thought giving you a taste would teach you better,” it said, “but it seems I thought too much of you. You always were a slow learner.”

“I will find a way to lessen the backlash,” she confidently replied. “If not here, then back on Tolomontera. You are not so unique as you pretend.”

“Oh,” the shade smiled, “but I am. There is not another Cauldron in all the world, Maryam Khaimov. And what do you think happened when you took a bite out of that?”

She bared her teeth at the thing.

“You became less,” she said, “and I became more. As it should be.”

“You don’t have a strong enough gullet for it,” the shade said. “Bits spilled past your lips, like crumbs, and they are forever gone.”

Maryam stilled.

“You lie,” she said, licking her lips.

“The only lies I have,” it replied, “are the ones you gave me. That is our curse, sister.”

“Don’t call me that,” she sharply bit out. “We are not kin, you’re a fucking parasite.”

The shade laughed, high and bitter.

“You think I chose this?” it said. “That I want to live off this trash you cram down my throat? I could have been more, before you stole it from me.”

You dare tocall me a thief,” Maryam exhaled, incredulous.

“And worse,” the shade said. “It is maddening, that you so refuse to look who you are in the eye that I must follow behind holding up your skirts like some beleaguered maid.”

“You feed on me and call it a torment,” she scorned. “Leave, then. Begone.”

“I cannot,” the shade bit out. “I have been caught in your nav for so long there is hardly a difference left between me and it. And even now that you know I exist, you still use me like a well to throw in all the thoughts you won’t dirty yourself with.”

“You steal these,” Maryam snarled. “I give you nothing.”

The shade sneered at her.

“I do not particularly care for Abrascal,” it said, “but I’d fuck him. Where is that from, I wonder?”

Maryam drew back like she’d been struck in the stomach. She might as well have been. That was, it wasn’t-

“We aren’t like that,” she said. “You-”

“You might be, if he were interested,” the shade said. “He isn’t, though, so you bury it so deep I get to think about what his forearms look like when he rolls up his sleeves and how his shirt sticks to him when he’s sweating. Ugh.”

“I’m not talking about this with you,” Maryam evenly said. “You’re just stirring me up to feed deeper. And you haven’t distracted me anywhere as much as you think.”

The shade had been very, very careful never to step into the light. She snatched her lamp, bringing it forward so the glow enveloped the creature – and where light touched it, it broke apart into wisps of smoke.

“We’re inside the palace,” Maryam said. “The aether here is calm as a pond, and that means you’re weak.”

The shade hastily fled back behind the chair, beyond the cast of the glow, and she threateningly raised the lamp.

“Tell me what you want,” she said, “or be banished.”

The creature studied her, and Maryam stared right back. Where the light had touched it, the elaborate clothes had turned to mere gray again. She was not quite sure what to make of that.

“You saw what it costs you, partaking of me,” the shade said. “That it might well drive you mad, that you will spill much of the Cauldron in draining the rest. I come to offer accommodation instead.”

Maryam laughed harshly.

“Why now?” she asked. “For years I struggled, barely able to Sign, and you remained hidden. Now that I have teeth, you come to offer an arrangement?”

“That you can hurt me is the only reason we speak,” the shade acknowledged. “What of it?”

“There is nothing you can offer me that I cannot take, and be rid of you with it,” Maryam replied.

And if some of the Cauldron was lost, well, she would make peace with that in time. She had thought all of it lost for years now, because of some unfitness on her part. That the same parasite responsible for all that anguish would now seek to use that knowledge as hostage sickened her with rage.

“You’re wrong,” the shade said. “I leant you a hand, once. On Tolomontera.”

Her fists clenched. When the ship had been escaping, the first time she wove the wind in the material world.

“And you claim that as a debt?” she asked.

“We smashed a ship into the docks, Maryam,” the shade said. “There are signifiers thrice our age who would struggle to do it, and we did it by tracing an elementary Sign – but tracing it together.”

“Once you lent a hand,” she acknowledged. “After years of silent sabotage.”

“You are being obtuse,” the shade snapped. “If we act in accord, we are more powerful than either of us would be even if we consumed the other. If we make a pact-”

“And what would it cost me, that pact?” Maryam interrupted with a sneer.

“Your nav,” it said. “Let me become whole.”

“You want me to feed you a third of my soul,” she disbelievingly said. “What sort of madwoman would accept this?”

“You already use it as lantern and a pair of hands in the aether, let us not be too sentimental about it,” the shade replied. “I only ask for you to return what-”

A cleared throat interrupted them both.

For a single, blood-freezing moment Maryam thought she had been so taken with the argument she had not noticed Wen coming out of the tower. But then she realized the sound had come from behind her, and when she turned it was to the sight of a jolly smiling face of a man she immediately recognized: Lord Locke, still all corpulence and mustache.

That was just as terrifying, in a different way.

“Terribly sorry to interrupt such a stirring conversation, very sorry indeed, but if I might cut in a moment?”

The shade eyed him with disdain.

“Begone, fat man,” it said. “You meddle in-”

The creature went still and silent when a delicate hand was laid on her shoulder, the tall and austere Lady Keys peering down through her glasses.

“Manners, child,” she chided. “And I will have you know that my husband is the loveliest man there ever was or will be – your blindness in this regard is an unfortunate affliction, but do keep it to yourself.”

Evidently the shade had stolen none of Maryam’s caution, the signifier vindictively thought.

“Oh, amada, I am but a spark to the bonfire of your beauty,” Lord Locke gushed. “Your eyes must be a labyrinth, for I so easily lose myself in them.”

The shade did not move. Not a blink, not a breath, not a nod. Like a mouse being held by a cat.

Maryam glanced to the tower in the middle of the chamber: the lights were still on, the sound of talk wafting their way. She had not heard either of these two creeping up on her, but there was only one way in and out of this archive. How had Wen not seen them coming? She kept her breathing even. If they could sneak past her patron, the man would not be able to move in time even if she screamed for help.

And Tristan had told them that these two were dangerous, that they must be kept smiling at all costs, so play along she would.

“It is no imposition at all, Lord Locke,” she said. “How might I be of help?”

The man temporarily stopped flirting with his wife long enough to answer.

“Ah, my young friend, we have come to borrow a book,” he said. “And we looked in the stacks, only to find it was already in your hands!”

“I happen to be finished with the work in question,” Maryam said. “By all means, take it – though I believe we are forbidden from taking volumes outside the archives.”

“Not to worry,” Lord Locke assured her, going rifling through his doublet pockets, “we have permission.”

He produced a folded piece of paper, which he helpfully passed her. Maryam opened it, finding not the Palliades seal but instead the word ‘PERMISSION’ written in large, wobbly letters taking up the whole paper. She cleared her throat.

“Checks out,” Maryam said.

She thought he looked almost disappointed, for a flicker of a moment, but then he was all chortles and good humor again.

“Did you find it interesting reading, Maryam?” Lady Keys idly asked.

The shade was still as a stone under her light hand.

“A tragic tale, in many ways,” the signifier replied.

“Indeed,” the tall lady approved. “It is always a sad scene when a god starves.”

She swallowed, and though it was unwise she must ask.

“You believe the god Odyssean to have starved to death?”

“Or close enough,” Lady Keys said. “Else Oduromai could hardly walk around wearing his clothes, could he? That is the trouble of empire, dear. Everyone loves the wealth and the temples and the festivals, but few care to look too closely at what keeps the gears oiled up.”

“Blood,” Maryam quietly said. “It always comes down to blood.”

Yours, everyone else’s. Always more blood, until the gears broke or you squeezed the whole world dry.

“Nations get squeamish about their bedrock of bones,” the tall lady mused, “so they paint them gray and name them stones. Poor Odyssean – how eagerly they worshipped his name, until he became an embarrassment. Then they put a crown on his prettier brother and pretended he’d been the one all along.”

He’s not dead, Maryam thought. Song found a contractor of his. That for all their eerie presence they did not seem to know this was a relief. They were not all-powerful, this strange pair.

“But do not let us interrupt your fascinating debate any further,” Lord Locke said. “Why, I’ve not seen a woman so admirably at odds with herself since that queen out in the Riven Coast. Remember darling, the one who inhabited two bodies?”

“A most amusing war, they were waging,” Lady Keys chuckled. “And after the victory the royal banquet was most delicious.”

Lord Locke smacked his lips in approval.

“Nothing like royal,” he said, then waited half a beat before adding, “hospitality.”

He winked at Maryam, then caught his wife’s eyes and the two of them shook with silent laughter. The jolly man picked up the book at her gestured invitation, sketching a bow of thanks, and gallantly offered his arm for his much taller wife to take. They strolled away, quietly chattering away, and disappeared into one of the chambers.

Maryam had no intention of sticking around to find out if they’d ever leave it.

The shade was still seated where it had been, visibly shaken, and their eyes met again.

“No deal,” Maryam told her.

“You will regret that,” it replied, and in the heartbeat that followed it was gone.

Maryam straightened, swallowing, and briskly fled to the tower. Hopefully Wen still had drink left, because she could use a cup of something strong after that.

“All right,” Tristan said. “Now do it again, but without waking up the last emperor of Liergan and scraping the wood.”

Angharad shot him a flat look, but the thief appeared entirely unmoved. Well, she silently conceded, perhaps her work could do with some improvement. Tristan rapped his knuckles against the door once, prompting Maryam to open it slightly then close it fully and putting the bar lock in place – little more than a metal bar connecting the door the wall, with a lever beneath to lift it out of its resting place. As simple as locks got.

Angharad brough up the thief’s tool Tristan had lent her: a long and thin stripe of steel, as if a bookmark had been forged in metal. She positioned herself as he had shown, elbow angled correctly so she could control the movement, and slid the stripe through the thin gap between the door and the doorway. She raised the tool, slowly and carefully, until she made contact with the metal bar on the other side.

Then she delicately levered the bar upwards, bringing it out of the catch – and this time, instead of dropping it and making the noise Tristan had so wildly exaggerated, she just as delicately lowered it back down, out of the catch. She then slid out the tool, straightening and turning an expectant look on the gray-eyed man. He cocked an eyebrow, opening the door and finding it perfectly unobstructed.

“Congratulations,” he said, and Angharad preened, “you can now break into a child’s room. Maybe.”

“You could have given me this, Tristan,” she reproached.

“I’m not even giving you that lifter,” he snorted. “It’s mine and it’s quality work. You get one of the lead ones from the Black House stocks – and wash it first, the paint on most of them is flaking.”

The door was cracked further open as Maryam peeked her head through.

“You are strangely stingy, for a thief,” she noted.

“Ah, but does anyone know the worth of things better than a thief?” Tristan philosophically asked.

Angharad cocked her head to the side.

“An appraiser,” she suggested.

“Tax collectors,” Maryam said.

“Even among criminals, presumably your fence,” Angharad pointed out.

She got incredulous looks from the other two at that.

“I read novels,” the noblewoman defensively said. “I know what a fence is, even if the term seems unnecessarily confusing.”

It already meant something else!

“What kind of books do you read that have fences in them?” Maryam asked, grinning.

The kind where Lord Cadwalader found his mother’s locket for sale in the city pawnshop, revealing that Lady Dube had not lost it as she claimed but in fact – Angharad coughed into her fist.

“Morality tales,” she very precisely replied.

A moral like, for example ‘if you cannot figure out that Lady Dube is only after your inheritance and Lady Awbrey is your true love, then perhaps you deserve to be bankrupted’.  Maryam and Tristan shared a look. Before that wheel could begin to spin and subject her to a flow of crushing sarcasm, Angharad cleared her throat.

“While I am thankful for the lesson,” she said, “when Song suggested I learn some hidden means from you I thought there would be more actual picking of locks.”

“If I had a few weeks and your whole attention, it might,” Tristan replied. “Certainly not with only a few hours before bed, and I’d not trust you to pick anything but workshop locks without a least a few months of learning in you.”

“I had not thought it so difficult a skill to learn,” Angharad admitted.

If it was so difficult to be a criminal, why not simply learn a proper trade? He wiggled his hand, a symbol of equivocation.

“Part of it is that doing it well requires particular tools that do not come cheap,” he said. “But also that in practice most thieves won’t bother picking locks, Angharad. They’ll smash a window or walk through the open door to pull a pistol on the shopkeeper.”

Ah. That was more along the lines of what she had been taught to expect from thieves. The implication that Tristan himself had not resorted to such means was filed away. Perhaps he ought to be considered as, well, a sort of thieving nobility. The highborn of that occupation, so to speak. Yet on second thought Angharad resisted the urge to fit in him such a box, for it felt almost too convenient. It would, after all, allow her to ignore the fact that a man she rather liked had a long history of committing entirely reprehensible acts.

Regardless, it tasted somewhat like hypocrisy to cast aspersions on Tristan’s past while learning his tricks so they might be employed to spy on a young man who had invited her into his home. It was a bitter thing to swallow, the knowledge that neither her work on behalf of the Watch nor the one on behalf of House Tredegar were particularly honorable in nature.

Tristan lightly clapped her shoulder, bringing her out of her thoughts.

“Even nobles usually only put proper locks on a handful of rooms and safes,” he told her. “With a lifter and a skeleton key, you ought to be able to get into the vast majority of a country manor without trouble.”

She breathed out, nodding.

“As for the other rooms, I will have to prevail through charm to enter them,” Angharad said, as much for them as her own sake.

“Cleon Eirenos might not be part of the cult at all,” Maryam told her. “The Odyssean sounds like a remnant god made up of the parts of the worship of Oduromai that were prettied up, not anything like the Golden Ram.”

“There will be other guests,” Angharad said. “And contract with a spirit does not forbid worship of another, regardless.”

“For a cult like the Golden Ram, I think it might,” Maryam replied with a frown, “but admittedly that is guesswork on my part.”

Angharad acknowledged her words with a nod, receiving one in return, and wondered at the simple courtesy. A month ago that might have well turned into a vicious argument, she felt, or at least some barbed words. The hour they spent together every morning had not made them friends, and in some ways the Pereduri doubted they ever would be, but misstep by misstep she had learned what not to say.

They could have polite conversation, within those boundaries, and there were only so many polite conversations one could have with another before that politeness became the default.

While they’d spoken Tristan had fished out his watch, that brass timepiece he cleaned and polished zealously. He clicked his tongue then closed it.

“Dinner soon,” he said. “I’ll go put away the tools and meet you there.”

A later service requested by the Thirteenth, in deference to how late Maryam had stayed in the archives and her upsetting encounter there.

“I’ll come with you,” Maryam said. “I need to wash my hands off the last of the ink, else Song will glare at me like she’s considering ordering nine generations of my family scrubbed clean.”

“I shall see you to at dinner, then,” Angharad replied.

She watched, somewhat amused, as the pair began to bicker about Maryam intending to put ‘ink all over his washbasin’ while she contended he was always so filthy ink would be an improvement. It was good to see the pair reconciled, Angharad thought. They were both happier for it, much as they would deny such a thing. The noblewoman woman could only envy the depths of the friendship they had forged on the Dominion and the complicity it now carried.

The friend she had thought she made on the Dominion had instead made her an accomplice, which was an entirely different beast.

Chasing off the doldrums, Angharad limped her way down the hall. The opposite way the two of them had gone, towards the stairs that would lead to the lower levels. It was a pleasant coincidence that the route leading to the most gently sloping of the stairs passed through a gallery overlooking the approach to the Collegium, one of the nicer sights from Black House – and while it was not dark out yet, the great cube of glass was still a pleasure to eye.

She turned the corner to the sight of seven windows with open shutters, light pouring through them like pits of Glare while darkness huddled in narrow slices between. Almost like stripes. She liked the gallery best around this hour, before the servants lit the lamps.

The sight of Imani Langa standing by the middle window, however, rather spoiled her enjoyment.

The liar was looking out at the city, angled to be the picture of lady lost in contemplation. Ha! Imani did not turn to acknowledge her presence, so though Angharad knew this was unlikely to be a coincidence she leaned on her cane and advanced in stubborn silence. It was only when she came of a height with her that the liar turned, feigning surprise and delight.

“Angharad,” she smiled. “Come watch the city with me, will you?”

“I have already seen it,” she politely replied. “Perhaps another time.”

Never seemed about right.

“Oh,” Imani sighed, “but it has been so long since we last spoke.”

Those eyes narrowed.

“I insist.”

Angharad was her father’s daughter, so she did not spit on the floor in answer. She was also her mother’s, so she sneered in open contempt. She approached just enough to stand at the edge of the pit of light, half-lit and half-veiled. She did not look at the city, staring down the liar instead.

“Well?” she prompted.

“There is no need for such hostility,” Imani chided her.

“Or for the wasting of my time,” Angharad replied. “If you have something to say, say it.”

Doe eyes were turned on her, like a snake putting on a smile.

“What progress have you made?” Imani finally asked.

“I am not on Tolomontera, in case it escaped your notice,” she replied. “Take a guess.”

She had no intention of telling the ufudu about her designs on the infernal forge rumored to be on Asphodel until she had a clear path to getting her hands on it. If she could not obtain it for barter, there was no need to let the Lefthand House know of its existence at all.

“Then you will be pressed for time upon your return,” the liar said. “Your time on Asphodel might best be spent securing help for the endeavor.”

“Is that so?” Angharad mildly said.

“I did not expect you to wander into a layer alone,” Imani said. “It was foolish, and near enough got you killed. You should obtain a signifier’s help for your second venture, or at least a pair of hands to help you.”

Her fingers clenched around the head of her cane.

“Are you offering Qianfan’s help?” she asked.

Was her own signifier in on her plans, also a traitor to the Watch? If so, there might be need for a second corpse at the end of this.

“I could secure it,” Imani lightly said, “but such a thing would have a price.”

Angharad smiled thinly. Of course it would. As it noticing her skepticism, the liar kept speaking.

“Or I could lend a hand in leveraging help from your own brigade,” Imani continued. “Khaimov seems quite attached to Abrascal, there is an angle there.”

(The knife slipped just under the copper button of Imani Langa’s uniform, piercing through cloth and flesh as Angharad twisted the knife.)

Angharad breathed out. She’d barely meant to glimpse, but the flash of rage had-

“The real prize would be Song Ren, of course,” the liar said, eyes on the city. “That contract of hers is a treasure, and given her colorful family history her position within the Watch is delicate at the best of times.”

It was a lapse in control, for her off hand to grasp the handle of her knife, but Angharad’s jaw was clenched hard enough it felt as if her teeth would pop so she allowed it.

“No,” she said, flatly and plainly.

Imani turned, something in Angharad’s voice catching her attention, and her eyes flicked down to the knife at the Pereduri’s belt and the hand resting on it. The ufudu’s lips quirked.

“How exciting,” she said. “I am curious – how will you be contacting the House, after slitting my throat? Or have proof of our bargain, for that matter.”

She had no means and no proof, which Imani well knew. It was why the liar was yet smiling. Angharad forced herself to let out a breath through still-clenched teeth.

“We can revisit the matter of help later,” Imani dismissed. “Cleon Eirenos – why did you cultivate his acquaintance and why are you headed to his estate?”

“That is Thirteenth business,” she precisely replied. “Related to our test.”

“Unlucky you, for I do not care,” Imani said. “I have made concessions, Angharad. Given you time and space, refrained from imposing on you necessities or consequences.”

Her stare hardened.

“Give me something for my patience,” she said, “else I will find little point in maintaining it. I require no secrets from you, only information as other officers of the Watch have read in reports.”

And it sounded reasonable, Angharad thought. Buying time, buying patience, with information put to reports Imani might be able to get her hands on anyhow.

But she knew better.

Someone who holds a deed over you, Gwydion Tredegar had taught her, will always try to talk you into another misdeed they can use. It would be something small, at first, something that felt minor compared to what they already had on you. But the point was to tighten the grip, one coerced step at a time, until there was such an avalanche of dishonors on the books that to go against them would be simply unthinkable. Life-ending in a way that the first deed that started it all would never have been.

Angharad looked at Imani Langa, at the calm confidence on that face, and saw the intent that lay behind her eyes. One step at a time, slowly turning Angharad into a sickness that would spread through the Thirteenth and make them into her pawns. She would be patient, one small request at a time, because could afford patience. The wind was on her side, because what could Angharad do?

Without the help of the Lefthand House, she would never see her father again. With its enmity she was unlikely to survive a week on any of the Isles, rook or not. She was not a large woman, Imani Langa, but behind that slender frame lurked the great monster was the Lefthand House.

“Cleon Eirenos,” Imani prompted again.

They deserved better.

Sleeping God, the Thirteenth deserved better than this. Even had they not offered her kindness in an hour of need this would be a betrayal. And perhaps Angharad could find a way to walk the line of her oaths, to keep from dishonor by stepping carefully enough, it would just be quibbling. The words exact turned into an excuse for something she knew, deep in her bones, to be wrong.

She had sought to cut ties with Song for shooting an ally in the back, but now she was levelling a pistol at all of theirs.

“No,” she quietly said.

The liar stared her down.

“Your lack of cooperation,” she said, “will make it into my report.”

To her superiors at the Lefthand House, she meant. Back to faraway Malan, where… Back to Malan. To the High Queen’s court. Only it would not need to go so far as that, would it? There was closer.

She looked at Imani Langa again, and this time she did not see the Lefthand House standing behind her. Not like the Watch would. She saw fishermen dangling bait, waiting to pull up the line. And bait was not meant to come out of that whole.

It was easy, with Imani not expecting it.

As simple as raising her walking stick and slamming it on the ufudu’s toes, the rest of it flowing like a river – the liar drew back while Angharad abandoned her cane, grasping the side of Imani’s face while the ufudu reached for her knife. She smashed her head into pulled shutters, to a most satisfying bang.

Once, twice, and when Imani brought up her hands to protect her face Angharad drew her own knife and pressed it against the liar’s throat.

“You-”

“Be silent,” Angharad evenly said.

Whatever it was that Imani Langa saw in her eyes, it made her mouth close.

“This is my first and last warning,” she told the liar. “On my oath if I see you trying to involve any of the Thirteenth in this matter, however the manner, I will slit your misbegotten throat and feed your body to the crabs.”

She flicked her wrist, point of the knife digging into the hollow of Imani’s throat.

“This is not Tolomontera,” she told the liar. “The High Queen has an ambassador here, one who knows me by name, and only a fool would believe the Lefthand House does not have a seat in his staff. It would be but an afternoon’s work to arrange a meeting, Imani, and that means you are a convenience but not a necessity.”

Angharad coldly smiled.

“Unless you believe your death will be enough to spoil their appetite for the forge.”

Neither of them did. The spy’s face was an expressionless mask. Angharad withdrew her knife, fancying she saw relief there. Then she seized the liar by the hair and slammed her head into the shutters one last time before releasing her.

“That one,” she said, “was for your unbearable smugness. Mind your manners, and do not refer to me so familiarly in the future – friends call me Angharad, not the likes of you.”

She snatched up her cane, limping away, and for the first time in weeks Angharad Tredegar did not feel like she was drowning.

It was a start.

Chapter 48

Song had not worn formal clothes this regularly since leaving Tianxia and was not sure she cared for it.

While formality was a demonstration of respect for the interlocutor, the facts of the matter remained that Song Ren had a lot to do and only so many hours in her day to do it. Consequently, the time spent getting in and out of her layered chang’ao felt like she was being stolen from – and while in need. If she could at least be read reports during it would be something, but frustratingly the process required too much of her attention.

That and it would be indiscreet to discuss the investigation when she was being helped into her clothes by a Black House maid. Servants gossiped, and Tristan was convinced that Imani Langa had bribed some of the staff to keep an ear out for her.

Still, getting in and out of formal clothes was not the worst waste of time her time today. Song watched with a blank face as Lord Rector Evander Palliades stepped to the edge of the balustrade and raised a hand, cheers and applause exploding at the sight of him. She herself stayed half-hidden among the curtains, eyes scanning the crowd and finding only a spread of magnates and nobles with a few contracts peppered in.

None that, at first glance, could be used to get to the Lord Rector up her in his heavily guarded private suite. That an officer of the Watch was being used as a bodyguard for Evander Palliades while the man attended the theatre made that rabid Yellow Earth contractor’s words ring unpleasantly of truth: she was undeniably being loaned to the local yiwu kingpin by her superiors.

That her rental came with fine seats overlooking the stage and luxurious refreshments somehow made it worse.

Lord Rector Evander kept his speech to the assembled influential below short, telling them that the cowardly attack on his life had missed and that the Asphodel Rectorate would not be waylaid from its triumphant rise into a new age of prosperity by such petty distractions. It was somewhat on the nose, Song thought, but hit the right notes for the listening audience. Some of them shouted approval at his words.

Her eyes flicked to his hands on the brass railing, noting how the man’s index and middle finger were tapping out a rhythm. He practiced that speech, Song thought. Enough that he’d decided on a specific cadence for delivering it. Reluctantly, she must approve of the assiduity on display. A lesser man would have read off a sheet.

Soon he was finished, his last words followed by another wave of cheers and applause. Though this was Evander Palliades’ first public appearance down in Tratheke since the assassination attempt the speech was, she thought, almost too well received. Either the botched assassination had made snubbing the Lord Rector unpopular – if not dangerous – or… The brown-haired man stepped away from the balustrade with a sigh, then snorted when he saw the look on her face.

“We will pay the clappers an additional fee, I think,” he said. “They certainly put their back into it.”

“You arranged for cheers,” Song half-accused.

“Men will clap at most anything if there are enough of their fellows already doing it,” Evander Palliades said. “If only to avoid being the only ones not clapping.”

“It will not truly make you more popular,” she pointed out.

He cocked an eyebrow.

“Will it not?” the Lord Rector replied. “Even if they noticed, what will they remember most – the suspicion, or the room full of cheers following my speech? It will not change the minds of those who have made it, but the weathervanes will go where they believe the wind blows.”

Song’s lips thinned, but she did not contradict him. Unpleasant as it was to admit, that sort of trick did work on crowds. Elections in Mazu were replete with their like, and it was said that in Wendi powerful trade cartels sent their ship crews to disrupt the speeches of candidates they opposed. It was a false equivalence to compare a sword in the hand of a tyrant and a sword in the hand of free man, but the hand wielding it did not make the sword itself more virtuous.

Tricks were tricks, and truth was the first victim of hypocrisy ennobled.

The Lord Rector invited her to sit, but before she could answer there was a knock at the door. Song put a hand on her pistol, for she would be dutiful regardless of her opinion of the assignment, but it was only the refreshments that had been sent for. Watered wine for Evander Palliades, and water for her – though by suspicious happenstance a pot of Sanxing green tea and two cups were also brought in.

She hid a grimace, aware that over the span of the next two hours it was likely her nose would win over her pride and she’d have a cup. Evander’s subtle smirk at the sight was set aside, as a debate over whether it was attractive or irritating would see her lose whatever the answer. She sat down on the lushly cushioned black seat, sipping at her water.

“You don’t very much want to be here, do you?”

Song kept her face calm, carefully setting down her cup on the low table between her seats. Only then did she turn her gaze on the bespectacled Lord Rector, who expression was one of faint amusement.

“I have personally been assigned this duty by Brigadier Chilaca,” she replied.

A thoroughly frustrating conversation, that. While he did not outright dismiss the findings she and Tristan had dug up in the northwestern ward, the heavyset Aztlan had been largely indifferent to the notion of a brewing noble coup. In his eyes, Song suspected, weakness in the reign of House Palliades merely strengthened the Watch’s bargaining position.

In the end he’d told her that he would be passing the report along to the senior Krypteia officer on the island, appending a personal note that time might be a factor, and that she was to cease being involved in the matter.

And while Song knew objectively that the brigadier had acted correctly, that he was following the proper protocols and had arguably treated her thin-on-proof report more seriously than many in his position might have, it was all a thorn in her throat. It was not the place of the Watch to intervene in Asphodelian affairs beyond what was required to maintain its own interests, so refraining from warning House Palliades about the coup was the proper course of action.

Yet she could not help but feel that this inaction was a mistake, that they were missing something, and in the end that Brigadier Chilaca had merely humored her awhile before sending her out here as a pawn in a greater game. It was hard not to resent that at least a little, though Song tried.

“And here I thought it a Malani affectation, to lie while speaking truths,” Lord Rector Evander drawled. “I take no offense, Captain Song. I am not unaware that seeing to my protection is not why you came to Asphodel, or that you were victim to a diplomat pulling rank.”

She cocked an eyebrow at that.

“A diplomat who pulled rank,” Song mildly said, “at your personal request.”

He smiled wanly.

“If I am to be robbed by the Watch, I might as well get them to contribute to my survival while the robbery is ongoing,” Evander Palliades said. “I’ll confess to some puzzlement you took the black in the first place: your contract, Captain Song, would make you a wildly wealthy and influential woman at the court of any great ruler.”

“You do not know the details of my contract,” she replied.

Nor would he ever.

“No,” he easily conceded, “but I know what my friends in Tianxia were able to gather about the Ren, which is not nothing.”

Her jaw clenched.

“I am a woman of the Watch,” Song Ren flatly said. “My past is of no import.”

Evander Palliades brushed back his curls, staring at her, then shook his head and took a sip of his watered wine.

“Neither of us believe that,” he said. “And you will find I can understand better than most what it feels like, the crushing weight of the legacy one must live up to.”

“You are a hereditary ruler,” she bit out. “I am from the single most despised bloodline in the Ten Republics. It is not the same.”

The last words came out a hiss, and she shut her mouth so quickly when she realized what she had said that her teeth clacked together painfully. Only Evander did not look bothered by her disrespect in the slightest – he seemed almost pleased.

“No,” he agreed. “Unlike you, I do not get to leave. I will sit a throne atop a house of glass until I die or a stone is thrown strongly enough to bring it down under me.”

She scoffed.

“You can leave,” Song flatly said. “Abdicate, take what wealth you can carry and live a life without a crown. To remain is a choice, not some divine punishment.”

“You could change your name,” Evander Palliades retorted smilingly. “Find a patron in Izcalli or Sacromonte, spend the rest of your life rich and respected.”

There is nowhere the curse will not reach me, Song thought. And I will not simply leave my sisters to rot from the inside like curdled milk. Only she owed this man none of these words and it would have felt almost obscene to share them with him. Already the strange joy in his mien at their talk was leaving her feeling naked, as if it were all too intimate. Gods but how lonely he must be, to be so candid with a woman he barely knew. She needed to pull back, not encourage him.

No matter how satisfying it would be to put him in his place, to let him realize the sheer extent of his misguided arrogance.

“This conversation can lead nowhere, Your Excellency,” she said. “It is best ended, with my apologies for speaking out of turn.”

He hummed, leaning back into his seat and reaching for his cup again. Watered down as it looked, he’d be able to drink the entire goblet and have his wits entirely unaffected. It was an admirable habit, which she resented. She did not feel much like approving of him, at the moment.

Silence had spread below them as they spoke, leaving Song to hope their talk had not been too loud, and it shamed her some to realize she had missed the beginning of the play. Painted panels of a magnificent golden city were being covered by streaks of blue cloth carried by children, which after a beat she grasped represented rising water. In front of the city being lost to the sea, a young man was addressing the gods in a lamenting monologue.

“With how expensive the seats are, you’d think they would change the city panels from year to year,” Lord Rector Evander noted. “They barely touch them up.”

Song shot him a disapproving look. It should be beneath even a despot to speak at the theater. The man had the gall to grin back.

“It is the Oduromaia,” Evander said. “I have seen it so many times I am in danger of falling asleep. Kindly protect me from peril, Captain Song.”

She glared at him, then sighed. It was not as if her duties would have allowed her to watch the play anyhow. She was meant to keep an eye out for dangerous contracts in the crowd.

“I take it that the ‘Oduromaia’ is the tale of Oduromai King’s journey to Asphodel?” she said.

“One such tale, certainly,” Evander Palliades said. “Though it claims the same title as what was once a spoken epic, I believe the text turned into play dates back to… late Century of Accord or early Dominion. During the early reigns of House Lissenos.”

The much-loved predecessors of the Palliades, who had ruled over Asphodel for over a hundred years.

“So shortly after the Ataxia,” she said.

His eyes lit up.

“Exactly,” he said, growing enthusiastic. “There was need to knit back Asphodel after those years of war, and the Lissenos went about it cleverly: they paid for tales and songs and plays, all harkening back to a common founding from which all Asphodelians drew common root.”

He paused.

“Though, of course, said works all implied Lissenos descent from King Oduromai so their part of the root must be recognized to be a little better than the others.”

“You are skeptical of the claim, I take it,” Song said, reluctantly amused.

He was impugning his own descent, practically speaking, as the Palliades claim to the throne came from their relation to the Lissenos.

“They were originally a minor noble house from Ikarios that took refuge in Asphodel during the Century of Steel,” he said, rolling his eyes. “They are as related to Oduromai as I am to Viterico the Great.”

Tempted as Song was to agree and add that kings must constantly change the past to justify the present, Evander was well read enough he might notice she was quoting the Feichu Tian. Which, given its contents, might be taken as impolitic of her.

Strong arguments in favor of royal decapitation were advanced within those pages.

“At least they were not Raseni,” she teased.

He cleared his throat.

“Actually, given that Rasen occupied Ikarios during the century preceding their exile, the odds are that they had a little…”

“No,” she said, almost grinning.

“All aristoi try to avoid talking about that,” Lord Rector Evander noted. “Everyone measures the strength of their claim by relation to House Lissenos, these days, so it would be a losing game for all involved.”

Far below Prince Oduromai bemoaned the treachery of the hollows and devils that laid low the hall of his father, announcing his intent to find the most beautiful island in Vesper to replace it, and Song reached for the pot to pour herself a cup of Sanxing green as Evander Palliades idly told her that in older version of the play some of the devils responsible for the destruction had been named – and sounded suspiciously like the houses of the Six, which the Sacromontans had taken offense to.

It was a waste of time still, she thought, but it need not be unpleasant. There was worse company to keep.

Though it was now his second time visiting, Tristan still found it genuinely impressive that Hage had gotten his hands on even a hole-in-the-wall shop inside the Collegium. He’d heard those went for literal bags of gold.

The new Chimerical still sold coffee, but as it was effectively a large and deep broom closet squeezed in between two eateries it only had one table and Hage had to stay upright inside his glorified stand to make room for his brewing apparatuses – even though most had stayed behind in Allazei, by the looks of it. So had many of the bags of bean varieties, which made it all the more amusing that an entire shelf of that limited space had been turned into a cushioned bed for a lazing Mephistofeline.

The cat’s monumental girth squished a little past the edge of said shelf, predictably. He also hissed at anyone who lingered too long to chat with Hage, but inexplicably this had charmed the locals. Someone had woven him a little crown of flowers, which he sat on, and there was a plate with bits of roasted chicken on it he occasionally deigned to nibble at.

“One serving of your cheapest bean water, good sir,” Tristan ordered, sliding a single copper across the counter.

The devil stared down at him through those owlish eyebrows.

“I will have you dragged away by the lictors,” Hage threatened.

Though not, the thief noted, without first pocketing the copper. Tristan theatrically sighed.

“Fine,” he said. “I will have to settle for all the information you have on the basileia called the ‘Brass Chariot’, then.”

He’d made that request when first finding the Chimerical yesterday, surprised to learn that as it was part of the test he would not even have to pay for the information. There was no one else in line, or even out in the street – he’d come during early morning work hours – but Hage still swept the environs with a look. Purely for show, given that the old devil’s hearing was sharp enough no one should be able to approach without him being aware.

“Second-raters,” Hage told him. “Their main business is smuggling, but they have a few protection rackets and front businesses.”

The thief frowned.

“What do they smuggle?”

“Mostly legal merchandise, in truth,” Hage said. “Only they get it into Tratheke without paying the rector’s tariffs and sell it marginally cheaper than it would be otherwise for a thin slice of profit. If they went for the real moneymakers, larger players would step on them. It is unconfirmed, but rumor has it other basileias sometimes hire them to transport goods through their routes.”

Tristan hummed thoughtfully.

“Trade Assembly connections?” he asked.

“Not the way you mean it,” Hage replied. “They make most of their coin at the expense of Assembly revenue so the merchants want them dead, but they’ve friends in the workshops and warehouses.”

So they had ties to the employees of the Trade Assembly, not the wealthy magnates themselves. As far as Tristan was concerned that was for the better. Coteries followed power and money, neither of which Tristan Abrascal could outbid even a single merchant magnate over.

“Much obliged,” he said. “I’ve another inquiry for you, though it is nothing urgent.”

“Oh?” Hage replied, grabbing a cloth to clean an already perfectly clean cup.

“Does the Watch have anything on a Lord Locke and Lady Keys?” Tristan asked. “Guests of the Lord Rector, supposedly. They were snooping around the assassination attempt, though I do not believe it was the assassin they were after.”

Hage stilled, and not as a man would. In that way only devils could, for devils need neither breathe nor soothe aching muscles: when their kind stilled, it was stone or the cast of night. Immediate, absolute.

“Repeat the names,” Hage ordered.

“Lord Locke,” he said. “Lady Keys.”

“Describe them to me.”

He did, the rotund and mustachioed little man and the tall and thin bespectacled woman. He even added how Lady Keys had grabbed him by the neck and tossed him down a window with strength unusual for a woman a skinny – though not, it must be said, impossible. Hage set down the cloth, then the cup.

“The Krypteia had no word of them being on Asphodel,” he finally said.

“They are a known quantity, then?” Tristan asked.

“I will look into the matter personally,” Hage said. “You, and the Thirteenth at large, are to avoid them as much as physically possible.”

He let out a low whistle.

“That bad?”

“Tristan,” Hage said, and his tone was grave enough the thief straightened. “You are not, under any circumstances, to make those two angry. Keep them smiling, keep them laughing. Always.”

Slowly he nodded.

“Above my pay grade, I understand.”

The devil stared at him, then jerked his chin to the side.

“Get going, I have paying customers on their way.”

Tristan snorted, and waved a goodbye a Mephistofeline – who summarily ignored him, as Tristan had lost any influence over the distribution of foodstuffs and thus become a stranger not worth remembering. There was nothing more fickle than a cat, save perhaps Fortuna.

Tristan took his time on the way back, still getting his bearings around the city. He’d gotten clothes in Asphodelian linens – even paid for them, at Song’s insistence – so he did not draw much attention anymore, at least until he talked. There was not all that much difference in appearance between Trebian islanders and Lierganen from the continent, at least not those from Sacromonte, but he had yet to unlearn his City accent. Hage had given him exercises, though, so he had hopes.

The Collegium was too rich for his blood, and too much of a tribe. Even though most who worked within the gargantuan cube of glass could not have afforded a Collegium house even if they save up for it their entire life, there was a cachet to spending your day there that set them apart from the rest of Tratheke. Not the kind of company one could slide into without first learning their little terms and customs, so Tristan instead let his feet take him to the southwest ward.

The southeastern ward had a large swath of noble mansions and properties, but its southwestern neighbor was the living heart of the city. It was where the workshops and the merchant warehouses were, and those well-paying jobs had sprouted shops and eateries and a dozen industries to cater to those earning the wages. There were a few of what Sacromonte would call guildhouses, the seats of trade consortiums, but they were surprisingly few and discreet.

Asphodel did not like to sell land to merchants, and it showed.

The hum on the street was about Lord Rector Evander’s surprise appearance at a playhouse in the northwestern ward the previous afternoon, proving rumors he had been disfigured to be a lie. There were also rumors the man now had a mistress, for a woman had been glimpsed up in his private lodge. Considering Song must have been the woman in question, Tristan had to swallow a shit-eating grin when he heard the rumor.

She was going to lose her mind at the implication she was some king’s mistress, and it was going to be beautiful. He couldn’t wait to tell her.

Overall, sentiment towards the Lord Rector was rather favorable. Even the mistress rumor got the wink-wink treatment about him being a young man with a young man’s needs, and everyone scorned the attempt to kill what they considered a fine enough ruler. Speculation was rife about who had done it, though in the southwestern ward when foreigners weren’t blamed the suspicion leaned more to the Council of Ministers than the Trade Assembly.

The ministers, being largely high nobles from the eastern and western regions of Asphodel, were unpopular with the people of Tratheke – who saw themselves as the heart of the Rectorate and believed the rest of the island to resent this obvious truth.

It was halfway through the afternoon, while debating grabbing a bite, that he first caught sight of them.

None of them were wearing back, which was how he almost missed them. He was saved by Captain Tozi Poloko’s absurd haircut, which stood out enough he gave her a second look and caught sight of the entire Nineteenth moving down the street in local clothes. Blades out in the open, but pistols hidden from sight so as not to out themselves as blackcloaks under the local laws.

He was tucked in behind a curtain of beads by a trinket stand, so he wasn’t in their angle of sight. The odds were good that for one he would be the one with the drop on Cressida. Too pleased at that notion to let the opportunity go, Tristan began to trail behind them. Though the four of them moved briskly the streets of the ward were thick with people so he was able to stay in sight of them without drawing attention.

Where were they going? It must be part of the investigation into the contracted killer, as they were moving the opposite direction from the way back to Black House.

It was when they dipped into side streets that Tristan’s curiosity was truly stoked. Cressida alone would have been too risky to follow into there, but the others were louder and not as wary. Taking pains to never be in their line of sight, tracking them by footsteps and the sounds of voices, he followed in their wake. A few minutes later, near a dead end, chatter rose sharply before ending entirely.

Tristan pressed himself against a wall, pricking his ear and catching what he was certain was the sound of a door opening. He waited it out, several minutes in case Cressida was keeping a lookout, and only then risked a glance. The alley past the corner was a run-down hole, with most of the edifices there stripped for parts, but there was a small cluster of standing buildings at the end. One of them had a lantern lit inside, by the glow behind the shutter.

Tristan slid back out of sight before anyone could see him. Well now, would you look at that. It looked like the Nineteenth Brigade had decided to obtain a safehouse out in the city, and he now knew exactly where it was.

You never knew when that sort of thing might end up useful.

Obtaining access to the private palace archives had been as simple as asking the Lord Rector, or rather as simple as Song asking the Lord Rector.

Maryam would admit she was not the most experienced in matters of romance, but when a boy invited you to the theater before plying you with drinks and talk about books you liked one did not usually call that a ‘bodyguard assignment’. Though, maybe if the drinks and talk went very well. Much as she believed that Song could use a little unwinding, the man involved meant the whole thing smelled like trouble and thus Maryam refrained from teasing her friend over it. Once you made a joke of something, it became easier to consider.

Yet for now they reaped the benefits of the association, as not only had Maryam been allowed access to the archives but she had effectively been given the run of the place – with for only restriction the inability to take books out. Captain Wen came along, as much to supervise as because the only thing the corpulent man enjoyed as much as good meal was a rare book.

They found out, together, that the private archives of the rector’s palace were a prison.

Maryam was not being dramatic, they were quite literally a repurposed gaol. Six large pentagonal chambers connected to a larger central enclosure, each of the pentagons having once carried three cells and a guard post. The central enclosure, at the heart of which stood a squat and heavy tower containing the only way in and out of the archives – a lift leading to a room below – was surrounded by small alcoves that could be used for work.

A few of the dozen archivists were glaring at her from their cover, perhaps under the impression they were being subtle. They’d not enjoyed Maryam being granted rights over their little kingdom even before seeing the color of her skin. After? Some of them refused to so much as look in her direction, and she had heard hollow muttered more than once.

The senior archivist, a frigidly polite older woman whose tendency to turn her up her nose really should be paired with better care to pluck the hair inside her nostrils, offered the most cursory of welcomes before saddling Maryam with the youngest of the archivists as a gofer and attendant. While she was going to need the help navigating these stacks, many of which were filled with books in Cycladic, there was the slight trouble that in this case ‘youngest’ meant a nine-year-old girl in brown robes too large for her. Maryam could not recall being around a girl of nine since she herself had been one of those.

“If you’re a blackcloak,” Roxane gravely asked, “then why aren’t you wearing a black cloak?”

Maryam might have been irritated by the question, if not by the painful earnestness on her face. The messy auburn bob and slightly too long sleeves only added to the effect.

“I am secret blackcloak,” Maryam replied. “On a secret mission.”

“Then why’s your captain drinking booze in the common room?” Roxane wondered.

The Izvorica considered that a moment.

“Because he’s an asshole,” she finally said.

“Oh, so like Master Alexios,” Roxane mused.

Maryam cocked an eyebrow.

“He spilled wax on our only translation of the Medead and told Lady Eumelia it was me,” Roxane informed her with a scowl. “It wasn’t, I wasn’t even there.”

“I believe you,” Maryam assured her.

What would she have wanted as a bribe, when she was nine years old? Desserts, spending money, or maybe – ah!

“Would you like me to curse him?” she offered.

Roxane’s eyes turned large as teacups.

“You can do that?”

“I’m a Navigator,” Maryam said, which was mostly true.

Roxane pondered the offer.

“Can you make it so he farts loudly in front of Mistress Laodike?” she asked. “He’s trying to court her. She’s the short woman with the braid and the tight robes.”

Roxane raised hands to show the strategic location of said tightness, along with a possible motive for Alexios’ interest. One should never underestimate the inherent viciousness of children.

“I have no fart curses,” she replied, “but I could make hot wax spill onto his lap if you’d like.”

“Wait until Laodike’s around,” Roxane instructed.

“I will,” Maryam said, suppressing a smile, “but in exchange you have to help me find everything I need and not tell the senior archivist what books I asked for.”

The former part was what the girl had been ordered to do, so the latter was what Maryam was really after. Even the way the Lord Rector sorted his private papers had been made political, there was simply no chance at all that the senior archivist’s appointment had been spared intrigue. Since Maryam had no intention of allowing a list of the books she cracked open to be passed to the woman’s patrons the moment she left the archives, measures must be taken.

Roxane hesitated, but a promise that Maryam wouldn’t let her be punished for refusing to answer questions about the books tipped the scales in favor of agreement. They shook on it. An older archivist could have been threatened into silence with the weight of the Watch, but Maryam preferred it this way. She would ask Wen on their way out to make it clear that if the girl was punished for keeping silent then the senior archivist was to receive the same punishment tenfold.

That was not within their authority to do, strictly speaking, but if the Thirteenth made a formal complaint about this Lady Eumelia obstructing the investigation the senior archivist would be in for much worse than merely being switched ten times. Maryam was not all that familiar with Asphodelian laws, but meddling in an investigation that involved the Lord Rector’s life seemed like it might fetch the noose – or at least immediate dismissal from one’s position as senior archivist.

With Roxane freshly invigorated by the promises, Maryam got to work. A letter had been sent to Stheno’s Peak to see if the Watch had any record of major construction in Asphodel using brackstone, or of an entity that might have warranted such effort to contain, but there was no telling if they would answer – much less in time to be of use.

The Lord Rector’s own ignorance of such an undertaking was not a good omen, but the archives were much older than House Palliades’ grasp on the throne. There might be answers buried here that’d been forgotten when the old royal houses passed. Usurpation was no friend to the uninterrupted passing of royal secrets.

“I need the oldest works you have on Tratheke that describes the city,” she told Roxane. “And anything you might have about gods that became forbidden.”

For the first they ended up combing through the stacks not of histories but of epic poetry – the oldest records of Tratheke were spoken epics that had been set down to ink later on. That alone would not be enough, though, so Roxane then led her to the pentagon containing legal records of Rectorate. Specifically those of land ownership in Tratheke. An archivist began hovering close when they entered that section, which was not entirely unwarranted given how precious such documents were.

Maryam still curtly dismissed him. They’d already assigned her an attendant and she had no intention of tolerating another archivist looking over her shoulder as she worked. She only had so many bribes in her.

They set those first volumes aside in the nook she’d claimed for her use, finding as they did that Captain Wen had emerged from the tower. He was now leafing through a worn volume titled ‘The Esteemed Noble Lines of Great Cathay’, chuckling as he did. He was not so busy that he did not share a look with Maryam, however, dipping his head slightly. Good, he would be keeping an eye for anyone intending to snoop at her picked volumes.

Roxane was visibly excited when they went to fetch the second set of books, revealing she was not usually allowed into the ‘Closed Sixth’. That pentagon chamber was closed by a lock and iron grid, which they had to send for an archivist to unlock for them. The fair-haired man who did offered a friendly smile and passed no comment, but Roxane held up her nose at him.

“Alexios?” Maryam asked in a murmur after they went in.

The girl scowled and nodded. Well, Maryam had a face to the name now. She just needed to wait for an opportunity. The stacks inside the Closed Sixth were all covered with glass and small numbered locks, for which Alexios left them a set of keys. Brass plates with Cycladic words on them named the contents of particular shelves, but that language was beyond her knowledge.

“Can you translate any of it for me?” Maryam asked.

Roxane looked surprised.

“Of course,” she said. “I learned along my other letters.”

That begged elaboration, so she asked. The girl, it turned out, was the orphan of palace servants. As she had no relatives, she had been placed here to become an archivist as a kindness from the majordomo running the palace. Roxane was taught Cycladic by other archivists as well as her numbers and letters because so many of the older documents here used the dead tongue. Pleased at the turn, Maryam consulted the girl for guidance and found what she suspected to be the right shelf.

Prohibited could only have so many meanings in this context.

The entire left side of the shelf was piled scrolls with wax symbols stamped on the wooden rod the vellums were wrapped around, but the right half was books. Mostly leatherbound manuscripts, but one was instead bound by a gold frame and another contained by what looked like an iron puzzle box.

“The golden one is titled the ‘Graveyard Book’,” Roxane murmured.

She looked uneasy, as if the stillness of the room was overcoming her enthusiasm.

“Then we take that one,” Maryam said.

She was careful to feel the book out with her nav before touching it, finding it harmless. But with her soul-effigy out, she noticed a detail she had previously missed – one of the leather-bound volumes was rippling in the aether. And in a way she had seen before: she had walked through enough fields of Asphodel crowns, those purple flowers in the rector’s garden, to recognize the slight ripple they caused in the aether.

Sliding the small book out from between two larger volumes, she found simple brown leather without a title. A symbol had been pressed into its front, though: the stylized silhouette of a blooming Asphodel crown.

“I don’t know what that one is,” Roxane said, the small voice breaking her out of a trance.

“That’s all right,” Maryam muttered, stashing it with the other book. “I think I might.”

They locked the shelf behind them and returned to the nook they’d picked out to work, finding an irritated Lady Eumelia staring down at an unimpressed Wen Duan.

“It is simple precaution to-”

“You seem like a well-read woman, Eumelia,” Captain Wen mused, turning a page. “In your opinion, should you insist on spying on a Watch investigation are you more likely to be tried under the Iscariot Accords or Asphodel’s own treason laws?”

“I could have you expelled from these grounds for threatening me,” the senior archivist threatened.

“Is it a threat to tell a child they’ll be burned if they shove their hand in a fire?” he asked, bespectacled eyes flicking up to look at her. “I should hope not.”

Lady Eumelia sneered at him, then at Maryam and for good measure she glared at Roxane for being in the general vicinity of her humiliation. Her face was ice-cold as she stalked off, but the fury was obvious in the steps. The Izvorica frowned. Perhaps a sterner warning than ‘returned tenfold’ was in order, because she did not like that look on her face. She led the nervous girl into their nook, giving Wen a thankful nod.

He ignored her, flipping his page.

Much as Maryam would have liked to dig into the books, those she most wanted to read – the golden book and the epic – were written in Cycladic. She set Roxane to translating the appropriate passages of the epic inside a journal she’d brought for the purpose, instead busying herself with the documents in Antigua. Beginning with the legal records, which she figured might help her narrow down when the brackstone structures had been built.

The land records went as far back as the beginning of the Century of Steel, over three hundred years ago and three Asphodelian dynasties back. A pirate admiral turned lord and war hero by the name of Archelaus had seized power in the last decade of the Century of Crowns and proved an energetic Lord Rector, his efforts to improve tax revenue leading what was to become the Archelean dynasty keeping thorough records of noble properties in Tratheke.

Clever. Those would have been easier to tax than the noble holdings out in the mountains, where a former pirate’s tax collectors would likely have been greeted by arrows. Mind you, records was somewhat underserved a word: they were just family names and vaguely described boundaries.

Already the noble properties had been concentrated in the two southern wards of the city, though apparently the nobility had owned a lot more of the land inside Tratheke back in those days. The northeast ward, where Tristan and Angharad had found the brackstone wall, had been a royal holding back in those early days.

Property ledgers remained orderly for several Lord Rectors, the succession laid out by the ruler names changing on the documents, then turned chaotic during the two Pelagid reigns when the Archeleans were overthrown. They stabilized when the Archeleans resumed rule after winning back their throne only to become… spotty when the house began producing increasingly indolent and corrupt rulers. Short-lived, too.

Maryam was no treasurer, but Lady Rector Artemisia Archelean had sold the same piece of land in southwestern Tratheke to three different lords the same year and that seemed just a mite suspicious. Either it was cover for bribes or it was a scam of some sort, she figured. Either way, those records could not really be relied on. Which was frustrating, because late in the Archelean dynasty was when the house began pawning off pieces of Tratheke for coin, crucially including some of the northeastern ward.

It got even messier after that, nearly sixty years partial or outright missing. Not surprising, as the end of the Archeleans during the Century of Accord resulted in the ‘Ataxia’, that great Asphodelian civil war. From that chaos House Lissenos eventually emerged as rulers, and when they did, Maryam finally saw useful work again.

Twice now she’d had to double back to the chamber to get fresh books, replacing the old ones, but as her pen scratched down fresh notes she figured she was getting somewhere. The first Lissenos to become Lord Rector had ridden noble support to the throne, but his successor had then promptly turned on those supporters. That betrayal included confiscating some of their property in Tratheke, the gains from which were written down in copious detail.

From the confiscations Maryam learned that apparently House Drakos had once owned about a quarter of the capital, mostly in the northwest, and been stripped of most everything. The northeast, though, had been sold for parts to half a dozen houses. And though Lord Rector Hector Lissenos promptly redistributed some of this confiscated property to allies in an obvious move to buy their support – including, amusingly enough, the original grant of Black House to the Watch – he held on to confiscated the properties in the northeast.

Interesting, as they should have been worthless back then. After the Ataxia the population of Tratheke had almost halved according to the records so even the precious southern wards would have been partly empty. The north would have been a ghost town, decaying space no one cared to inhabit.

A good place to secretly build a prison for a god.

Hector Lissenos, Maryam jotted down. A simple genealogy book revealed his reign to have lasted from 9 to 26 Dominion, which narrowed down the period of time to look into. By the time she returned all the ledgers to the appropriate stacks, Roxane had finished translating for her. Maryam looked down at the girl’s elegant cursive, filling seventeen pages with nary an error in ink, and rubbed the bridge of her nose. This was going to take a while.

“All poets should be hanged,” she muttered.

She reassured Roxane the displeasure was no reflection on her. The epic was, well, a poem. Which meant that while several parts did describe Tratheke as it was made by the Antediluvians and then found by Oduromai King, the description were so dramatic as to be nearly useless. At least the Oduromai parts mentioned the general layout of the city, as a prelude to his distributing parts of it to his loyal crew as reward.

Yet all that told her was that the general shape of the city, four wards and the Collegium, had been this way as far back as was known. The problem was that the information she was most curious about was in the most poetic part: namely, what the Antediluvians had built their city on.

The epic contended the Ancients had carved deep into the ground and set down a city fully made, which sounded unlikely if not outright impossible – one must be careful using that word, when it came to the First Empire. The implication there was that below the city was rock, but was there only that? The entity that needed containment in brackstone, had it been put there by the Antediluvians in the first place? That horrifying god on the Dominion had.

Was it even a god down there, a monster or something else entirely?

The epics had no true answers for her. She would have to look for later sources, which while less reliable for the time passed might admittedly still be more reliable than damn poetry. By now they were midway through the afternoon, so after returning the epics to the stacks Maryam told her little assistant they were to take a break. Wen had a half-empty plate of lamb and greens on his table, and after asking she learned that they could have food sent up here. She had it done for Roxane and herself, the girl delighted to be getting meat twice this week when she was told.

Maryam spent part of her meal looking for Alexios and the Mistress Laodike of the rumored tits, intent on keeping her word. When she found the woman in question she was forced to concede that Roxane’s miming had not been unwarranted. She filled every part of the brown robes that the little girl did not, twice over. Even while she sat in candlelight, transcribing something from book to manuscript, that much was obvious.

She was also being hovered around by fair-haired Alexios, her opinion on his attentions on unclear. While Maryam tore into her chops and pretended not to see Roxane discreetly transferring some of her greens onto the signifier’s plate, she could not help but notice Laodike’s inkwell was running low. It was only a matter of time before gallant Alexios noticed as well, no doubt, so she prepared.

When he hurried in with a fresh inkwell, she acted.

“Watch,” Maryam told Roxane, and under the table she traced.

She didn’t need anything dangerous or complicated. Settling a Burden on a scholarly man hurrying was enough to make him trip, footing unmade by how moving was suddenly harder than it had been. Maryam immediately released the Sign and from the corner of her eye she saw Roxane grinning like a shark as Alexios toppled forward, keeping the inkwell up in an attempt not to drop it but only making things worse. His wrist hit Laodike’s knee and ink went flying on her robes and his face both.

“Now look away,” Maryam murmured. “Best not to be suspicious.”

The two of them studiously ate their meal – Maryam’s portion of greens miraculously grown back to full size while she wasn’t looking – and pretended not to hear the sharp, angry words from Mistress Laodike to her clumsy suitor. 

Roxane was happily wriggling in her seat like a worm when they got back to work. The ‘Graveyard Book’, which was next on the line, was a mix of Antigua and Cycladic.

And once Maryam realized what they were reading, she immediately told Roxane to stop translating and go sit at another table for a while.

Inside the gold-framed book was only one thing: names. The kind that should not be spoken out loud, or even looked at too long, for they were names of dead gods. It was carefully that Maryam looked through the pages, centering herself and regularly tasting the aether with her nav in case she was earning… attention.

After fifteen minutes her head was pounding and her eyes ached, but she pushed on – after skipping dozens of pages, for the ancient Cycladic names meant nothing to her. The order was chronological, as far as she could tell, and after the names of the dead turned to Antigua she began looking for what she wanted: the time of the Ataxia.

It revealed itself to her in a mass grave of gods, the very air around her smelling of blood, but Maryam wanted a name. And she found it, she thought. The page for the god the Watch had killed on behalf of Asphodel, the rampant deity whose cult was behind the Ataxia. Only though there were letters on the page, spelling out a word, her eyes only saw one thing.

HATED ONE, she read.

Like the words had been carved into her eyes. And she tried to look beneath, at the word tucked away under the shout of

HATED ONE

 but oh she must be careful not to drip on the page, there was something wet on her hand.

Her nails had bit so deep into her palm she was bleeding.

Breathing out, Maryam slammed the book closed. Gods, her head was pounding. She pushed back her chair, almost afraid, and tucked her bleeding hand into her sleeve. She leaned against a table and breathed in and out, eyes closed, until the world no longer spun around quite so much. Until she could no longer hear those two loud words echoing inside her head like a never-ending crack of thunder, filling her to burst until her skull cracked from the inside… breathe in, breathe out.

“Miss Maryam?”

She opened her eyes, a worried looking Roxane staring at her.

“Put the books we borrowed back,” she croaked out. “We’re done for the day.”

“Are you all right?” the girl asked.

“I will be after some sleep,” she replied. “It was a dangerous book.”

And not even the volume she had sniffed out as odd in the aether. The thought of trying that one while her head ached like this was almost enough to make her nauseous. Tomorrow. Roxane put the books back, though Maryam had forgot to give her the keys so she had to come back for them. By then Wen had come to join her, sitting on the edge of the table.

“Went digging a little too deep, I see.”

“I found something,” she rasped back. “The…”

She licked her lips, afraid to even think those two words.

“I have found something,” Maryam repeated. “I need to speak with Lieutenant Mitra before he leaves.”

Which was in two days, she recalled. Not tomorrow night but the morning after the Fourth would be leaving the capital. Wen was studying her through his spectacles, hands folded atop his belly.

“You are a woman grown,” he said. “If you want to burn yourself like a candle, that is your choice. But do wait until the end of the test, would you? It would make me look bad if you get yourself killed before that.”

“I know what I’m doing,” she bit back.

“Sure you do, Maryam,” he chortled. “That’s why you’re bleeding.”

He pushed himself off the table. The urge to tear into him was there, but a wave of exhaustion challenged the pressure. Wen would be Wen, she told herself. She ruffled Roxane’s hair on her way out, catching sight of Lady Eumelia glaring at them from the tower doorway. The girl shrunk in on herself, and for a moment Maryam saw another child. Alone, covered in filth, run down to exhaustion by hounds and soldiers. The weight of an entire empire stomping after her.

No. Not this time, not to that sweet little girl. Gloam flickered around her fingers, eager to be wielded. To be crafted to her purposes. She took a single step forward before the hand came down on her shoulder – Maryam tried to shake off Wen, but the man’s grip was iron and he manhandled her back into a seat. He dismissed Roxane, who heisted but scuttled off after a hard look.

“Sit your ass down, Khaimov,” he flatly said.

It would have been childish to storm off, so instead she glared up at him.

“I need to speak with the senior archivist,” she flatly said. “We will leave afterwards.”

“You look like you’re about to rip that woman’s throat out,” he said. “And she noticed, too. See how she made herself scarce.”

Lady Eumelia had disappeared into the depths of her lair, it was true.

“I would not have laid a hand on her,” Maryam said.

Nor would she have had to. To most laymen, even the most harmless uses of Gloam were terrifying. The construct-trick would have sent a small creature of Gloam scurrying across her body and made Maryam’s point memorably.

“No, you would have put the fear of the Akelarre in her,” Wen said. “The woman would never have looked you in the eyes again or spoken up in your presence.”

The large man stared down at her through his glasses.

“Now think, Khaimov. What happens after?”

“It ends,” she said. “She does not dare punish a child for doing exactly what she was meant to.”

“Not while you’re here,” Wen Duan agreed. “How long is that going to be? Weeks, months?”

Maryam’s fists clenched.

“Fear only lasts so long,” the Tianxi said. “Hate, though, that sticks.”

“You threatened her yourself,” she bit back. “She was already a foe.

“I set a boundary as a watchman,” he corrected. “She will resent me, as a watchman. There is a difference between an opponent and an enemy, Maryam. The second is a choice you make.”

“So I should just let that girl be switched the moment we step out?” she hissed. “I won’t have it.”

“Then do it right,” Wen said. “Act in a way that gets you what you’re after, not just how feels good – cutting down the unjust with your sword, scratching old itches. Pulling the world back on even keel after whatever was in that book that scared you.”

Her fingernails were red, Maryam saw, from where they dug into her already bloodied palm. She made herself hear the words, listen to them. He was not wrong. Gods damn it, he was not wrong. She might have made it worse for Roxane, if she’d stormed in there wielding Craft.

“She deserves more than a warning,” Maryam finally said, voice gone quiet.

But a warning would be what worked best, they both knew that. Simply making it clear that the Watch did not want its investigation spied on and that punishing Roxane would be seen as an attempt to squeeze out secrets would poison that well for Lady Eumelia. It would not be worth going after the child when it could turn into the beginning of an avalanche of consequences resulting in losing her position, and why bother to punish Roxane in a few months?

Wen looked at her with something like sympathy.

“You’ve been weak for too long,” he said.

She blinked.

“Excuse me?”

“You haven’t had power or authority since you left the north,” Wen said. “You don’t remember what it’s like anymore, having that. Only the tale of it in your head, what you thought the people around you who had it should have done with it.”

He took off his glasses, sighing as he cleaned them with a kerchief.

“We are not chivalrous swordsmen wandering the land doing good deeds, Maryam. Our authority’s borrowed from the black, and it comes with strings. More of them than you realize.”

He put them back on, tucking the cloth back into his pocket.

“Power’s like an oil lamp, Maryam,” Wen Duan said. “It’s useful to have, but if you swing it around recklessly something’s going to catch on fire. If you’re lucky, something that deserves it.”

His smile was sharp.

“Most of the time, we aren’t lucky.”

“What is it,” she quietly asked, “that happened to you in Tariac, Wen?”

“I set on fire some who deserved it,” the large man replied. “And a lot more who didn’t.”

“Do you regret it?” Maryam asked.

His eyes behind the spectacles were sharp as a fang.

“Never,” Wen said. “It was badly done, but it needed doing.”

He pushed himself up.

“But you don’t have to make my mistakes,” he said. “Come on, Khaimov. Let’s go have a chat with Lady Eumelia that gets us what you actually want.”

Maryam stared at him for a long moment, then nodded. She did not thank him as she rose, but part of her suspected he wouldn’t have wanted it anyway.

Their patrons insisted the farewell banquet was about fostering ties between the brigades before the parting of ways, but Tristan was fairly sure it was really about having a believable excuse to empty the Black House cellars. The teachers, holed up at their table in the corner, were laughing increasingly loudly as the wine bottles emptied almost faster than the staff could take them away.

The students, by unspoken accord, pretended not to hear any of it.

Besides, excuse or not the kitchen had been asked for a feast and duly delivered. Tristan was pleased to find he had been pandered to: the cooks had put out a plate of dimpled flatbread and a traditional Sacromontan ternasco. The kind of juicy lamb you had to rob a wealthy man for, or at least a reputable inn. Salvador, the quiet fellow from the Eleventh also from the City, made it known with his eyes from across the table that if Tristan hogged said ternasco there would be violence.

The thief surrendered one of the fatty pieces in appeasement.

By the pleased sounds half the table was making, the two of them were not the only ones who’d been given a taste of home. The Izcalli – Tupoc, Captain Tozi and Izel, all clustered on the right side of the table – looked like they were about to come to blows over who got the larger share of the tamales plate. Tupoc discreetly tried to steal one of the two dipping sauce pots accompanying them only to be hollered at in dismay, only reluctantly relinquishing it.

The Malani rationed out some pleasant-smelling stew like they were on a long sea voyage, having it traveling in a circle as they eyed each other like hawks over portion sizes, while the Tianxi took turns eating from their rice-and-chicken dish – each trying to grab the single largest piece they could while maintaining plausible deniability. Song, he amusedly noted, was not getting the better of it.

Acceptable Losses kept stealing the bits she staked out and that Qianfan fellow was merciless in following through.

Meanwhile Cressida Barboza and Alejandra Torrero, demonstrating the curse of being born in some hick town out in Old Liergan, ignored perfectly good ternasco to instead squabble over spicy sausages. Tristan knew better – you should never eat sausage when you did not know where the butcher lived. That was a recipe for getting a bite of a sawdust-and-trotters Murk special.

To his surprise the two Someshwari at the table were the most civil, each taking a small portion from a pot of rice paired with spicy vegetable curry and stir-fried vegetables with coconut. That the Imperial Someshwar was to be the only corner of the table to avoid civil war was slightly ironic, and Angharad even complimented Kiran Agrawal on his restraint in taking only the one portion of a home dish. He snorted.

“That is not from my home,” he drily replied. “It is a Ramayan dish, best served to dogs and merchants.”

“They got the thoran right, though, which is rare,” Bait noted from his right. “There’s probably a Ramayan in the kitchen staff.”

It was easy to forget, Tristan thought, that the Imperial Someshwar was large as any other two great powers put together and bore at least thrice as many people. Even the Second Empire had never managed to conquer more than the outskirts of that land, and not for lack of trying. The famous azirvada, the Glare trees whose wood and leaves filled the air with light, had been deeply coveted by Liergan.

Once the initial frenzy passed and bellies filled, hands reached for the wines and liquor and conversation began to flow just as freely as the drink. All talk he was relatively well placed to listen in on, being sat near the middle of the rectangular banquet table. It was more than decent seating: Tristan had, in a stroke of genius, waited until Cressida Barboza sat down to claim his own seat and so been able to put two equally terrifying women between them – Maryam and Angharad.

To his left was Song, who had sat down there purely to deny Imani any seat remotely close to Angharad’s. The Malani showed not a hint of frustration on her face from her place to Song’s own left, but Tristan could almost smell it on her.

Arguably the downside of his position was that facing him was Acceptable Losses, squeezed in between a Thando Fenya pointedly ignoring him and a largely silent Expendable who seemed under the impression that if he stopped moving whenever Song glanced in his direction he would turn invisible. Manners had forced the wolf eyed Malani to take off his wide-brimmed hat but he kept his eyes cast down on his plate as if he were still wearing it.

“- in a few days, once Prefect Nestor receives word from the latest patrol,” Captain Imani was telling Song. “While we could go off haring after the last sighting in the hills, it seems to me a wiser course to get the freshest word before heading out.”

“We would likely lose just as long wandering around the hills looking for a trail to follow,” Qianfan added.

Like all the other brigades, the Eleventh had kept together – the four of them forming a half-circle around the left end of the table. Theirs, Tristan thought not for the first time, was an unusual brigade. While Imani Langa was captain, neither her signifier nor Thando Fenya seemed to defer to her all that much. Fenya in particular often seemed off handling his own affairs – he was currently speaking to Acceptable Losses in perfect Cathayan instead of paying attention to this conversation, for example.

Salvador, the quiet Sacromontan that Tristan smelled coterie on, was the one that followed her closest. Yet from the way Imani never quite let him out of her line of sight, he might just be the one she trusted the least.

“Have you any notion of where you might end up in Tratheke Valley?” Song asked.

“West,” Qianfan said.

Imani’s glance at him was slightly irked.

“That seems likely, given that most previous sightings of unnatural events were broadly northwest of the capital,” she said. “Well short of Stheno’s Peak, mind you.”

It clicked into a place moment later why Song had asked that, beyond making conversation: with Angharad soon to journey to Cleon Eirenos’ mansion out in the wilds, they would not be able to run interference between the two of them if the Eleventh passed near that manse. Not that Imani would be able to openly contact Angharad out there, given that the latter was keeping her black cloak quiet while rubbing elbows with the nobles.

That left contacting her secretly, of course. He’d not put those details together, good on Song to have remained sharp.

“- Tristan. Tristan.”

The thief turned to find both Maryam and Angharad look at him, cocking an eyebrow.

“You were the one to first find the false window,” Maryam said. “At the teahouse.”

“I was,” he confirmed. “Wearing black, anyway.”

“Was there any visible Gloam phenomenon inside the room when you looked?” Alejandra Torrero asked from across the table.

He shook his head.

“It was pitch black, but not that kind of black,” he said.

Torrero’s scowl eased up, if only a moment.

“See, Khaimov?” she said. “A Sign powerful enough to open a way out of the half-layer would have left some aftermath.”

“Unless it was traced by a signifier of great skill,” Maryam rebutted. “One with minimal leakage.”

“Come off it,” Alejandra snorted. “If they had someone that powerful and skilled running around Tratheke the Guild would have taken notice.”

Tristan cleared his throat.

“The assassin had a contract,” he reminded them. “They cannot have been a signifier, unless my understanding of the incompatibility there is incorrect.”

“A rare instance of you not being wrong, Abrascal,” Tupoc noted from the seat to Alejandra’s right. “But they are arguing about whether the object used by the assassin ran on aether or Gloam.”

His brow rose.

“A Gloam-cursed object,” he slowly said. “You mean like evil eye amulets? I thought talismans and the like were witch tricks.”

That got him a dirty look from both Maryam and Alejandra, which saw him raise his hands in preemptive defense. Tupoc naturally put on the most disappointed look of them all, as if Tristan had personally let him down.

“Not cursed amulets, you gullible baboso,” Alejandra sneered. “Proper Signs appended to a compatible object.”

“Spent on use, like blackpowder in a grenade,” Maryam told him.

“Any tool capable of holding so strong a Sign would be worth a fortune,” the dark-haired Lierganen told her, pursuing victory.

“And that harpoon in the layer came cheap, you think?” Maryam replied, unimpressed.

He glanced past Maryam to find that Angharad’s eyes were faintly glazed over and her pleasant smile a little bland. Been going a while, then. The twitch of his lips that earned caught her attention and she looked faintly guilty for a beat before straightening in her seat. She turned to her right, towards Cressida and Izel, leaning in to say something that caught the Izcalli’s attention.

Tristan himself took the first opportunity for a strategic retreat that presented itself, seeing no upside to stepping in between Maryam and Torrero at odds – much less with Tupoc just waiting to throw darts. He ended up rising to ask one of the servants for a jug of water, as he had no intention of partaking in the drinks and stayed up to have a better look at the lay of the table.

Song joined him, keeping an eye on Imani as she did.

“Surprisingly cordial,” he said. “Even Tupoc has mostly behaved.”

“His brigade is frustrated because of the delays,” Song told him. “They’ve had difficulty getting proof of being on a Watch contract from the rector’s office and they need those papers before setting off from Tratheke.”

Else they would be arrested for wandering through the territories of half a dozen nobles while hunting their dragon.

“He’s easing off so they can actually have fun,” Tristan put together. “That’s more bend than I expected him to have, I’ll admit.”

“He has always been more measured in his actions than he seems,” Song grunted. “The Leopard Society trained him well in that regard, for all that the affiliation wins him no regard with other Izcalli.”

“Izel’s quite pleasant with him,” Tristan noted.

“He’s pleasant with everyone,” Song said. “Which is odd, for an Izcalli highborn. They tend to be…”

“Warmongering pricks?” he lightly said.

“Among other things,” she snorted. “I wonder if it has to do with…”

She touched her throat, which had him cocking an eyebrow.

“His being corregido? I don’t see why it would.”

“It is different for Izcalli,” Song told him. “They made it political.”

He blinked at her.

“It seems, if anything, an intensely private matter,” Tristan hazarded.

“It used to be only men inherited titles in Izcalli,” Song told him. “But a few centuries back the kingdom was saddled with Prince Coaxoch as sole heir to the Grasshopper King and he was…”

“Incompetent?”

“Raving mad,” she replied. “He tried to make a donkey a Sunflower Lord, famously. More worrying to the nobility, he was open about his intentions to purge the military nobles and spend the treasury on temples and pleasure pyramids.”

“But he had a sister,” Tristan guessed.

“Princess Atzi, a woman with a distinguished military record and wealthy relatives,” Song said. “Yet she could not legally inherit, at least not until she cloistered herself with a conclave of candle-priests in the capital. She emerged to the unanimous announcement of the clergy that she had a man’s soul and was thus eligible as heir. Coaxoch was dead by week’s end.”

Tristan blinked at her.

“That’s one way to do it,” he said. “I’m guessing nowadays all you need is a good bribe to get the same treatment.”

“It has been going on long enough that the terms originally for a man’s soul and a woman’s are effectively divorced from gender in common parlance,” Song said. “They mean something closer to active and passive, and it is an open secret that a payment to the priests is all one needs to have a child determined as spiritually fit or unfit to inherit.”

The thief cocked his head to the side, eyeing Izel Coyac as he chatted animatedly with Angharad.

“But in Izcalli being corregido would still have the implication of claiming right to inherit,” he said.

“The dangers inherent to that situation might well be why a man of such reportedly high birth is wearing the black,” Song noted.

They were interrupted by the servant arriving with the requested jug, Tristan taking it from a surprise young woman and heading back to the table along with Song. By the time they did, what had been a conversation between Izel and Angharad grew to engulf the entire right side of the table.

“Flower wars were once meant to lessen the ravages of war,” Izel was saying. “To codify war, fence the violence within a time and place with precise terms of engagement.”

“What it used to be hardly matters,” Kiran Agrawal flatly replied. “In the times we all live in, it is a glorified excuse for raiding that defies all civilized rules of warfare.”

“Civilized warfare,” Maryam drawled. “Now there’s a concept. Come off it, Agrawal, the wheels always come off when a side feels like they’re losing.”

“If the stated purpose of flower wars is no longer respected, use of their name should no longer be allowed,” Angharad opined. “Let raiding be known for what it is.”

“Should Malani privateers be called pirates instead, then?” Captain Tozi politely asked her. “If we are to indulge in forceful honesties, let us not make exceptions.”

Angharad, he noted, did not quite seem to know what to answer to that.

“Peace, Tozi,” Izel sighed. “My words were not an endorsement of the modern practice, Kiran. It has been warped, likely beyond repair, and the raiding of our neighbors is a senseless and deplorable crime.”

A laugh from the other side of the table.

“Fine words, coming from a Coyac,” Tupoc idly said. “How many hundreds of serfs did your father bring back from Sordon to work in mines and fields?

“One was too many,” Izel bluntly replied.

“Spoken,” Tupoc Xical said, “by a man raised in the light of candles, fed on bread come of servile wheat fields, clothed in robes of cotton picked by their hands and whose tutors were paid with foreign treasures. What is left of you, without the flowers? Not much that I can see.”

Tupoc had spoken the way he always spoke: a bullfighter, twirling his cape to draw the eye before he sank barbs into flesh. Tristan could see it in those pale eyes, the expectation of the twitch and roar. That the other man would lower his horns and charge, that the familiar old game would play out down in the sand. Only Izel looked into Tupoc’s eyes as well, and whatever it was he found there caused in him no anger.

That look on Izel Coyac’s face, the thief thought, looked terribly like grief.

“You were Leopard Society,” he said.

Something like unease flickered on Tupoc Xical’s face, but it passed.

“No such society exists,” Tupoc grinned, a slice of ivory and mockery. “Careful, Coyac, you’ll say too much where the foreigners might hear. What would your father think?”

“I do not care,” Izel said, and pushed back his seat to rise to his feet.

The grin turned expecting, almost eager – he leaned forward a bit and angled his chin to make the punch easier. Only the other Izcalli instead did something that wiped the smile right off his face.

He bowed.

Low, deep. Starkly enough it could not be mistaken for anything else. He straightened only after a long moment of utter silence had passed.

“I’m sorry,” Izel said.

“Pardon?” Tupoc mildly said.

The Izcalli’s perfectly even face looked like a ceramic mask, a solid thing only cousin to a man’s face.

“I am sorry,” Izel Coyac repeated, “for what we did to you, Tupoc Xical. For all that was stolen.”

“Soft-handed noble,” Tupoc smiled. “Nothing was stolen. I was given a gift.”

“We stole that too,” Izel gently said. “The ability to understand that what was done to you is evil. Fundamentally, inexcusably. That all who hold a stake in the rule of Izcalli have failed a thousand thousand children like you, and still do. That we ordered you snatched up in the night, raised to kill and die nameless, so that we might keep repeating the same old mistakes instead of learning.”

And it should have sounded pretentious, Tristan thought, or sanctimonious. A man raising himself up by apologizing. It would have, if not for the devastating weight of that sincerity. Izel meant every word, the thief thought, meant them completely. It was so painfully obvious that not even Tupoc was able to laugh him off and gods did he look like he wanted to

“I am sorry,” Izel Coyac said one last time, “that we taught you it was necessary, what they ordered you do to, because it isn’t. We can be better.”

His jaw locked.

“It’s just easier not to be.”

Tristan had seen Tupoc Xical afraid before. For all that the Izcalli was like a great cat, all death and shamelessness, he was not beyond flinching. It was not always all in his hands and when Ocotlan had dropped dead at the table next to him he’d been afraid. Almost fled. But there was a difference, the thief thought, between fear and being rattled. Ocotlan’s death had made him afraid, but it had not rattled him.

He looked rattled now.

Like someone had snatched the fire and the poison right out of him. And as Tupoc swallowed, answer shying from his lip, the Izcalli felt the gazes of all those around him staring at a naked part of who he was – and reacted the only way that came to him in that moment.

He drew his knife, lunging across the table.

Shouting and scuffling ensued, Kiran Agrawal tackling him against the table as drinks and plates flew everywhere and a snarling Tupoc tried to reach for Izel’s throat. Alejandra tried to tear off Agrawal, who elbowed her back, and she raised a hand – Gloam coalesced in swirling streaks around her fingers. Tozi pulled a knife on her without batting an eye, Expendable’s wolfish stare turning on her for it as he snarled, and it all teetered on the brink of violence.

Then Captain Oratile shot her pistol at the ceiling, and everyone stopped.

“Put those fucking knives away,” she shouted. “Xical, leave yours on the table. You’re spending the night in containment.”

“That won’t be necessary, captain,” Izel said. “I lodge no complaint.”

By the wild look in Tupoc’s eyes, Tristan thought, he was thinking about trying for the other man’s throat again – pistols out or no.

“Lodge my fucking ass, boy, you went shopping for that knife,” Captain Oratile curtly said. “Dinner’s over, everyone back to their rooms. If I hear you so much as brushed each other in the halls, I’ll hang you from your feet off the nearest window until the stupid’s done dripping out. You understand me?”

Awkward shuffling. Tupoc obeyed, leaving his knife on the table, while Alejandra and Kiran Agrawal looked as if they still wanted to stick each other with theirs. Captain Oratile snarled.

“I asked, do you understand me?”

Muttered, almost mutinous agreement. The brigades came apart, falling in like wary tribes. Song looked disbelieving, almost stunned, where she was yet seated. It took him a moment to understand why, and he had to swallow a grin that would have earned him a great deal of dirty looks. Song was astonished that for once it was not the Thirteenth who had lost their temper, their brigade instead having come looking reasonable and disciplined.

Well, even a broken clock got lucky twice a day.

The brigades began filing out in separate lines like violent prisoners kept away from each other – the Eleventh first – and Tristan hung back a bit. Watched as the room began to empty and Tupoc was taken aside by Lieutenant Mitra for a quiet talk. The expression of the Fourth’s patron was hard to make out under all that loose hair and Tupoc’s face was empty of emotion.

He was joined at the back by another, but it was not one of the Thirteenth who leaned back against the wall to his left. Cressida Barboza kept a cautious eye on the Fourth, but most of her attention wasn’t on them. Or on Tristan himself, for that matter.

It was on Izel, who looked not triumphant or vindicated but deeply exhausted.

“Didn’t expect that out of him,” Tristan quietly said.

The other Mask let out a long breath.

“He’s one of the nicest men I ever met, Izel Coyac,” Cressida told him. “It’s not put-on either, as far as I can tell.”

She crossed her arms, tense as a string. Looking square ahead.

“And if that doesn’t scare you, Tristan, then you’re a fucking fool.”

Chapter 47

The Thirteenth usually ate its evening meal together, occasionally alongside the other brigades, but with Song and Tristan out tonight Angharad had elected to make other arrangements. Though she had a working truce of sorts with Maryam, she would much prefer not to eat an entire meal alone with the other woman.

Besides, it had been too long since she shared a table with her uncle.

Osian Tredegar was a commander of the Watch, which meant that unlike her he had been able to make requests of the Black House kitchens: it was before an attempt at a classic Pereduri spread that they sat. The heart of it was smoked mackerel, roasted cheese rarebit and wild spinach. An attempt at laverbread had been made by the cooks, but the seaweed tasted wrong. A side dish of rabbit made up for it, though, the local game spruced up with flower salt.

“It’s better than the flower salt from Carchar Mulfrain,” Angharad admitted, feeling somewhat unpatriotic.

“Rhiannon never bought Carchar salt in her life, Angie,” Uncle Osian snorted. “She always got the cheaper fare out of Tariac that they dry a second time under the Carchar Glare. Insisted it was just as good.”

She goggled at him.

“I have been eating Aztlan salt all my life?”

It would be unfair to treat all the Aztlan peoples as if they were Izcalli, for though that eponymous people and kingdom stood the greatest among the Aztlan they also tended to be despised by their kin for the constant flower wars they inflicted on their neighbors. Still, Tariac was a tributary state of the Grasshopper King in all but name and only support from Malan kept it from teetering past the edge of the cliff.

“It’s all from the Straying Sea regardless,” Osian replied, amused.

She glared at him. There would be a difference, she was sure of it. At least she had not been betraying the Duchy of Peredur by preferring Asphodelian flower salt to its own, which was something of a comfort. She dug into the mackerel, which was ‘horse’ mackerel instead of the snake mackerel common around the Isles but was quite skillfully prepared nonetheless. Delicious.

The rarebit was even better, to her surprise. It was not a complicated dish, but it was hard to get your hands on a decent one outside Peredur. Half the world seemed convinced rarebit was some sort of quiche, and some of the things they sold under the name in southern Malan should be treated as a crime.

“-knack for it.”

Angharad finished her slice of rarebit and guiltily coughed.

“I missed that last part,” she said.

Osian snorted, sipping at dark wine.

“I was saying that the Tianxi girl from the Fourth, the one that goes by ‘Acceptable Losses’, has a real talent with powders,” he said. “Only to be expected from the daughter of firework artisans, but she would be a catch for a munitions workshop.”

“Your own workshop,” she slowly said, “is not concerned with the munitions themselves, as I understand it.”

He wiggled his hand.

“Our focus is gunsmithing and artillery, but that involves some degree of powder tinkering,” Osian said. “The bullets for rifles are not the same as for muskets, and the powder charger differs as well. Not my area of expertise, but I’ve worked quite closely with such specialists.”

He sipped at his glass.

“That and the occasional deuce when one of them was foisted on us,” he sneered.

Angharad cocked her head to the side.

“Deuce?” she asked.

His lips twitched.

“How many members of the Deuteronomicon does it take to open a door?” Osian Tredegar asked.

Angharad swallowed a grin. Ah, one of those jokes.

“How many?”

“Two,” he said. “One to declare the door impassable, the other to claim it doesn’t exist. Then the Cathedral opens the door.”

“No,” she gasped, delightfully scandalized. “And you call them this to their faces?”

“They call us clockboys,” Osian shrugged. “And those are some of the nicest sobriquets thrown around by either side.”

“And to think I’d believed a scholarly society like the Umuthi would be a realm of civility,” Angharad grinned.

“Then you must not know many scholars,” he noted. “I have read correspondence between Umuthi and Peiling professors so scathing it felt the paper should be aflame.”

He took a bite of mackerel, then dabbed his lips with the tablecloth.

“That Coyac boy from the Nineteenth is a good egg regardless of his chosen track, mind you,” Osian told her. “Perhaps the most sincerely cordial young man of such high birth I’ve met.”

Angharad’s brow rose as she tried to recall his full name.

“Izel Coyac,” she finally found. “I know little of him but the name, I’ll admit, and had no notion of him being highborn.”

“He is related to Doghead Coyac, the Izcalli general that won them the Sordan War,” her uncle said. “How closely I am unsure, but I expect he’s a nephew or similarly close kin.”

Her brow rose even higher. Much of the Kingdom of Izcalli’s nobility was looked down upon in Malan and the Someshwar because of their position being so transient: fireflies, they were called, for many noble titles under the Grasshopper King could only be passed on or maintained by waging war in his name. That did not mean, however, that the military nobility was not powerful or influential.

A general of Izcalli would be at least a calpuleh, ruling directly over a fortress-temple as well as receiving taxes from a dozen townships. With that seat and income they were expected to raise and train a retinue of soldiers, which would serve as their core troops in any campaign the Grasshopper King assigned them. There were intricacies to this involving warrior societies that were somewhat beyond Angharad, but she had learned as a girl that Izcalli generals could often field retinues comparable to those of izinduna, the great lords of Malan.

General Coyac was, in other words, a very influential relation to have.

“To his cordiality, then,” Angharad said, raising her cup.

Osian matched the toast. Then spent an hour eating and drinking, and though she’d not imbibed enough to be drunk Angharad felt some knot in her shoulders loosen. It was a balm for the soul to spend time with the family she had left.

No. Almost all the family she had left.

As if reading the shadow that fell over her expression, Osian Tredegar waited for the servant to disappear with the last of the dessert plates to let out a long breath. The door was closed but he still pitched his voice low when he spoke.

“Brigadier Chilaca has requested access to the cache, but the Lord Rector is using the attempt on his life as an excuse to stonewall him,” Osian said. “He’s giving ground on an inspection of the shipyard, however, and I will be part of that along with a Deuteronomicon scholar. It should happen over the next few days, but as my role will be to ascertain the likely rate of production of the shipyard I will not be able to wander.”

It would have been risky for her uncle to find the infernal forge while on official Watch business anyway, Angharad thought. The odds were too high there might be company with him also capable of identifying the device, which would make obtaining it much trickier.

“That is still good news,” she said. “You will learn something of the location.”

“The condition presented to Chilaca for the inspection was that our inspectors are to be sedated while brought to the shipyard,” Osian grimaced. “He has already accepted.”

She grimaced back. So they would still have to find their own way in. Time for her part of the report, then.

“That same assassination attempt cut through the sole party I attended,” Angharad quietly told him. “I was not able to secure an invitation from Lord Cleon to his estate.”

She clenched her fist beneath the table. She had spoken with him a second time that night, before the lictors burst in and politely detained everyone, but to go fishing for an invite while alarms bells were ringing would have been highly suspicious. Still, she was not out of the race yet.

“Lord Menander has sent me an invitation to a garden party at noon tomorrow,” she said. “I will do what I must to secure access then.”

“We do not know for certain Cleon Eirenos has found a path to the shipyard,” Uncle Osian reminded her. “Only that he is the most likely lord to have found trace of the lictors out in the hills.”

While the Watch had been told that the shipyard was beneath the island of Asphodel, its exact location and that of the path to said shipyard had proved elusive. And not for lack of looking, either. The colonel of the Stheno’s Peak garrison had reported suspicions that the entrance must be outside the capital, as Lord Rector Evander had too many eyes on him there to have been able to refurbish an Antediluvian shipyard without anyone noticing the flow of men and supplies.

That meant the Tratheke hills, as open plains were no hiding place, and of the nobles to have noticed something there Lord Cleon was their best bet.

“He was attracted to me, and not entirely opposed to boasting,” Angharad said. “I should be able to get him talking if he knows anything.”

It was somewhat uncomfortable a thought, close to lying and certainly a deception, but it could not be helped. She would make certain not to harm the young man in any way and seek a way to repay the favor if he did end up helping her.

“And your… friend?” Uncle Osian hesitantly asked.

Captain Imani, he meant. The ufudu with a hand around her throat, ready to squeeze. Amusingly enough, though Imani Langa had tried to approach her several times she had not been able to – both Song and Tristan had taken a dislike to her and kept tripping her up. So long as the Eleventh remained lodged at Black House it was inevitable that Imani would find an opening, but for now Angharad was allowing herself to enjoy the other woman’s misadventures.

“We have not recently spoken,” Angharad said. “I will tell you when we do.”

“Do so,” Osian Tredegar flatly said. “I am helping you with this, niece, so that you do not get yourself killed – but I will not tolerate being left in the dark.”

She nodded, for what else could she do? Though her uncle’s fingers around her throat were more kindly meant than Imani’s, their grip was no weaker. Angharad needed his help and his silence no less than she needed Imani Langa’s good word to the Lefthand House. Tomorrow, she told herself. Tomorrow I will get that invitation and come a step closer to an end for all this. Ancestors, let it be so.

Every day this felt a little more like drowning.

(Where did you get your hatchet? Angharad asked. The armory in Allazei, Maryam replied, but it is not standard issue so I had to pay a fee.)

She frowned as she emerged, feeling the inside of her veins aching. As if it had bruised. Soon she would be reaching their agreed-on limit for the day. That was the downside of doing the contract tests in the morning, as far as Angharad was concerned: it tied her hands regarding its use later in the day.

“You got your hatchet from the Watch armory of Allazei, after paying a fee,” Angharad said.

Tristan leaned forward, flipping a paper on the table and revealing the question and answer she’d glimpsed laid out in his cramped handwriting. He still smelled faintly of gunpowder, Angharad noticed not for the first time. The morning practice she had avoided but would have to find a way to make up for. Perhaps Sergeant Kavia could be asked for a hand.

I look at you and I see a dozen intentions, none of them yours, Song had told her. That, more than any of the rest, still burned. Enough she wanted no part of standing before those too-keen silver eyes beyond the strictest of needs. Angharad bloody well knew what she needed to do, it simply did not happen to be what Song Ren might want.

Her return to the Thirteenth Brigade was only temporary, she reminded herself. It would be odd for her to change brigades when she had passed her yearly test with the Thirteenth to join one that had not, admittedly, but that did not mean remaining with them for the whole year. There would be a span of some months before the end of the year, after the other tests were finished, where a transfer would be easy enough to arrange.

It was a good thing that Song discomforted her, Angharad told herself. A reminder not to get too comfortable here.

She was shaken out of her thoughts by Maryam’s humming, the Izvorica glancing down at the four rows of three papers on the table. Of these six were now flipped, each displaying a question that Tristan had written down with its answer that Maryam had not known about in advance. The pale-skinned woman jotted down a few notes with her steel-tipped pen.

“I think it reasonable to call it confirmed youcan obtain information from individuals without them being made aware,” she said. “Tomorrow we will focus on counter-exercises, I think – can someone expecting you to use your contract prevent such interrogation?”

Tristan, who had pointedly not been given a seat at the table despite Maryam having two more empty chairs, let out a sigh.

“I take it I volunteered for the counter-exercises?”

The blue-eyed woman smiled pleasantly, leaning forward.

“I don’t know,” she said. “Did you?”

He squinted at her, but that smile only grew more radiant.

“Yes,” Tristan grudgingly said. “I did.”

“Good man,” she said. “I’ll see you later, then.”

Angharad sipped at her water goblet, having been struck by a sudden episode of blindness and deafness. The thief had been trying to buy his way back into Maryam’s good graces ever since their argument, but she was holding his feet to the fire without mercy. But not with any real cruelty, either, so neither could he get angry and turn the balance back on her. Maryam was impressively skilled at grudge bearing, it must be said.

A half-sketched thought tying that to the tales of Izvoric retaliation against settlers was set aside, unneeded. Maryam was perfectly capable of terrible pettiness on her own, her race had nothing to do with it. And ugly as the admission was, Angharad found it easier to put the faults to the woman instead of the people.

She had few feelings about the Izvoric either way, but her time in the Thirteenth had allowed her to develop a great many opinions about Maryam Khaimov.

“One hopes,” Tristan drily replied. “Angharad, enjoy your party. See you at dinner, yes?”

“Most likely,” Angharad agreed, the deafness having passed. “You’ll be having a look around the city, as I understand it?”

“I have a lead on finding Hage’s latest Chimerical,” he said. “There are only so many creatures out there matching the description of ‘a cat that looks like it ate several other cats’.”

“Prince Mephistofeline has a most elegant bearing,” Angharad loyally said.

“And much of it, if one measures by the pound,” he drawled.

He waved them both goodbye as she glared half-heartedly, Maryam conceding him only a small nod. Angharad sipped at her water again while he closed the door behind him, eyeing Maryam curiously.

“Don’t you start,” Maryam grunted. “I’ll ease off on him tomorrow, he’s put in the work. And his method might have been worth a chiding, but he might also have had more of a point than I figured.”

“I did not intend to say anything,” Angharad said.

Maryam hummed.

“You have been getting better at that,” the other woman said..

Maryam was not as skilled at compliments as grudge-bearing.

“You still have the tell when you use your contract,” the signifier continued. “It’s not blinking exactly, more like fluttering your eyes.”

“I do not notice doing it,” Angharad admitted. “Perhaps it is part of my contract.”

Maryam flicked a look at the closed door.

“I’m told that contracts often breed little tics but that they can be trained out,” she said. “We can throw that onto the list, if you’d like – a single flutter shouldn’t draw attention, but if you use your contract repeatedly in front of someone they might catch on.”

Angharad hid her surprise, finishing the last of her water and setting it down in a measured gesture. It was the first time Maryam even hinted at Angharad having any influence on what was to be done during these sessions. Their grant was, after all, something the Pereduri had offered as part of her bargain for being allowed back in the Thirteenth. She cleared her throat.

“That would please me,” she admitted. “It is kind of you to offer.”

Maryam waved that away.

“We’ve established the boundary conditions of your ‘glimpses’, more or less,” she said. “I don’t mind freeing up a few uses to practice killing your tell. I have some ideas concerning ways the glimpses might be used we’ll test, but that chapter is largely closed – here on Asphodel, anyway. Captain Yue has some tools that’d let me study the effects better, but that is beyond the remit of our bargain.”

Much to Angharad’s relief. Captain Yue sounded like she’d had her empathy surgically removed to make more room for further dubiously ethical experiment ideas.

“We begin work on the visions, then,” Angharad quietly said.

“Soon,” Maryam agreed. “I believe I have a sufficient grasp of your contract’s basics to begin investigating the deeper uses.”

“You have theories,” she said, and it was not a question.

“A dozen,” the Izvorica laughed. “I expect our first week will be mostly weeding to rule out the most out-there among them.”

Angharad inclined her head.

“I will look forward to it,” she said.

A heartbeat later she began to word a qualifier, but after another beat she faltered at the realization she did not need to. She was looking forward to their work together. Even though navigating small talk with Maryam remained arduous, the Izvorica was thorough in her methods and free with information. More than that, there was something oddly satisfying about learning the limits of the power she had obtained from the Fisher.

She clenched her fist under the table. Eyes on the prize, Tredegar, she told herself. It is more than merely your neck that is on the line. She could not afford distractions.

Lord Menander Drakos’s annually thrown ‘green party’ was one of the most beloved events of Tratheke good society.

Not one of the most exclusive – Angharad would not have been invited were it so – but it was reputed as a hotblooded war of fashion and fencing that drew much excitement. Given that Angharad was again to be dressed as a poor relation she could not muster much excitement for the first part, but she had high hopes for the latter one. Until she learned the ‘fencing’ was to be done with reed sticks, anyway.

She had not been expecting death duels, but surely first blood was not too much to ask for? What an odd land, Asphodel.

The Black House stocks did have dresses to borrow, and a very helpful tailor among the staff, but Angharad was not a short woman or a slender one. Only two would ever fit her without the intervention of miraculous spirits, and of these she was only willing to wear one. There were frills, and then there was the fit of madness that seized whatever seamstress was responsible for such an offense to the eyes.

Angharad was fitted into a lovely pink gown, of which her fuller figure made the neckline more daring than it had likely been on the previous owner. Her height meant it had to be hemmed the ankles instead of the floor, but the white chemise she wore beneath brought it all together with a natural air. The gold-embroidered cuffs fitted past her gown sleeves added a tasteful accent to the ensemble, though Angharad’s lack of jewelry would out her as being from an impoverished house.

Which was for the best. A mysterious young noblewoman of Isles stock splashing wealth around Tratheke society would draw raised eyebrows, and more scrutiny that the effort to hide her being part of the Watch was likely to survive. Better she be assumed someone’s charity than be considered worth investigating.

Llanw Hall was not so rich an estate she had ever grown deluded about her standing, anyhow.

Though the edifice the hired coach brought her to was in the southeastern quarter of Tratheke, among a neighborhood of grand residences kept by nobles – only the very wealthiest of Asphodel could afford a manse inside the Collegium, where even shops went for the prices of a small ship – she had expected some kind of interior garden to warrant the sobriquet of ‘green party’.

Yet there was not a hint of greenery as she was led through the antechamber and up several sets of curved marble stairs, Angharad leaning on her walking stick and eyeing the tasteful decor with approval every time she was forced to stop and catch her breath. Few paintings, the local preference for colorful mosaics and painted statues followed closely. This was, she decided a mansion used only to receive. It had too many lounges and salons and too few bedrooms for it to be otherwise.

The last level, where all the guests were gathering, was led to by a final set of marble stairs and the gates were opened by liveried servants – to a burst of warm, almost humid air and a blinding sea of green. Not only was the entire summit of Lord Menander’s manse a hothouse, but it was also a glasshouse. The ceiling and the upper third of the wall were a curved length of green glass with slender brass bones, almost the Lordsport ceiling writ small.

The entire room and every guest within were bathed in tinted light, transforming everything Angharad’s eyes could see.

She took a few limping steps forward on the grass, taking in the sights. Ladies in dresses colored to take advantage of the green – streaks of pale cloth, embroidery in gold and silver, gauze and heavy pearls – while the men either stood out in well-tailored black, cream hose and the occasional waxed cloth. The hothouse itself was pleasant mess of grass and orchids, bordered by trees and small canal-rivers where colorful fish swam.

Most the guests gathered around pavilions whose roofs had been overtaken by artfully cut ivy, either seated at the tables or being served drinks.

“My lady,” her guide said. “If you would allow me to guide you to Lord Menander?”

“Please,” Angharad nodded.

The grass was soft against her slippers, and just humid enough she was glad her gown’s hem was not too low. Stains on a first borrow was simply atrocious manners. Lord Menander, his mustache in particularly fine form today – enough so  Angharad forgot she was taller than the man until she stood right by him – was holding court at one of the pavilions.

 She was announced by her guide, who then retired as the older man enthusiastically introduced her to the handful of nobles he was entertaining. All minor houses, Angharad noted, whose holdings were in Tratheke Valley and thus owed direct fealty to the Lord Rector. His peers, if poorer and less influential than Menander Drakos was said to be.

Trifling small talk such as what ensued was hardly something she enjoyed, and it required her to play the exotic creature from the misty isle of Peredur even though sailors from the Kingdom of Malan were hardly unknown sight in these parts. She even spoke a few words in Gwynt, to immediate cooing about the beauty of such an ‘ancient tongue’.

Which wastrue, it was a beautiful language, but those hangers-on would have made the exact same noises if she showed up with a puppy. Weathervanes, these were, deluded into believing they could rise by laughing at the right jokes and nodding at the right complaints. Such sorts always grew in the gardens of the powerful, Vesper’s most inevitable weeds.

Lord Menander walked a span with her afterwards, down a stretch of grass bordered by peach trees.

“You continue to fare well,” the mustachioed man said. “That is pleasing to see.”

“You do me honor,” Angharad replied.

However small of one.

“It is almost a shame you are a rook,” Lord Menander murmured. “You would have little trouble making a home in the capital, I think.”

“It is a beautiful city,” she said. “Like none I have ever seen.”

“There is greatness in the bones of this isle,” Menander Drakos said, looking up at the glass. “Buried deep, but Asphodel was once a seat of empire. The days for that sort of business are long past, I’m afraid, but it behooves us to have greater ambitions than remaining a catspaw for the Six.”

“I have heard little good said of infanzones here,” Angharad acknowledged.

“Nor will you at court, at the moment,” Lord Menander said. “Now that Malan and the Republics are reaching out to the Lord Rector over this shipyard business, Sacromontan envoys have been making noises about mediating such negotiations for us. They can be put off for now, but episodes like the attempt on Lord Rector Evander’s life will only embolden them.”

A look was slid her way.

“Is the assassin any closer to being caught?”

Ah, there it was. A helpful man, Lord Menander, but still a creature of the court. If he was to keep lending her aid in Tratheke society, he intended to benefit as well – and for a courtier, what better coin than word of this most important of investigations from the mouth of one of the investigators?

“Trails have been run down in the city,” Angharad vaguely replied.

His gaze on her was mild, but she still had to fight the urge to bite her lip. If she did not give him something, she knew, then the fountain of help would dry up. Yet to say too much would be, if not necessarily unlawful, at least a breach of privacy expected between the Watch and one who employed them. Menander Drakos was an ally of the Lord Rector’s, but only to an extent.

Did she still need his help? Bitter as it was to admit, she well might. Even should she succeed today and earn an invitation from Lord Cleon, she still needed to find traces of the cult – and without a guide and provider of invitations, she was unlikely to make much progress.

Which meant concessions.

“The would-be killer was Tianxi,” she murmured. “Inquiries have been made about the Yellow Earth, though word was passed denying involvement.”

“As well they would,” Lord Menander snorted. “Those insurgents have been infesting the workshops and warehouses for years, Lady Angharad, with the tacit help of the Trade Assembly. The magnates would sell all of Asphodel to the Republics, if it let them obtain the lands of aristoi.”

His contempt for the Trade Assembly was thick and entirely obvious.

“Investigation continues,” Angharad simply replied.

She had given ground, so the Pereduri was not surprised when Lord Menander then reintroduced her to Lord Cordyles. The white-haired old man was pleased to see her, and mostly sober since Lord Arkos was absent and thus could not be competed against in drink. Shortly after, in another reminder that Menander Drakos’ eyes were sharp, Lord Cleon was brought into their little circle for a chat.

He complimented her dress twice, and stared so stubbornly at her face it was painfully obvious where he was forcing himself not to look.

Lord Menander drew to them a small crowd, but the man himself soon left to tend to other guests. A lively circle was left in his wake, most of them younger nobles – several of which were acquainted with Lord Cleon – and a woman Angharad had only seen and heard in passing, Lady Doukas. Who, for a woman in her forties, was most shapely and generous with her charms.

The beauty spot near those full lips drew Angharad’s eye more than once, but alas the lady had only eyes for the young men in tight doublets. Besides, she had not come here to dally.

It was not difficult to converse with Lord Cleon, given how eager he was to stand with her, but Angharad could not fish for an invitation too quickly without being transparent in her intentions. They spoke of the likes of the hunt in Peredur, of how it informed fashion for men and women alike and how different this was from the ways of Asphodel. By the time Angharad considered the road well paved enough to lay a hint, however, there was an interruption.

Small bells were rung, earning cheers, and loud announcement revealed that inscriptions were opened for the ‘fencing tournament’. Cleon Eirenos excused himself to participate, leaving her once more in the wind. In truth, much of the circle dissolved in the following moments as nobles of all stripes and ages rushed pavilions to have their names written on paper. Only Lord Cordyles remained with her, and snorted when she asked if he intended to participate.

“I won the green crown once or twice when I was a young man, but it would be a waste for me to try for it now,” he said. “It is, after all, mostly an excuse to play barefoot with lovelies.”

Angharad was somewhat aghast to see this was true. The guests were handed slender sticks of reed, the sort that would hardly hurt on a hit unless you swung with your back, and much peacocking and giggling ensued as the tournament began. Most of them spent more time flirting than fencing, when the matches began. Angharad was no stranger to the lovely thrill of crossing blades with a beautiful woman, that thrumming tension in the air, but this was not a sparring match but a tournament.

She left Lord Cordyle’s side to secure a drink, a cup lemon water with some sort of anise liquor added in, and drained it in quick order. She did not order a second, but was tempted to.

“Oh? A pleasant turn fortune to find you here, Lady Angharad.”

She forced herself not to stiffen at the voice, which she recognized. She turned to offer a curtsy to Lord Gule of Bezan, ambassador for the Kingdom of Malan, who joined her on the grass one limping step at a time. His hearing horn was already in hand, pressed against his ear.

“Lord Gule,” she greeted him. “A pleasant turn indeed.”

The older man, still dressed in sober grays, offered her a smile before gesturing at the man trailing behind him.

“If I may introduce Jabulani, my attendant,” Lord Gule said. “As fine a valet as man might ask for.”

Angharad inclined her head in greeting but did not bow or curtsy. Even as the daughter of a fallen house she was of higher status than a valet. Jabulani, she noted, was taller than his master and with a face like stone. The near-shaved hair, sharp eyebrows and strong lips only added to the impression.

“A pleasure, Lady Angharad,” Jabulani said, politely bowing before turning back to his master. “I await your orders.”

Lord Gule nodded in acknowledgement.

“A drink, then, if you would,” the ambassador said. “That herbal concoction that’s been in vogue of late, though easy on the liquor, and for Lady Angharad…”

He cocked an eyebrow at her.

“Naught for me,” she replied.

“Only that, then,” Lord Gule said.

Jabulani bowed again, deeper to his master as was proper, and departed to see to the arrangements. It left the two of them standing by the sprawl of grass and the ivy roof, watching the guests tussle with their reed sticks in a flurry of raised skirts, laughter and shrieks. Lord Menander and his attendants, as masters of the ceremonies, kept the track of the large slate with the tournament brackets on it – by the sheer size of it, there would be ‘duels’ for at least an hour yet.

“I imagine it must look rather ridiculous to you.”

Angharad did not look his way. If he could see her face, she would be easier to read.

“How so?” she asked.

“Those silver stripes name you a mirror-dancer,” Lord Gule said. “Unless a mistake of some import was made when putting ink to your skin.”

“It was no mistake,” Angharad evenly said.

The ambassador inclined his head in acknowledgement.

“Then to one trained and tested as you were, calling this ‘fencing’ must seem ambitious,” he noted. “I have known swordmasters who would bare steel over it.”

Angharad watched a plump boy in white and silver turned green by the glass strike the elbow of a giggling woman twice his age, triumphantly winning the ‘bout’. This was fencing as much as she was Malani. Still, it was not her place to find insult here.

“It is a game,” she finally said. “One they much enjoy. I try not to find foes in laughter.”

Lord Gule chuckled.

“Then you are wiser than many I have met,” he said. “Even myself, once upon a time. When I lost much of my hearing, as a boy, for a few years I grew to despise singers.”

She shot him a surprised look.

“I was something of a singer myself, you see,” Lord Gule told her, “but after the accident I could no longer tell if my pitch and volume were correct. It took me a long time before I ceased to see my lost gift put to use in another’s hands as anything but an insult.”

Two young men in doublet and trousers slapped their blades against another as they went to and fro across the grass, more interested in eye-catching flourishes than attempting a touch on the other – they heaved and boasted and shook their hair to catch the attention of the crowd. How odious it would have all seemed to Angharad, were she truly never to recover what she had lost.

“It would be presumptuous for me to wear a sword, now,” Angharad spoke through gritted teeth. “Past the boundary of boast.”

Into a lie, she was implying. She did not need to feign the bitterness in her voice at that. She had spent most of her life learning the blade, only for that labor to be stripped away from her by a single evening’s failure. How fragile the sum of the hours of her life truly was, when push came to shove.

“It is tradition, I think, for the eldest in losses such as hours to offer kind lines about how in grief there are lessons,” he said. “How we grow around the wound and find ourselves in different ways.”

“But,” Angharad said.

“But while I have learned to sing as I am,” Lord Gule of Buzan pleasantly smiled, eyes ahead, “I still miss how fucking easier it used to be.”

She started in surprise at the language. His face had not changed, and she half-thought she had imagined the word.

“But the world goes on,” Lord Gulan shrugged.

A glance her way.

“I will not speak to you of future, for you are still in those months where it lies fresh,” he said. “But there will come a time, Lady Angharad, when you begin looking ahead again, thinking of the rest of your life.”

He gently smiled.

“When that time comes, do consider calling on me.”

And with a simple nod he was gone, leaving her to stand there wondering. At his words, yes, but most of all at this: why was it now, that twice the ambassador had sought her out?

She knew better than to take kindness as face value, come from an induna’s hands.

The playacting with sticks continued for the better part of an hour, the ‘vanquished’ helping themselves to the comfort of the drinks liberally served and occasionally allowing themselves to be nursed back to smiles by someone who had caught their eye.

Angharad spent most of that time drinking with Lord Cordyles, who seemed to find her mood most amusing, and keeping an eye on the lay of the nobles. Even that vigilance proved to be of little use, as while there was a great deal of talk between highborn the manner of it had more to do with a pleasure garden than anything remotely politic.

In the end, it was not court manners or trickery that won her an invitation to Lord Cleon’s country manor. As the tournament came to a close the young man returned flushed with victory, having come in third place within that absurd contest that seemed so prized by the locals. Red-faced and grinning, he offered Angharad a courtly bow.

“It seems a shame that you’ve yet to try hunting in Asphodel, my lady,” Lord Cleon said. “In that spirit, I would invite you to my family’s manor in the hills to the east – I assure you, the entertainment will be memorable.”

A few other youths, having accompanied him, let out teasing shouts in a mostly good-natured attempt to embarrass a fellow in their pursuit of a courtship. That tradition, at least, was beyond the borders drawn by man.

“It would be my pleasure,” Angharad replied, offering a small curtsy.

All that work, she thought, and what settled it was a burst of confidence earned in a stupid tournament of what she refused to call fencing. Angharad had gotten what she came for, but could not help but feel a little miffed by it.

These days even her victories tasted off.

Chapter 46

Thunder, the pistol bucked and Tristan’s hand with it.

Batting away the plume of smoke, he took a look at the target and groaned. Shoulder shot, again. That made the third in a row, and at this point they’d have to ask one of the staff to bring back more straw to stuff that poor scarecrow with.

“You have the stance and the breathing down,” Song said. “Only in a learned way, not yet drilled, but that will come with repetition.”

Black House, being the polite version of the Rectorate allowing the Watch to build a fort inside their own capital, naturally had a shooting range within its bounds. The reason that the pair of them were down here at six in the morning to use it, though, was that the student brigades were no longer the only ones lining up to use it.

The diplomatic delegation from the Rookery had arrived with an armed escort, who were quite high-handed in making use of the facilities. The Fourth Brigade had been evicted by them when using the range yesterday, which was why Tristan was here at six failing to improve his accuracy: at this hour every morning the retinue were running formation drills in the largest courtyard.

The thief wiped his slightly smoke-tarnished hand on the side of his uniform, for which he got glared at even though the damn thing was already black so it wouldn’t even show!

“If that’s true, then why does Strawcifer’s torso still remain stubbornly un-shot?” he challenged.

Song had first stood with him to check his stance, but since retreated to a bench by the side of the range where she was slowly drinking her way through a pot of one of those Tianxi teas that only she liked. In the Thirteenth, anyway. How she had yet to so much as spill a drop when the shots sometimes rattled the porcelain was impressive, he’d admit.

“First off, I have not and will not agree to naming the target,” Song said.

“It does not matter,” Fortuna said, sprawled besides her on the bench. “We voted, majority carries.”

She had been poured a cup even though she could not drink it and Tristan had no intention of doing so, showing that Song Ren was a quick learner in matters of divine appeasement. The Tianxi’s silver eyes narrowed as she read the lips, mouthing along. Tristan had decisively not offered to voice Fortuna’s words, knowing that once that road to Hell was paved there would be no walking it back.

“The Watch is not a democracy,” Song said. “Superior rank carries. Which is why Straw- which is why the target will go unnamed.”

“If you say so, darling,” Fortuna condescendingly said, throwing back her golden curls.

The condescension would perhaps have stung more if she did not then immediately put her hand through the teacup trying to drink it, having for the third time forgotten it was not of her own making.

“And second,” Song said, wisely hiding her amusement at the sight, “your problem is neither of those. It is that you flinch every time the powder blows.”

Tristan grimaced, because that had the ring of truth.

“I have a hard time trusting guns,” he admitted. “There is a reason Abuela did not much train me on them.”

Reasons, really. While it was fine for her to teach him how to load and fire a pistol, it would have been another for a thief like him to own one – more attention that someone intending to last in that profession ought to court. Song sipped at her cup, set it down. Her stare was considering.

“Your contract.”

He hesitated, nodded. His misfortune liked a loaded gun, loved it really. It was the kind of blowback that was easily tailored to how strong he’d pulled on the luck while being difficult for him to avoid. Which the bad luck preferred when it could easily arrange it.

“Powder in general is something I learned to be wary of,” Tristan said.

“That is not without sense,” she assured him. “But consider that you currently carry a pistol while being a middling shot. The risk is already taken, but by improving your aim you make taking it worth more.”

“You don’t need to sell me on the practice,” he said, somewhat amused. “I’m here, aren’t I?”

She nodded.

“Would that the others were as well,” Song said, “but I suppose having a designated time for the contract experimentation is for the best.”

He hid his amusement this time. He was fairly certain the only reason Angharad had suggested the arrangement in the first place was to avoid spending the better part of an hour on the range taking instructions from Song.

“Repetition is how the flinch will go,” she continued. “My eldest brother had the same issue and that was what the drillmaster prescribed to rid him of it.”

“Is he a fine shot as well, then?” Tristan asked.

Song’s face went very calm and very remote. She sipped at her tea, the winter mask only thawing a touch from that heat.

“I am afraid not,” she said. “He threatened to shoot himself if ever handed a pistol again, so our parents desisted.”

Manes, Tristan thought. How was it that Song’s living family somehow ended up being just as tragic as the rest of the Thirteenth’s buried ones?

“Well,” he said with forced cheer, “both of mine are dead so I sounds like I won’t be able to wiggle my way out. Way to dangle that false hope, Song. Think of the orphans next time, why don’t you?”

Fortuna turned an incredulous look on him, the silver-eyed girl next to her staring him down stone-faced. Then the mountain cracked, and she let out the most disbelieving bout of laughter he had ever heard. It was a solid eight seconds before she got that under control.

“Gods,” Song said, “did you really just say that?”

He shrugged.

“We can blame it on the wind if you want,” he said. “And I’m switching to musket for the next few shots, I’m more comfortable when the end of the barrel is further off from my head.”

She snorted, got to her feet.

“Then I am going to demonstrate the stance again,” Song said. “Else you’ll bruise your armpit, and Maryam will start making peach puns at breakfast again – we are weeks past any of the good ones.”

“There were never any good ones,” Tristan somberly replied. “Deep down, you know this to be true.”

Song thinned her lips in that way she only ever did when forcing herself not to smile, and the thief hid his own grin. There were worst morning routines to have, he’d admit.

It was harder to remain angry at Tristan now that the reason she was had been made obsolete, but through the powers of perseverance and believing in herself Maryam managed. He’d apologized, of course, but not mean a single word. No, he had to be made to feel a sting else he’d not even hesitate before doing it again. She’d forgive him, because she had been pushing further than was safe out of pride, but she could not let him get into the habit of making decisions for her.

Lieutenant Mitra had proved quite amenable to her request – made in the presence of Captain Wen, to make it official business – and almost too enthused at the notion of heading into a dangerous part of Tratheke to study a potentially even more dangerous whirlpool in the aether. Maryam had even resigned herself at the thought that Alejandra Torrero would likely be dragged along so she might learn from the experience as well.

Some favoritism was only to be expected and Lieutenant Mitra was the Fourth’s patron. Now, standing with the gathered expedition crew, Maryam could only yearn for the glowing days when she’d thought only one of the Fourth would be coming along.

“Bait,” Captain Tupoc Xical said. “How go the supplies?”

“They wouldn’t let me take the good wine,” the aforementioned Bait replied, “but I got a whole roast. With the mustard sauce.”

Murmurs of approval from the rest of the Fourth, who had taken to the sweet mustard sauce that the Black House cooks considered their specialty and slathered liberally on most meats. It was not Asphodelian in the slightest, but Maryam would take all the breaks from garlic that she was offered. Bait, whose true name was Adarsh Hebbar, straightened a little at the approval of the rest of his brigade. He then ruined that burst of confidence by nervously fiddling with his glasses.

Expendable, the Malani boy with the grand hat and a presence in the aether that felt like a wild animal howling and scratching at bars, cleared his throat. He had wolf’s eyes, this one, and rarely spoke unless directly addressed.

“Did you ask for…”

“Your cuts were set aside,” Bait volunteered. “Barely cooked.”

The Malani contractor nodded thanks while the least of the brawl-enforced naming scheme, Acceptable Losses – a slender Tianxi whose burn scars covered half her face and had turned her left eye milky white – checked her pack again. Where Bait had been charged with procuring the food for a picnic, packs that would be split between himself and Alejandra Torrero, Acceptable Losses appeared to be carrying a haversack stuffed full of explosives.

Hiding her dismay, Maryam turned her gaze on her sole ally present: Wen Duan, who busied himself nibbling at a peach. He paused in that crime on the senses to shrug.

“If Mitra thinks the place is too dangerous, we’ll collapse the teahouse and burn everything out,” Captain Wen said.

Maryam grunted. That was, in truth, a sensible decision. Almost made up for her dangerous investigation of an eldritch gate into a cursed half-layer realm being turned by Tupoc into a glorified picnic. The most horrifying part of that, admittedly, might just be how easily the Fourth had been solid on having a meal over a potential layer entrance.

They took two carriages out, but there were too many people for Maryam to be able to swing sharing hers with only her patron. She inherited Bait and Losses, somewhat offended when she realized that sharing a coach with her had been turned by Tupoc into a punishment. Well, she comforted herself, mostly likely it was Wen that they counted a lash. His Saga lesson still had the students from the other brigades wincing every time he reached for an orange.

Fortunately for everyone else, Wen cracked open a book about… Sarayan pottery patterns, really? Anyway, he buried himself in his book and pretended they did not exist, which left an awkward silence to linger as the coach rolled smoothly through the streets of Tratheke. When it got too much, Maryam cleared her throat and tossed out as inoffensive a conversation starter as she could muster.

“How are the Umuthi classes?” she asked Acceptable Losses. “I hear Commander Tredegar’s supposed to be quite gifted.”

Losses glanced at her. She could see through the burned eye, Maryam thought. Likely not well, but under the pale film she could make out the iris moving when her gaze did.  

“He’s Clockwork Cathedral, which is good for me but not Coyac,” she replied. “He’s Deuteronomicon track.”

The Clockwork Cathedral, Maryam recalled, was the name for the part of the Umuthi Society that built pure machinery. The Deuteronomicon, in contrast, concerned itself mainly with aether machines. Though the first stretch of education for both tracks was much the same, later on it diverged rather radically. Aether engines could work on principles that contradicted physical laws, after all.

“Any good as a teacher?”

“Fishing for the other Tredegar?” Acceptable Losses sneered.

Maryam met her eyes and let that silence stretch out uncomfortably. The Tianxi coughed into her fist.

“He’s fine,” she mumbled.

The Izvorica’s gaze moved to Bait, who flinched. If his neck could bur itself into his body, she suspected there would be no trace left of his head.

“Please do not curse me,” Adarsh Hebbar politely requested. “…ma’am.”

Maryam approved of the ma’am – all folk should address her thus, really – but cocked an eyebrow at the request.

“Why would I curse you?”

“Your entire brigade is bad luck,” Acceptable Losses informed her happily. “The Ren needs no explanation, but Tupoc says that Abrascal is some kind of contracted corpse and everyone knows Tredegar was possessed. Not only do you look like a hollow-”

“Tread carefully, now,” Maryam warned.

“-but Alejandra says she’s pretty sure you’ve been eating Gloam creatures,” Losses finished with a smug smile.

A page turned in the corner, louder than usual, drew their attention.

“That’s untrue,” Wen said without ever raising his eyes.

A beat passed.

“Chronologically speaking, it’s more likely that hollows are the ones looking like the Izvoric,” he noted.

Ah, she should have known better than to think Wen Duan would help by now. Sighing, Maryam wrote off the ride as a lost cause and let the silence reign. However stilted, it was still better than talking to these people.

To her mild surprise, Maryam did not recognize the surroundings of the teahouse.

Part of it must be that it was now the Asphodel daytime, which meant half the brass lanterns went out, but it now occurred to her that she might not have been entirely out of the fugue state when Tristan helped her through these parts. The streets were not as she remembered them, too short and not as narrow, and though they were objectively better lit than they must have been that night they still seemed darker to her eye.

To begin seeing through the dark was one of the signs of Gloam intoxication: it was a lesser form of how darklings saw the world.

Swallowing a grimace, the pale-skinned woman silently revised how quickly she must forgive Tristan. He’d had better cause to worry than she grasped, however unacceptable his method of acting on it. Her nav tasted at the aether around them and found it full of small eddies: shallow but continuing ripples, as if some underground source was feeding into a small river. Much calmer than she remembered this place to be from her last visit.

“Found the entrance,” Tupoc called out.

Their entire party had come wearing the black, this time, so what few people had been out in the streets before those horrid Reeking Rows ducked out at the sight them. Blackcloaks were respected, but seen as bad omens more often than not – rare was the sight of a rook in a place where no trouble lurked. The Fourth passed through the trick window one after another, Mitra then following, but Wen took one look at the sawed-through planks and grimaced.

“Go ahead,” he said. “This might take me a bit.”

Maryam did him the courtesy of passing through quickly and not looking back. Wen was surprisingly agile, for a man of his size, but no amount of agility would broaden that windowsill. The Fourth had spread out across the room, avoiding the center. Even with her nav retracted, Maryam could feel the wisdom in that. There was… something in the air.

“No fresh tracks since Abrascal’s report,” Tupoc said. “We are the first visitors since.”

“On this side, at least,” Maryam said. “There’s the back.”

The door to which still hung open. Lieutenant Mitra, looking unusually serious as his eyes remained peeled on the center of the hall, let out a grunt.

“Tupoc, check if the back is clear,” he ordered. “Khaimov, Torrero, with me. Stand close.”

Maryam obeyed, coming elbow-to-elbow with an interested-looking Alejandra. Mitra’s hand snapped out and he traced Gloam like a charlatan would throw powders into flame, all broad strokes and verve. It was not at all how she’d been taught to trace, and the furrows of Gloam he left behind in the air felt… deeper, and somehow more nuanced? His eyes were bright when he finished and Maryam’s eyes was drawn to her feet. Around the three of them was a perfect ring of oily darkness, hovering half an inch above the floor and centered perfectly around the lieutenant.

“Do not extend your logos beyond the ring,” Lieutenant Mitra ordered. “Forward, now.”

They followed him, shuffling awkwardly, until he came to a half maybe a dozen feet away from the exact center of the room.

“Here,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “The best vantage we will get it.”

Maryam could only agree. To her nav, it felt as close to the source of the eddies in the aether as they could get without being in the eddy. She breathed out and focused her will, feeling out the waves as they passed – and brushing past Torrero’s own nav as she did the same. They came almost every minute, steady and very nearly regular.

“They are getting weaker,” Alejandra muttered. “And maybe slower? By very small fractions, though.”

Maryam grunted in assent.

“There is no impulse behind it I can find,” she added. “It feels like an echo.”

“Because it is,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “Someone did very slapdash work cutting their way out a layer adjacent to the material and it was the metaphysical equivalent of tossing a boulder in a pond. The marks of that impact are fading, and if we return in a few days there will be no trace left at all.”

“I was in a manic state that night,” Maryam acknowledged, “but from what I recall the local aether did feel a lot messier.”

The trouble had not been that her mind was gone but that suddenly there had been too much in it. When she ripped a kernel out of the shade and consumed it, she had taken back parts of her old memories but also of the Cauldron – the ancient working woven from all the secrets of the Craft, which she’d thought lost but had in truth been stolen.

And a kernel of something so massive had been as a year of learning, most of it incomplete and incoherent but the parts that were not searingly vivid. Almost truer than her own memories, before she came back to herself. The ritual of inheritance, it had precautions to ward the mind of they who were to become the Keeper of Hooks. Devouring pieces of the shade had no such wardings.

And there was more, too. Yue had not been wrong, to say that taking from the shade would expand… Maryam’s perspective. Not only were her Grasp and Command in perfect alignment, however fading the phenomenon, the signifier had found that tracing felt different now. That she knew, instinctively, how to curve and tuck strokes so that the Gloam would not struggle as strongly against the Sign.

And that was not something that could be taught.

“- this place?”

Maryam snapped back to attention in time to tune in on Lieutenant Mitra’s answer to the question she had missed.

“The fabric of the aether should be nothing too unusual when the eddies smooth out,” the Someshwari said. “We are, in the end, nothing more than endless reiterations struggling for a different ending, inherently doomed to failure.”

He paused.

“Though I expect that if our assassin knew they would emerge here, as is suggested by their visiting the place in advance, there must be some connection to their means of crossing,” he added. “Let us have a look at that wall, yes?”

Behind them was a grunt, a curse, and then a loud thump. They all pretended not to hear Wen Duan dragging himself back up to his feet.

There was no trace of whatever the criminals had once kept here, save for one bottle of transparent liquor left in the middle of the too-large basement. Tupoc ripped out the cork, took a sniff and then had a swallow.

“Strong stuff,” the Izcalli said. “Tastes a little like pine.”

A moment passed as he stared down at the bottle.

“And it’s not poisoned, either, fancy that,” Tupoc happily announced. “It seems like we’ll have drinks with lunch after all.”

“Give me that, Xical, it’s contraband,” Wen said. “Very illegal stuff it is, can’t trust students with it.”

The pale-eyed Izcalli turned a cocked eyebrow on his own patron. Wen mouthed ‘half and half’ at him.

“It could be drugged,” Lieutenant Mitra smoothly agreed. “Captain Wen and I must investigate.”

He cleared his throat.

“Abrascal never found out what lies on the other side of those stairs,” he added, pointing at the set they’d not entered the bare room through. “Go do so, and take Yan and Velaphi with you.”

“As you say, sir,” Tupoc drily replied. “Bait, go back in the room where Abrascal almost got killed and ready the food. It seems like a good place to have our meal at.”

Maryam casually flipped him the finger, which only had him grinning as he sauntered off. That left behind the three signifiers and Wen, whose sole contribution was to go through the bags Bait was bringing up one at a time to fish out a pair of tin goblets. Best get this done before the patrons started drinking, Maryam thought as she picked up one of the lanterns on the ground and headed for the wall at the back.

It was as Tristan said: the stone there was the same as the roads in the empty layer.

Alejandra caught up, but driven by the same distinct as Maryam she took not a step past the lantern. Lieutenant Mitra, however, brushed past the both of them with his robes aflutter. He hummed as he paced back and forth, slashing a few lines of Gloam through the air in the form of a fast-fading Sign before laying his palm against the stone. It stayed there, Mitra closing his eyes, and she risked tasting the aether around him with her nav.

It felt, she thought, like a man rapping his knuckles against a jar. He was pulsing Gloam while pricking his metaphysical ear for an echo. What he heard, though, she knew not.

“That,” Lieutenant Mitra finally said as he withdrew his palm, “is brackstone. And of rather high quality, too: my Reverb Sign couldn’t even pass all the way through.”

“Brack-stone,” Maryam tried out. “As in ‘bracken stone’?”

“Technically they are a manner of brick, not natural stone,” Mitra mused, “but yes, you are correct. It is used for containment and protection because it bears salt inside. Much stronger against aether than Gloam, but still difficult for a signifier to pass through.”

“I’d never heard of brackstone either,” Alejandra admitted, scowling.

“It fell out of use over a century and a half ago,” Captain Wen said, and Maryam almost jumped out of her skin.

She’d not heard him cross the room, and now he was barely three feet away from here.

“The Malani discovered that adding salt and wood ash into simple bricks has about the same effect at a tenth of the cost,” Wen said. “The Imperial Someshwar stole the recipe off them and it’s spread most everywhere since.”

“The older parts of the Rookery have entire towers made of brackstone,” Lieutenant Mitra told them. “Though hardly of such quality as this wall.”

“To build roads of such a stone inside a layer seems… odd,” Alejandra said.

“Unless you want every way out to be hostile to whatever lies inside,” Maryam said. “That sphere at the center of the layer that I found, I must now wonder – was it sand that I was walking on, or very fine salt?”

“Your report mentioned a bronze harpoon within,” Lieutenant Mitra said.

“Tall as a ship’s mast, and about as broad,” she agreed. “Plunged deep in the sand.”

A detail that grew more ominous now that it occurred to her the very ‘sand’ might be a prison.

“That is your key, I wager,” Mitra said. “Our assassin was able to enter the paths using an object that has a connection to the harpoon. The exact mechanics yet escape me – it cannot be a simple compass, else it would not have allowed them to leave the layers and certainly not know where they would cross back into the material – but that harpoon is the only feasible metaphysical anchor.”

He chewed his lip, thoughtful.

“Even if one follows the logic that the stone here is connected to the paths, it should have been difficult for the assassin to predict where she would emerge,” Mitra said. “I expect our wall here, the structure is it part of, will not be the only one hidden under the foundation of Tratheke. So why this place and not another?”

Maryam cleared her throat.

“And when Tristan and I emerged out in the street…”

“You followed through an already open path, the easiest way out, but without whatever tool allows the assassin precision,” Lieutenant Mitra absent-mindedly said. “Hence ending up in the street.”

She took a second to parse that out.

“It sounds to me,” she ventured, “like the paths can be entered from anywhere but one emerges only at places connected to the layer.”

“A reasonable hypothesis,” Mitra agreed.

“So it likely can’t be used to enter the rector’s palace, only leave it,” she continued.

He glanced at her.

“Unless there is structure connected to the paths in the palace,” Lieutenant Mitra said, “but again that is a reasonable assertion.”

“That’ll be a relief to the lictors, I imagine,” Wen drily said.

“I wonder what the structure is,” Alejandra muttered. “If those digging the basement found the wall by accident or this room is as old as the rest.”

“Too much guesswork is building with sand,” Mitra said. “Though of course our lives are all painted in the bleak, indifferent colors of fated impermanence.”

“Best not to fiddle with that wall,” Wen said. “We’ll bring Song into this, Maryam, but it seems to me our wisest way forward is to make inquiries with the Lord Rector. Even if House Palliades does not know what this is about, there is bound to be something in their private archives.”

“Sending word to Stheno’s Peak would be equally wise,” Lieutenant Mitra noted. “We will have our own records.”

Not a dead end, Maryam decided, but a hint. Something was buried beneath Tratheke, and some fool had decided to meddle with it. They left the wall to its dark and silence, waiting until Tupoc and his minions returned to news of the other stairs leading to a cramped tunnel eventually ending in a house further down the street. By the looks of it there had been a dormitory of sorts for guards there, and a discreet back door through which to bring crates.

They ate their meal upstairs before leaving, and alas for the students none of the bottle survived the thorough inspection it was given by their patrons.

It was dark out, and though Song would have had no trouble navigating the night Tristan’s presence had warranted bringing a lantern – shuttered until only a thin slice of light went through. At the thief’s request they had kept off the well-lit avenues of Asphodel, moving through side streets instead. It slowed them down, but not as much as she would have thought.

Be they great or small, all the streets of Tratheke were paved with the same smooth, perfectly fitting stones.

They were, according to the city map they had borrowed from Black House, not far from their destination. Out in the northwest of the city, past the houses and shops crowding the inner ward and the Collegium, then past the two of the less impressive neighborhoods centered around the large avenue cutting straight through the northwestern quarter of the city.

Tratheke was built as if a god had used a ruler when setting down the stone and brass, which Song found extremely appealing to the eye, but this far out the original grid only meant so much. Filth and dirt had crawled in, tainting perfect facades and caking the bottom of brass lanterns.

“This does not seem like a wise part of the city to have warehouses in,” Song muttered. “The people of the district mere minutes away do not look wealthy.”

Was it not unnecessarily reckless to store trade goods near those who would be tempted to steal them?

“A coterie runs the place,” Tristan replied. “Basilea, as they call them here. It’s what those grey wings they put in the corner of glass windows mean, that dues have been paid to the Pegasoi.”

“And the owners of the warehouses pay the Pegasoi to keep thieves out,” Song slowly said, “because warehouses here are inexpensive enough compared to the prices in southern Tratheke that bribing the thugs is still cheaper than buying there.”

“Guesswork, but that is also my bet,” the thief said. “Everyone’s going to want the warehouses closest to the causeway leading to the Lordsport, it’s the same as the land around the harbors in Sacromonte.”

It was the same in every port, she thought. Mazu, which she was most familiar with, was no exception. It was not without reason that much of that city’s waterside was owned by the city itself and rented to merchants instead of sold. Song’s father had once told her that foreigners wanting to lease it must pay five times the rates as locals and that the city made almost as much from Malani trade companies as the rest of the rents put together.

Yet where Mazu was thriving, sure to be the richest of the republics outside the Sanxing if not for the border with Izcalli and the ring of manned forts that forced it to maintain, the northwest districts looked desolate. The only ones profiting from this arrangement were the thugs and the yiwu, as tended to be the way under the rule of kings.

“Here,” Tristan whispered, jolting her out of her thoughts. “That’s the one, just past that intersection.”

Mildly irritated – and impressed – that the half of this pair that could not see through the gloom was the better navigator out in these streets, Song followed his jutting thumb. Keeping an eye out for anyone who might be lurking, they walked the rest of the distance with their hands on their blades.

The warehouse was, unsurprisingly, not one of the nicer ones in this derelict place. A low-ceilinged rectangle of a place maybe six hundred feet long, its brass-boned roof had caved in at several spots and only been shoddily patched. There were multiple padlocks on the front gates, but only a lock on the side door. And unlike the warehouses they’d passed by earlier, closer to the Pegasoi stomping grounds, there were no hired guards keeping an eye out.

“Side door?” she quietly asked.

“I can pick it,” Tristan agreed. “But I saw a gap under the front gates. Check if there’s anyone inside, would you?”

Clever, she thought. Someone else would see only darkness if no lights were lit, but that was no trouble to her own eyes. She lowered herself to the ground as he kept watch, peeking through the thin slice of room under the door. An open floor, skeletal frames of metal and not a soul in sight.

“Clear,” she whispered.

He made quick work of the lock when they doubled back, and almost silently to boot.

“Tell me that isn’t Tianxi,” she murmured.

He grinned, which was answer enough.

“It’s a Bohe,” he said. “The cheapest stuff your workshops put out, it’s actually worse than sixty-years old locks. You can get one for the price of a bushel of oranges, though.”

That House Anaidon had put the literal cheapest lock on the market on the door of their suspect warehouse was somewhat amusing, she’d admit, even more so when it occurred to her that them buying a Tianxi lock might just well have been what drew the Yellow Earth’s eye here in the first place.

Cutting corners always came at a cost.

Moments later they were in, her with her jian out and Tristan with his blackjack. They entered what appeared to be some kind of office, by the amount of desks, but there was nothing to go through here: the tabletops were bare, the drawers outright gone and the only chair left only had three legs. The place had been stripped bare, only furniture too large to fit through the door and too shoddy to be worth pulling apart left behind.

The door on the other side of the room led to the warehouse floor, which another sweep confirmed to be empty save for those strange skeletal frames. Tristan opened the lantern fully, bringing it up, and by unspoken accord they split up to inspect the warehouse. Her gaze lingered on the frames, which were not of the brassy alloy everywhere in Tratheke but rather rusted-through iron.

She thought they looked like half a set of ribs, at least until she realized they’d been laud to rest the wrong way. There were pegs higher up the walls where the frames must have once been hung, looking like dull hooks curving upwards. To support something, perhaps? She knew that Asphodel exported cedar wood, prized in shipbuilding everywhere as cedar did not rot.

Perhaps trees had been laid to rest on the hooks, though for what reason she could only guess.

“Mhmmm.”

Her gaze went to Tristan, who was kneeling next to… rags? She headed his way, and her eyes narrowed as she got closer. Those were not rags but blankets. So ragged they might as well, and tossed away in piles, but blankets nonetheless. By the size of the piles, at least a hundred of them.

“Scorched stone over there,” Tristan said, jutting a thumb to his left. “Cooking stove, I’m guessing. I’m sure we’ll find more trace if we keep looking.”

There were. A corner in the back was clearly full of dry piss, by the smell, and not far off were traces of shit at the bottom of a wall. Someone had missed the chamber pot, though of those there was no trace. Meanwhile Tristan found trace of another stove and half-erased chalk in the form of a grid with symbols on it.

“A ritual grid?” she wondered. “Some sort of cypher?”

“It’s a tomb and stars grid,” Tristan told her.

That sounded ominous, though for some reason he seemed amused. Was it-

“The most popular dice game in the western isles,” he said.

Song cleared her throat.

“Is it now?”

“I mean, they changed some of the symbols,” he said, “but that’s probably just the version local to Asphodel. All the biggest cities tend to use their own symbols for the stars, and for some godforsaken reason Old Saraya uses a different one for the tombs.”

He shrugged.

“I’ve taken a good enough look to draw them again, so I’ll confirm the symbols with the servants when we come back.”

She nodded, frowning. Not at her mistake, though that was also decent reason.

“Threadbare blankets, a stove and dice games,” Song said. “This does not seem like the lair of a revel cult.”

“It sounds like someone stashed soldiers here,” Tristan flatly said.

She raised an eyebrow at him and he shrugged.

“Looked, I saw your face when you saw shit on the wall but think about it,” he said. “As many men as there were blankets, here for who knows how long, and only one mess? There was a concerted effort to keep traces of presence light, and discipline in sticking to it. It’s not a few vagrants off the streets that tripped the lock and stayed a few days.”

“You might have a point,” Song admitted.

And if someone had kept soldiers here, it stood to reason arms had been kept as well. She swept through the warehouse floor again, this time not looking for marks of life so much as – ah, and there we were. The men that’d stayed here had not wiped the floor free of dust before putting down their blankets, so the parts where they’d stayed had even streaks and clumps of gathered dust. There was one section of the floor, though, that was universally clean.

Tristan caught up with her.

“Too clean?”

“Too clean,” she agreed.

“I’m not seeing seams for a false floor,” the thief said. “Mind you, I wouldn’t if it’s well done. A powder trick would-”

Song crouched, breathing in and focusing. Seeing the truth, and the truth was a hairline fracture in the floor. She followed the contour, the straight lines and corners, until she found one the corner that was chopped. Uneven.  She made her way there, fingers pressing down, and found the catch. She rotated a spot in the stone, something clicking beneath the surface and then she carefully lifted a square of stone only large as her fist and thick as a finger.

Tristan let out a whistle.

“Well, here’s two hours of my life saved,” he said. “I fucking hate doing the powder trick, so a hundred flowers to you. I don’t suppose you’d want to swap contracts?”

“Contracts? No,” Song said. “Though if you ever discover a way to swap gods…”

“Sold,” he replied without hesitation.

He spent the following minute protecting his face from the righteous beating of his shouting goddess, which almost made up for the other part. The small ping of amusement coming from the depths of her own soul, Luren’s mirth like the tinkle of a silver bell.

Once Tristan was done groveling his way back to peace, they got to work. The rest of the stone hiding the cache was heavier and thicker, covering much more surface. The part she had removed was to leave room to slide in a perch and leverage it out. Trying out her sheath only revealed that the bottom was further down, but they improvised by sawing off a long swath of iron frame whose bottom was rusted off and using it as perch.

While wearing gloves, of course, as Song did not intend having to append how she had caught lockjaw to the official report.

The inside was disappointing in that it was empty, not so much a stray blade left she could bring back as proof. Lowering herself down, though, she inspected the corners and smiled at what she saw. Grease and smudges blackpowder. In several places, too, not only corner.

“They kept at least ten barrels of powder down here,” she said. “Maybe more.”

“That’s a lot of powder even for a hundred men,” Tristan said, crouching at the edge. “Unless they intend to be firing volleys, anyway.”

“My thoughts exactly,” Song replied, leaning against the wall.

She took out a cloth to wipe her hands clean of the grease and powder before brushing back her hair.

“So someone’s smuggling soldiers and powder into Tratheke,” he said. “Either the cult of Golden Ram’s not at all what we thought it was…”

“Or we have not caught the cult’s tail at all,” Song completed. “Hector Anaidon is not the head of his house, and his brother would not necessarily let him in on a conspiracy.”

“You think someone’s preparing a coup,” Tristan said. “And that Lord Ainaidon’s in bed with them.”

“From the inside is the only sensible way to take Tratheke,” Song said. “It is an Antediluvian-made box with only fortified gates in and out. I’ve read through Asphodel histories, Tristan, and the capital has never been stormed successfully – and not for lack of rebels besieging it. Those brass walls will shrug off cannon fire.”

“And if the only way in and out is those big gates, all you need to do is put a couple of cannons facing the roads and shoot whatever tries to march in,” Tristan agreed. “The enemy will run out of volunteers long before you run out of powder. Traitors opening a gate would be cheaper even if you promise each their weight in gold.”

“Or never needing to open the gates at all,” Song said, “because your army is already inside the walls.”

“That’s a bold plan,” Tristan said. “Risky, though. You’d need to move them into the capita’s empty parts while smuggling the rest in and Tratheke’s empty parts aren’t really empty – there’s the basileias running about. Someone will have seen something.”

He paused, arriving at the same conclusion she already had.

“Unless they’re in on it,” he finished, clicking his tongue. “Yeah, it could work. Still risky.”

“The only force in Asphodel that had soldiers to spare and can bring them through the mountains unseen is the Council of Ministers,” Song said. “They have the arms, the land routes and as of recently the motivation to make a gamble like this.”

Tristan cursed.

“Because of the shipyard,” he said. “If those start churning out skimmers, it doesn’t matter how many men they can put together – Evander Palliades will be rich enough to buy every mercenary company kicking about the Trebian Sea and drown them in bodies. They need to knock him out before those shipyards solidify his position.”

“No more than six months,” Song quietly said. “Any more than that and not only are the risks too high someone will flip but he should be getting money out of the Republics.”

That was what Hao Yu said, that Ambassador Guo was under strict instructions to get access to the shipyards. If he could not accomplish that within six months, he would be dismissed and replaced by someone who could.

“This feels out of our jurisdiction,” Tristan finally said.

“Agreed,” she said. “It needs to go to Brigadier Chilaca.”

“So you’ll finally get to meet the man who sold you out to the Lord Rector,” he drily said. “Lucky you.”

She rolled her eyes, then breathed out.

“We are thin on evidence,” Song finally said. “He might not believe us.”

“Then he doesn’t believe us,” Tristan shrugged. “We’ll hurry up with our contract and get out of this powder keg before someone throws a match.”

He paused.

“Interesting, though, that the Yellow Earth knows we’re hunting a cult but sends us after what looks like noble conspiracy.”

“The thought occurred,” Song acknowledged. “Though in all fairness the Anaidon connection might have tripped them up as it did us.”

She rolled her shoulder.

“It is still throwing us off their trail,” she acknowledged. “Which begs the question of whether they do so because they do not want us stumbling into their usual schemes or because there is a cult connection.”

“The Yellow Earth’s not going to be this easy to sniff out,” Tristan warned. “That lot knows how burrow, Song. The infanzones have been trying to dig them out of the City for years and they have dust to show for it.”

“The Yellow Earth works in sects,” Song told him. “Each is different, though there is supposedly a grandmaster that leads the movement. I doubt the Asphodel sect will be anywhere as well put together as the Sacromonte one.”

She chewed the inside of her lip.

“Point taken, however,” she said. “We do not know this city.”

“We’ll need locals,” Tristan agreed. “And I can think of only one sort that’d be willing to treat with us.”

“Criminals,” she said.

“Basileias,” he shrugged. “If you want us to pull at the Yellow Earth’s tail, the lictors aren’t going to do any good.”

Because if the lictors knew of members of the sect, they would currently be strung up on gallows.

“Help me up,” Song said, extending her hand.

He pulled and she pushed herself up the wall, scrabbling back onto solid ground. Now came the unpleasant part: putting it all back in case someone came to look.

“Perhaps Angharad will find us a lead,” Song said. “But if she does not, the Yellow Earth now seems our likeliest suspect in having ties.”

Which was more than passing odd, considering the Lord Rector’s belief that the cult was being made into a vessel for a noble coup. Well, Evander was right about the coup at least if she was reading the signs correctly.

“I’ll pray our friends in the Brazen Chariot will answer my invitation, then,” Tristan said. “Else I’ll have to go fishing off the list Hage gave me, and that could get tricky.”

“I have no doubt you will succeed at getting us a meeting,” she said, and was surprised to find she meant it.

He squinted at her.

“You’re trying to guilt me into pulling the false floor instead of pushing, aren’t you?” Tristan asked.

“Of course not,” Song lied.

Chapter 45

By the third morning Song was falling apart.

The occasional hour of sleep she stole was no longer enough and she could barely tell left from right. It did not go unnoticed. When Prefect Nestor, commander of the palace lictors, suggested she be made to wear a spice-cap and drink extract of Izcalli coca to prevent her falling asleep he was interrupted by Captain Wen politely putting down his pistol on the table facing the man.

“That,” the bespectacled man mildly said, “would be drugging a watchwoman out on contract. A breach of the Iscariot Accords.”

“Are you threatening me?” Nestor coldly asked.

He was a big man, heavyset and with jowls like a bulldog, but past his prime.

“Yes,” Wen frowned. “Obviously.”

Though the prefect seemed about ready to send for the lictors and put them all under arrest, calm prevailed at the behest of Majordomo Timon – the other half of the regime running the palace while the Lord Rector remained locked away under heavy guard. Prefect Nestor remained viciously angry that a pistol had been pointed in his direction even though it had been empty, so Song stepped in before the increasingly hard-eyed Wen made things worse.

“I am awake enough for one last audit,” she said. “I can retire afterwards.”

Majordomo Timon, a white-haired man so perfectly groomed it made even his soft features somehow look severe, offered her a small bow of thanks and a smile.

“We are thankful for your services, Captain Song,” he said. “The favor done today will not be forgotten.”

“I expect not,” Wen said, “as we will be billing the palace for the standard rates in employing a first-class Watch sniffer for three days.”

The white-haired man winced, so it must not be a small sum.

“Surely we could-”

“We could use the hourly rates, if you prefer,” Wen blandly offered.

The man’s face turned almost as pale as his hair.

“Given circumstances,” Song interrupted with a quelling look at her patron, “I am sure a discount can be arranged. I am coming into a great deal of private information regarding the court of the Lord Rector of Asphodel.”

Majordomo Timon hurried to pile on his approval to that argument, while the pleased gleam in Wen’s eyes told Song they’d been played: he had been aiming for her to play peacemaker from the start. The two palace grandees departed to arrange the audit, Prefect Nestor stomping on the way out of the small salon, and she was left alone with Wen Duan for what she knew would not be more than a few minutes.

“What is a spice-cap, anyway?” she asked.

“A cap with cephalic spices quilted in,” Wen replied. “Basil, ginger and such.”

Song blinked.

“That does not seem…”

“It’s Trebian nonsense,” Wen said. “Physicians in these parts insist it treats ‘distempers’, though, and apparently chronic lack of sleep is now one of those.”

Well, she thought, the magic cap was still better than Izcalli coca leaf. That was what they fed serfs so they could work themselves to death. She cleared her throat.

“What is the hourly rate for a first-rate Watch sniffer, if I may ask?”

He raised four fingers.

“Arboles?” she mused. “That’s not too-”

“Ramas,” Wen grinned. “There’s a reason courts pick up their own sniffers.”

Song choked. That was a lot of gold.

“And the price for a day?”

“Twenty-eight is the usual standard,” he replied. “They’re Blancaflor signatories, though, so they might have a better rate.”

Well now, Song thought. Even throwing in a discount, it seemed she was about to come into a not inconsiderable amount of money. That happy prospect was almost enough to keep her from nodding off in her chair – Wen gently shook her awake when the lictors came back. Swallowing a groan, she rose and stretched as discreetly as she could. This time the lictors did not take her to one of the dining halls with galleries above but to a small nook by a hallway, a cushioned seat already waiting for her.

A pair of lictors stood guard by the alcove, while two servants with Cathayan looks and a maidservant dress like Song currently wore sat in seats identical to the one left empty for her. She’d not even had to ask for the precaution obscuring her identity, as Prefect Nestor was intent on keeping that well under wrap.

Blinking away the returning pull of sleep, Song realized she recognized one of the lictors standing guard. Sergeant Arturo, a short man with rugged good looks who smiled at her as she sat down in her seat.

“Servants this time, my lady,” he told her. “Enough lictors have been cleared to cover all the chokepoints.”

Song nodded back with a wan smile. She’d heard that one before. Immediately after the attempt was made on Lord Rector Evander’s life, it had only seemed reasonable for her to stay with him as someone with the proven capacity to see through the assassin’s contract. Only even after lictors flooded the halls and a tightly packed wall of flesh and steel escorted Evander to sealed room, Song was ‘asked’ to remain at the disposal of the palace guards.

First they made her clear Prefect Nestor and the lictors that were to guard the Lord Rector’s door, which was fair enough. Then servants that were to take care of Asphodel’s ruler in his containment, which again was fair to request. But by morning they’d gotten increasingly ambitious, making her check not only on their own sniffers – ten-year-old twins and a crone of sixty – but on an ever-increasing crowd as the plan became to lock down an entire section of the rector’s palace, no one in and out, then methodically comb through the rest looking for the assassin.

Which meant Song had been made to look at maids, cooks, launderers and even a man whose entire job was to empty the chamber pot of the Lord Rector. Everyone who might be needed for a palace within the palace to function smoothly.

Even when news came from Black House that Tristan and Maryam had somehow crossed back down into Tratheke in pursuit of the assassin, who should be away hiding in the city, the only thing that’d changed was that Song was made to clear lictors that were to stand guard on the spot in the garden where there might be a hidden path.

Aid she had offered freely came to feel like a rope around her neck as the prefect and majordomo kept asking for more. She hadn’t even had time to sit with her brigade since the attempt, the only blackcloak she had seen was Captain Wen. You’d think that the Asphodelian sniffers being cleared would have split the burden, but Prefect Nestor insisted she was the only proven quantity so she must be used for all crucial personnel.

Which was all of them, it felt like.

The only silver lining was that she’d laid eyes on the majority of the staff at the rector’s palace and found no trace of a Golden Ram contract, which was useful information for the contract she was actually on.

“It is starting, my lady,” Sergeant Arturo whispered.

Song straightened out of the slump forward she’d been falling in, breathing in sharply. The procession of servants going down the hall began as advertised, men and women in the red-and-white servant livery walking past them slowly. They were under orders to keep their stare forward, though some snuck peeks before getting elbowed by escorting lictors.

The fourteenth proved to have a contract, one that let the man swap one smell for another at a time. She gestured and he was taken aside by the lictors at the end of the hall. None of the other thirty had either a contract or a boon, and it turned out the one contract she’d seen was a known quantity. The servant in question worked in the palace sewers, which how he’d drawn the attention of the vermin god he contracted with in the first place.

She was soon dragged back before Prefect Nestor and Majordomo Timon. Wen had also forced his way into the room, though he was busy tearing through a bowl of peanuts. No prisoner was taken in that fearsome process, to the majordomo’s visible discomfort.

“Your room has been prepared, Captain Song,” Timon said. “We thank you, once more, for the service you have rendered House Palliades.”

“If that feels unsafe, a bunk has also been set aside for you in the lictor barracks,” Prefect Nestor idly added.

“That will not be necessary,” Song flatly replied.

She was not going to put herself in this man’s power. That was a recipe for having that stupid hat forced onto her head if she’d ever heard one. She fled that room so quickly she almost left her lictor escort behind, and might have stumbled if Wen did not catch up and swing an arm around her shoulder.

“Easy now,” he said. “We’ll get you there.”

“The Thirteenth,” she said. “What has been-”

“No one’s in any danger,” he said. “They are continuing the investigation without you, and you’ll have a report when you wake. You need to sleep, Song.”

Much as she would have liked to argue that, things had gotten bad enough she could not remember how she had arrived to the corridor they were now limping down. Pushing down the urge to insist on an immediate report, she let herself be guided to her room.

What happened after Wen opened the door she had no idea, but Song woke up buried in pillows.

With the taste of sleep still in her mouth she slid out of the covers, lighting one of the lamps even though she did not need it to see. Moments later there was a soft knock at the door and a servant entered when bid, asking what temperature she would prefer her bath and if she had any request for supper.

She had slept the whole day away, she realized with a wince.

A warm bath and a three-course meal of Asphodelian staples later, Song was yet sitting in her private dining room sipping at good Mazu black leaf when Captain Wen made his entrance. He immediately complained that she had not set any dessert aside for him, but though she smiled Song could see from his eyes that his heart was not in it. It was a distraction, meant to soften the blow of whatever bad news he carried. Song set down her tea.

“Tell me,” she asked.

Gods, let it not be someone in the Thirteenth having been hurt while she was playing sniffer for overreaching yiwu.

“Though the Thirteenth’s already on contract, a formal request has been made for your services in providing protection for the Lord Rector,” Wen said. “It came from Evander Palliades himself.”

She frowned. Lord Rector Evander had been pleasant enough, but she was not here for the man.

“So refuse,” Song said. “Or must it come from me directly?”

“They did not make it to me, I was merely informed,” Wen said. “It was kicked much higher up. See, as of yesterday the leading Watch officer in Tratheke is Brigadier Chilaca.”

It took a moment for her to follow – the commanding officer at Stheno’s Peak should be a colonel. Certainly not a brigadier, a rank reserved only for the officer that commanded the fortress seat of a Watch administrative region directly under a marshal.

“The head of the diplomatic delegation,” she said. “The one come to negotiate over the cache and shipyard.”

He nodded.

“And to them I am an inexpensive way to accrue goodwill with the other side of the negotiating table,” Song grimaced. “He is sure to say yes.”

“Jurisdiction will get tricky,” Wen said. “You’re Scholomance, which means in theory we answer only to the Obscure Committee.”

He hesitated a moment.

“Don’t coddle me,” Song grunted.

“In practice, it just means Chilaca will have to make accommodations to leave you time to work on your test,” the bespectacled man said. “I’ll fight so that instead of your services being ‘on tap’, so to speak, you can only be requested for specific events and in advance. But I can’t push it much farther than that.”

He grimaced.

“If I try to buck him off entirely it’ll become a game of who knows who, and I won’t be winning that against a brigadier.”

The admission, she saw, left a bad taste in his mouth.

“Doing what you can is all I ask,” Song quietly said.

He rolled his eyes at her.

“Now who’s coddling who?” Wen sneered. “Finish that tea, Ren. If you’re going to be used by Chilaca as negotiation prop, let’s see if we can at least wheedle double pay out of him for it. You’ll be doing the Watch a service as well.”

Tredegar objected to being called the muscle, not on general principle but because as she had yet to recover she claimed she would not make an effective thug.

“You’re still more muscle than I’d be bringing,” Tristan reminded her, and that was that.

They did not use the coach all the way, and not the Watch’s coach either: that would have been announcing who they were with a trumpet. Instead Tristan paid one of the Asphodel’s army of street coachmen to let them off ten minutes away from their destination, Angharad limping out after him. Though neither wore the black, they kept their pistols obvious as a warning to the overly enterprising – of which there would be many, around here.

They were at the edge of the northeast square, past the pretty part of that town that hugged the side of the Collegium glass and near a couple of streets he’d learned the locals called the ‘Reeking Rows’. One of the old Lord Rectors had decreed the better part of a century ago that all the foul-smelling trades of the city should be confined to a series of streets around some Antediluvian contraption whose brass blades stirred the wind, to prevent the smells spreading.

It’d worked in the sense that the rest of Tratheke must have enjoyed the lack of foulness in the air, but it’d also killed the neighborhood. Even those who worked at the tanning shops, the dye pits and slaughterhouses, they preferred living in nicer corners of the city. Only those who could not afford better had stayed when the Reeking Rows rolled in.

“The streets and walls are fine as any other in this city,” Angharad quietly said. “But there is something…”

“It’s not a neighborhood,” Tristan agreed. “It’s just a place people live.”

Slowly she nodded, keeping up to his pace with little visible effort. It helped that the thief was not rushing and she was longer legged to start with. To his disappointment his discreet investigation back at Black House had revealed that her walking stick was only a stick, too light for there to be a hidden blade inside, but the cane was still fine wood with a steel head.

He wouldn’t want arms as strong as the noblewoman’s swinging that anywhere near his skull.

“A shame it has come to this,” Tredegar said. “The local lords should have stepped in and provided aid.”

“Lords can’t make the air smell better,” Tristan snorted, then paused as he recognized the half-slumped noodle shop at the corner. “Scarf on, we are about to cross the bad part of the Rows.”

He pulled on his own, barely more than a stripe of beige cloth, while Angharad pulled up a proper green scarf almost matching the shade of her belted tunic. Though there was nothing as visible as the green noxious smoke one might have imagined, the moment they turned the corner Tristan’s eyes began to sting. He hurried forward, blinking away tears, and felt fervently grateful that this time he had cloth to cover his mouth when he breathed.

He’d nearly emptied his stomach when carrying Maryam through here on the night of the assassination attempt, and his throat had been sore most of the day after.

It was an unpleasant street and a half, cutting straight through the worst of the Rows to get at their destination quicker, but at least it was the work of but a few minutes. Angharad was no more eager than he to linger in there. They kept their mouth and nose covered for another block even when the eyes stopped stinging, only sucking in relieved breaths once they were well clear.

“You took Maryam through this without a mask?” she asked, expression hard to place.

He passed a hand through his hair.

“Had to,” Tristan said. “She was feverish and babbling after the fit of mania. It was either pushing through or risking some Gloam fever turning on her.”

Signifiers were supposed to be better off than hedge witches peddling curses, but the one time Tristan had seen a Gloam fit turn on someone it’d not been pretty – as in scratch out your own eyes ugly. No matter how much safer Signs were, the black arts were poison.

“It was brave, to take that path at night,” Angharad said.

Tristan snorted.

“Oh, I know a thing or two about taking to the streets after dark,” he teased. “Worry not for that.”

She rolled her eyes at him, but he was hardly lying. Unless you stepped on some coterie’s feet by crossing their territory uninvited, going around unmolested when the lights dimmed was mostly a question of making yourself not worth hassling. Make it plain you were poor, that you were armed and then keep moving so the boys working themselves up to it never got the chance to pull the trigger.

Though it had been two days now, Tristan remembered the area well enough. The boarded-up tea parlor he and Maryam had stumbled out next to waited at the end of a street that was a row of stone-and-brass shells, long ago stripped clean of any sign of life.

“Is this the place, then?” Angharad asked.

“That’s the one,” Tristan agreed. “Come on, I’ll show you what I found last time.”

The parlor was a single-story building, though one with a high and curved ceiling. The windows were bereft of the green glass so common to Tratheke, instead closed with one might generously call shutters but in practice were large wooden planks wedged inside in a broad X shape. There were eight windows, four on each of the tea parlor walls facing a street, and he led Angharad to the third window from the left on the south side.

It wasn’t obvious, but the wooden planks there were a trick: they’d been sawed through on each support, sanded down and put back in place to maintain the appearance that the window was still boarded up. Tristan demonstrated as much by pulling it out, carefully lowering the wooden frame on the floor inside by leaning past the edge.

“You noticed this in the dark?” Angharad asked, cocking her head to the side.

“The street lanterns were lit,” he reminded her. “And they were put back the wrong side then, the planks looked off. It’s why I think it was the assassin in the first place.”

It was the mark of someone who both would have had reason to be there and be in a hurry to leave. A look inside revealed the same dark, dusty floor he had glimpsed last time before deciding he was not going to risk a fight with an assassin that’d already slapped him around once while Maryam was in a bad enough state to babble about his livery ‘tasting gray’.

The thief climbed the window and dropped inside in a small cloud of dust, extending a hand so Angharad would pass him their lantern. He cracked a match and lit it, letting out a little hum of satisfaction.

“What is it?”

“Footsteps,” he said. “And somewhat recent.”

He made room for her, setting down the lantern to help drag her past the windowsill after she passed him the walking stick. Gods but being tall and muscled made people heavy, not that he was fool enough to ever say so out loud. Angharad straightened her clothes after, wrinkling a nose at the dust.

Good thing Song was still stuck playing nice with the Lord Rector, she’d have a fit at the sight of such an unkempt tea parlor – offended to the core as both a Tianxi and a woman who could and did use a knife to get small impurities out of pans.

“Several trails,” Angharad observed, hoisting up the lantern.

The inside of the once tea parlor was mostly a large open space framed by four brass counters, any furniture not literally part of the floor removed. There were three brass doors on the back wall and gas lamps on the walls every few feet, though none were lit and Tristan would not bet on there being gas inside. Most important of all, there were three trails of footsteps in the dust.

One going straight to the middle of the room, ending abruptly there. It must be where there’d been a way to access the realm of passages. A second started at the middle of the room and headed straight for the trick window, with the footsteps more widely spaced. Running instead of walking, the assassin leaving this place worrying of someone following after her.

“I understand those leading to the center of the room,” Angharad mused, “but why this one?”

Her walking stick was pointed at the standout: a path going around the right side, past the brass counter, and passing in front of every of the three doors out back before returning to the window.

“Checking on the doors,” Tristan guessed. “Making sure the place is secure.”

“Then why not go in?” Angharad asked.

It was a fair question, and they sought out an answer by circling along the same path. Tristan was not sure what one needed to do to access that strange, bleak labyrinth of hallways that had spat him out on the street but despite Maryam’s assurances that it was unlikely the place could be accessed without a key he was disinclined to pass through the middle of the room.

It cost nothing to be careful.

The doors were not locked, they soon found out. Tristan pressed the handles and the mechanism clicked. It was more methodical than that: they’d been welded. Frowning, the thief trailed a finger against the once-molten metal and found the texture as expected.

“That explains our assassin’s confidence,” Angharad said.

Tristan hummed.

“Why?”

“Why the welding?” she said. “Presumably to keep the doors shut.”

“Yes, but why do they need to be shut so thoroughly?” he asked, moving to feel out the edges of the second door. “It is expensive, welding a door. Someone must have felt it a necessary expense, and that has me curious.”

“Because it would mean coin,” Angharad slowly said, “and you said coin fled this neighborhood when the Reeking Rows were instituted.”

“The Ancients didn’t build a tea parlor,” Tristan said. “Someone ran that business here, and odds are they went out of business when the Rows rolled in. Which means…”

“Someone thought those doors worth welding shut after the parlor was abandoned,” Angharad finished.

He nodded.

“And that,” Tristan mused as he passed to the third door, “is interesting to me.”

Like the others, it had the aftermath of the welding on the edges and – huh.

“Bring the lantern closer,” he asked.

Pressing his cheek against the door’s surface, he squinted at the edge. Angharad angled the lantern so it would not blind him and the thief idly reached for his knife. He pressed the tip against the edge of the welding and let out a quiet laugh.

“Well now, would you look at that?”

“I do not see anything out of the ordinary,” Angharad told him, sounding like she was frowning.

“This one’s not welded,” he said. “Someone put up thin plates that look like they were melted on top of the door edges, but I can slide my knife in between the plate and the door.”

He withdrew, sliding the knife back into its sheath. Kneeling, he drew his kit out his bag and unfolded the lockpicking kit across the floor. The door was a simple tumble lock, but after a minute of fiddling with it he realized it wasn’t really locked at all – it was barred on the other side, no amount of lockpicking would help.

“Barred,” he told a patient Angharad, putting away his tools. “We will have to find another way in.”

He slid back the last lockpick into the sheath, rolled his should and then his head whipped to the door. The sheer surprise of it being yanked open cost him a precious second – the mace almost took his head off, and even throwing himself back he took a glancing blow.

A broad silhouette came bursting out of the door, kicking him back down as he reached for his pistol, but he had not come alone.

Tristan didn’t see what happened, though a woman grunted in pain – not Angharad – and he rolled away pawing at his side for his gun. He got a glimpse of Angharad striking the side of the attacker’s knee with her cane before half-stepping out of a wild swing’s way. Aiming his pistol, Tristan cocked it and had his mouth opened for a threat when their attacker’s mace was thrown at him.

He yelped, trying to duck away, but the length of wood hit him in the forehead and he dropped the pistol. Cursing, he scrabbled for it in time to hear the stranger fall with a hoarse shout of pain. Angharad, legs slightly trembling, was standing over her with her saber resting on the woman’s throat.

“Move,” Angharad Tredegar mildly said, “and you die.”

There was no doubt at all in Tristan’s mind that she would follow through with the threat, and by the way the stranger swallowed none in hers either. Snatching up his pistol with mild embarrassment, the thief rose – and picked up Angharad’s walking stick, fetching it for her so he might be said to have contributed to the situation in some manner.

“What’s your name?” Tristan asked, rubbing his forehead.

That better not bruise, Maryam would make sport of him again. The stranger spat, or at least tried to – as she leaned forward Angharad pushed the point into her throat ever so slightly, so she let out a panicked choking sound and drew back instead.

“My tolerance for poor manners is remarkably thin,” Angharad informed her. “Beware.”

The woman, who Tristan only now noticed might have been broad-shouldered but by her face must be barely seventeen – gods, just a girl – cleared her throat awkwardly.

“Chara,” she said. “My name’s Chara.”

Tristan nodded.

“Stay put, Chara,” he said. “I need to make sure we are alone before the three of us have a polite conversation.”

He inclined his head at Angharad in question, flicking his eyes at the saber, but she shook hers. She would be fine keeping her sword up for a while still, then.  He had time to check the back. Tristan checked the angles on either side before crossing the threshold, for though it would have been unusual for a second fighter not to get involved it was not impossible. Nothing, though, so in he went.

What must have been the kitchen and backroom of the tea parlor was empty, save for a door that should lead back to the street and had also been welded shut. More interesting was the hole in the floor, where old masonry had been taken out and left in piles. A look in there revealed an unlit lantern sitting on steps that went down into the dark. He put a finger on the glass and found it cold.

Not freshly snuffed, then.

“All right, Chara,” he said. “What’s down there that was worth attacking us?”

“I’m not telling you anything,” she grunted. “You’re the ones not supposed to be here.”

Tristan smiled, reached inside his pocket and produced his silver brigade seal.

“Do you know what that is?” he asked.

She squinted at the seal.

“Unluckies,” the girl said, then coughed. “Unlucky, I mean. Why would you put that number in silver?”

“Because the Watch only cares so much for superstitions,” Tristan replied.

Her face went white as chalk.

“You’re rooks,” she said, biting her lip. “Shit. I didn’t know, you have to believe me.”

“I do,” Tristan admitted. “But I still have questions to ask you.”

“I’m,” Chara started, then hesitated. “You should talk to Delian, I can’t say anything. I’ll take you, if you let me.”

Oh, the thief thought. So that’s what this is. A hidden stash, a street big street girl guarding it and now a boss she was afraid of?

“You are from a basilea,” he stated. “Which one?”

Chara looked unsure whether to be afraid or proud.

“The Brass Chariot,” she finally said.

“And if I were to venture down those stairs I would find…” he invited.

“Property of our basilea,” she stiffly said.

Gods, the irony. They had not stumbled into a conspiracy, it was the conspiracy that’d accidentally set up shop next to a coterie stash house.

“Goods,” he mildly said, “or people?”

She scoffed.

“We don’t trade in flesh, we’re not southside rippers,” Chara said. “It’s bottles, you can go look. We’ve been emptying it out, it’s almost empty anyways.”

Explaining why there was only a single guard, and so young.

“We’ll have to, to establish you are telling the truth,” Tristan said, “but we have no interest in a smuggling operation. That is for the lictors to chase down.”

He leaned forward.

“But why have you been emptying the stash?” he asked. “What made the Brass Chariot start?”

Chara looked uncomfortable.

“I heard someone came sniffing around,” she said. “That keeping our property there was looking risky.”

Tristan’s smiled grew, for those were the words he had been hoping for.

“And that someone,” he said. “What do you know about her?”

“I don’t know nothing,” Chara said, “but Delian might. There’s got to be something, if it’s just one person, we would usually cut her throat instead of moving on.”

Tristan dragged himself up. A lead, then. The ‘Brass Chariot’ was not on Hage’s list of basileias that were open to working with the Watch, but neither was it on the list of those to avoid. There was potential there.

“It sounds to me like we need to have a chat with Delian,” Tristan agreed. “Why don’t you go tell him that.”

“You’ll release me?” Chara said, hopeful.

He nodded.

“Tell him to send a time and place to Black House,” Tristan said. “He’s to bring no more than two people with him and we will do the same.”

She nodded eagerly. Tristan rolled his shoulder.

“Go on, then,” he said. “And try not to attack anymore blackcloaks, they’re not all as nice as we are.”

Angharad, face hard to read, put away her blade.

“Of course not, sir,” Chara said, pushing herself to her feet. “I’ll, uh, take care of it right away.”

First she made for the backdoor – his guess was that the room below had a passage to some other edifice – but he clicked his tongue and gestured at the trick window. Chara took a single look at Angharad and decided not argue, fleeing out of the parlor as if afraid they’d change their minds. She forgot her mace in her hurry.

A beat passed, the two blackcloaks alone in the room.

“Was that wise?” Angharad quietly asked.

“We won’t be getting anything useful out of her, she’s too low a rung in the ladder,” Tristan grunted. “And I’d rather have two pairs of eyes when we go down there.”

Tredegar hummed, eventually nodding. The thief judged their own lantern to be enough, moving aside the coterie’s as they went down the stairs. Not so long a flight, a mere ten steps, but the basement it led down to was startlingly large. Mostly empty, as the girl had said, leaving only half a dozen crates of what looked like rum behind.

“What was this room for, do you think?” Angharad wondered. “It looks like nothing in particular.”

It was a square of bare stone, interesting only in that the walls looked about the same height and length. As he’d expected there was a second set of stairs in the left wall, leading up to what must be another house on the block. But it was only when the lantern light reached the wall in the back he drew in a sharp breath. Angharad cleared her throat.

“It only looks like stone to me,” she said. “Though of different kind than the other walls.”

“I’ve seen stones likes those before,” Tristan said.

His fingers clenched.

“It was used for the paths in that strange empty layer Maryam and I crossed to exit the palace,” he said.

Angharad’s brow rose.

“That seems unlikely to be a coincidence.”

“Agreed,” Tristan said, then worried his lip. “But there’s nothing the likes of you and I are going to be getting out of that wall.”

They’d have to come back with a signifier. Breathing out, he unclenched his fingers. Tempting as it was to check where the other set of stairs led, bet not to risk it.

“Come on,” he said. “Let’s get out of here before Chara’s friends come to pay this place a visit.”

The return to Black House was mercifully prompt: Angharad had stood through the short brawl well enough, but as the hour stretched her strength waned. It was frustrating, how even though her body was most of the way to recovery it seemed unaware of that fact – why else would it buck her at the slightest of exertions?

They paid the coach and were welcomed in by the servants, who informed them that ‘Mistress Maryam’ had just had her evening meal and if they headed directly for the dining room they could catch her there. Angharad hesitated, balancing the prospect of a warm meal against the other woman’s company, but Tristan took the choice out of her hands.

“Please tell the kitchen we will be along shortly,” he said.

Angharad cocked an eyebrow at him and he shrugged.

“You haven’t done the contract tests for the day anyway,” Tristan said. “There’ll be no avoiding her.”

“I could do with a full belly,” she conceded.

He abandoned her on the way there, passing by his room to ‘take care of something’ – likely putting away his impressive set of lockpicks, which Angharad suspected even owning was very illegal – which left Angharad to enter the small dining room alone. The general service was in the larger one, at a set time, but Maryam must have waited for them some time before giving up. She was sipping a cup of tea when Angharad arrived, and raised an eyebrow at the entrance.

“Tristan should not be far behind,” Angharad said.

The pale-skinned woman shrugged.

“Sit,” she said. “How did the outing go?”

Angharad had barely begun digging into the tale when the thief joined them, shortly preceding the warm meals brought by the servants – rice, beans and chicken. Starving, the Pereduri passed on the duty of spinning the yarn to Tristan while she dug in. As expected, when they reached the end of the informal report Maryam’s interest was stoked by the mention of the wall with the familiar stone.

“I’ll go to have a look tomorrow, then,” she said.

A beat. Tristan set down his fork, deliberately.

“I’m not sure that would be wise,” he said.

“Lieutenant Mitra gave me a clean bill of health,” Maryam mildly told him.

Angharad decided to concentrate on her meal, strategically looking away and pretending she was not listening. She was not so much of a fool as to step in the middle of that.

“Lieutenant Mitra didn’t watch you make a bird out of Gloam while liberally mixing Antigua and your native tongue,” Tristan flatly said. “I am no signifier, granted, but I’d put good money on that not being a Sign.”

Angharad swallowed her mouthful of rice, eyes moving to Maryam who was scowling at the gray-eyed man mightily. The kind of scowl usually reserved for the Pereduri herself, which boded ill for Tristan.

“I had training before joining the Watch,” Maryam replied, tone dismissive.

Forcedly so, in the sense that the undertone was forced.

“Training that I never once saw you use before that night, even when your life was on the line,” Tristan shot back. “I expect there’s a reason for that.”

Angharad speared her green beans and chewed on them quietly as she kept count. The thief was ahead, she reckoned, at least for now. Maryam got vicious when she felt on the backfoot.

“I do not owe you that answer, Tristan,” she coldly said.

“No,” he easily agreed, “but neither do I have pretend I think it a sound notion for you to investigate the passage into a realm that induced a fit of mania in you barely two days ago.”

“Lucky for us, then, that your approval has no bearing on whether or not I can do it,” Maryam replied. “You are not my commanding officer. Song-”

“Will be making that decision,” Tristan agreed. “The letter I sent her will reach the palace by day’s end, I expect. We can wait for her answer before continuing this discussion if you’d prefer.”

Ah, so that was what he had been doing before joining them. Maryam’s face clenched. Angharad winced as she wallowed the last of her beans. That is a face of wrath, Tristan, she thought. Tread lightly, or the turtle will snap off a finger. In truth given Maryam’s habitual hostility a hippo might be the apter emblem, but some lines should not be crossed between women.

“You went behind my back,” Maryam slowly said. “To Song.”

“Of course not,” Tristan said.

A start of surprise on Maryam’s face, then he put on a remarkably insolent grin.

“I also sent a letter to Captain Wen,” he said, “so it should be said I went behind your back to the both of them.”

That was not treading lightly, Angharad noted. Maryam kicked up to her feet, knee hitting the tabletop and shaking the plates, and she raised her hand like she wanted to throttle him. Angharad could not blame her, even she somewhat felt the urge at the sight of that smirk. Only when Maryam’s fist clenched, trails of Gloam-black smoke wafted off her knuckles.

The Izvorica did not notice until all mirth went out of Tristan’s face like a snuffed candle, the thief idly taking up his fork and pointing at the clenched fist.

“There it is,” Tristan said. “You spent a day rolling around in sweat-soaked sheets like a poppy fiend kicking the habit, and ever since your temper has been… stormy, to say the least.”

He had been putting on a show, Angharad realized, purely to draw out her ire. Between the skulking and the easy smiles, sometimes it was easy to forget that on the Dominion the thief had corralled together a crew of the written-off and led them to the second trial without a single death. That was not something that could be accomplished without a deft understanding of people and what moved them.

There was a reason that among the Thirteenth she was wariest of the thief.

Maryam loosened her grip, the black smoke guttering out instantly, and looked torn between anger and concern. Angharad sipped at her water, making sure not to make noise. If she did they might remember she was there.

“That layer, it did something to you,” Tristan said. “I know it is a point of pride for you to overc-”

“It’s not what you think,” Maryam interrupted, jaw yet clenched.

He raised an eyebrow, inviting her to continue, which had the pale-skinned signifier even more irritated. Angharad smothered a smile. She had wanted him to insist he was right so she could jump down his throat for it. Yet being denied that small satisfaction was only keeping the anger smoldering, the noblewoman thought, he should have let her vent. Unless you think anger is the only way she will tell you anything, Angharad then thought.

“It was not the layer,” Maryam bit out reluctantly. “The creature that goes around wearing my face? I encountered it inside and took back some of what it stole from me.”

Tristan’s brow rose.

“It had stolen your old training?”

Maryam grimaced.

“No,” she said. “Not exactly. My mother gifted me something, which I thought lost, but I think the shade might have swallowed it instead. I took back… a sliver, I think. A hundredth of a whole, or something along those lines. It may sound a small part, but digesting it had proven difficult.”

Angharad eyed her warily. Is that gift colossal in scale or colossally dangerous, for such a small sliver to affect you so?

“It’s affecting your mind,” Tristan said.

“More like Gloam comes easier than I am used to,” Maryam admitted. “I never had to learn not to spill over like I just did, because pulling on it has never been that easy for me. I used to have to reach for it, now it’s always at my fingertips.”

“And Mitra said that’s fine?” Tristan scorned.

The anger that’d been ebbing low flared back up.

“It’s not a curse, Tristan,” she snapped. “It’s my Measures being in alignment, what prodigies get to work with.”

“But you are not used to that new balance,” he pushed.

“It’s fading anyway,” she scoffed back. “Going back to the way it was before. Maybe a little better, but hardly a difference.”

“Then we wait for that,” Tristan said. “That wall’s not going anywhere, and it’d probably be wiser to let the coterie clean out the last of their stash before returning anyway.”

“Or we could have requested that Lieutenant Mitra go with us, to keep an eye on me,” she said through gritted teeth. “I could have learned from this, Tristan. Improved my craft. Instead you…”

Maryam snarled in frustration. Angharad cocked her head to the side. The Fourth and their patron were still in Tratheke for a few days, but they would soon leave for western Asphodel – and with that departure Maryam would lose any opportunity of studying the layer with the help of a senior signifier. Only Song was surely due to return to the Black House soon, so Angharad was not convinced that the opportunity was truly gone.

Delayed, more likely, but she understood Maryam’s frustration. Tristan had not even granted her the courtesy of a conversation before acting to block her off. Ah, but would she have listened if he had not? Evidently he did not believe so, for he looked unrepentant.

“This conversation is over,” Maryam bit out as moved away from the table. “Lest I say something I will later regret.”

It was a good thing she had eaten before they arrived, because on that she stalked off without another word. Angharad, who unlike Tristan had been eating all this time, polished off her last mouthful of rice and set down her utensils. The thief was rubbing the bridge of his nose, silently staring down at the table. She decided to count down to twenty before moving and remind him someone had been in the room the entire time.

“That could have gone better,” he said, straightening up.

And looking at her as he did. So he was aware of her presence. Good, that meant she was free to leave.

“It could also have gone worse,” Angharad replied.

“Always,” he said, then shook his head. “Sorry, by the way.”

“I can survive some passing discomfort,” she assured him.

“Not for that,” Tristan snorted. “You’re doing contract tests after this, no? She, uh, might not be in the greatest of moods for them.”

Angharad stared down at him for a long moment.

“You prick,” she finally said.

“That’s fair,” he conceded, picking up his fork.

The hanging sword ended up carried off by the wind: despite half-built expectations to the contrary, Maryam was entirely even-tempered as they went through the tests. For that unspoken slight, reparation was owed.

“I did you disservice in my mind,” Angharad told her. “I offer apology for it.”

The blue-eyed woman studied her for a moment from across the table, then shook her head and sighed.

“My father always said that you should sit on your anger for a moon’s turn before acting on it,” Maryam told her. “Mother called him an indecisive grudge-hen, but then she had a temper like a bear with a broken tooth so I expect the better way lies somewhere in between.”

Angharad half-smiled.

“I thought my mother plain-spoken, as a child, but I learned better,” she shared. “It was with her family she allowed herself that, and only us – else she would not have lasted at court. There are men there who will trap you in a maze of honor duels for a simple misplaced word.”

She sensed a mistake in the way Maryam shifted in her seat, face hardening. It was the mention of court, Angharad thought. That Rhiannon Tredegar had once been high in the confidence of the High Queen that conquered the Izvorica’s home. But the sharp-tongued comment she was bracing for never came. Instead Maryam grit her teeth until she blew out a long breath, leaning back into her seat.

“Even half a moon’s turn does seem a little too long,” Maryam finally said. “I suppose that makes me my mother’s daughter.”

Angharad did not apologize, for what was there to apologize for save that she was who she was?

“It’s not you I’m angry at, anyway,” Maryam continued. “It would not be fair for you to shovel Tristan’s shit.”

“That is appreciated,” Angharad admitted.

The Izvorica sighed.

“I figure if there’s anyone in this house I should not be taking out feeling useless on, it’s you,” Maryam said. “Sometimes you look at that cane like you want to snap it.”

Angharad’s fingers clenched. She had not noticed doing that. It did not mean she not imagined it, vividly.

“Waiting to recover has been… taxing in unexpected ways,” she said.

“I figure you have it worse of the two of us, in some ways,” Maryam said. “You’re used to being good at what you do. Me? I was expecting the other shoe to drop from the start.”

“I would think that worse, if anything,” Angharad quietly replied. “Salvation being dangled ahead of you, then kept just out of your grasp.”

Maryam’s jaw clenched so tight it looked like her teeth might snap off.

“I have a way through,” she said. “Taking back my due, piece by piece. I just need a way to do it that won’t leave me a raving lunatic.”

The pale-skinned woman tucked back an errant strand of hair.

“But we’re not here for me tonight,” she said. “Try it again.”

Angharad breathed out, then glimpsed ahead. Or tried. The sensation began, but then it came apart.

“It failed,” Angharad frowned.

Again. That made thrice in a row. Maryam hummed, tapping her steel-tip pen against the paper booklet she’d brought to take notes.

“Maybe we need something less extreme,” she said. “Try to leverage me with a slap instead.”

Angharad tried for the glimpse again, and this time it came easily.

(She slapped Maryam across the face. What was your father’s name? Angharad asked. Tell me or I will slap you again. Maryam lifted her middle finger, and Angharad raised her hand to)

She breathed out in relief.

“That one worked,” she said.

“Ah,” Maryam smiled. “So there we have it, our line in the sand.”

Angharad slowly nodded.

“My actions in the glimpse must be something I am genuinely willing to do,” she said. “Not a mere hypothetical.”

Which was why she could not use a glimpse ahead to learn the name of Maryam’s father by shooting her in the belly and threatening to blow her brains out. She would never truly do it, and so the glimpse refused to follow down that thread.

“Like most limits on your contracts, it appears to be determined by your own personality,” Maryam observed.

“In other words,” Angharad darkly said, “I am the weakness in my bargain.”

Someone able to convince themselves of anything, that they would be able to do anything, would have been able to use the Fisher’s boons in ways she could never dream of. Snatch secret out thin air, see sights unseen.

“That is one way to see it,” Maryam replied. “Yet I expect it was no accident the contract was offered to someone like you.”

Angharad turned a cocked eyebrow on the other woman, wondering what unflattering meaning was to be attached to the sentence. Maryam must have read it on her face, for she snorted.

“Someone whose mind is firm,” she explained. “In the aether, you feel like a blade – sharp, solid. Like there’s not a lot of bend in you.”

She decided, after a moment, to take that as a compliment. Though one that contradicted Maryam’s point.

“That sounds like the sort of individual least fit for such a contract,” Angharad pointed out.

She smiled mirthlessly.

“I’ll use someone we both know to argue,” she said. “Tristan, given time and motive, can convince himself of near anything. He’ll find himself reasons, justifications for whatever he wants to do – and they’ll sound convincing, too. It’s a knack he has, hard to believe until you have seen him do it.”

She paused.

“Should he have your contract I expect he might have been able to glimpse for answers with a gun, were it was aimed at someone he disliked.”

Maryam raised a finger.

“But a contract pulls both ways, Angharad,” she said. “Someone with more bend to them, constantly glimpsing, they’ll lose grip on the boundaries – what’s true, what’s not. What can and should be done. How many times can you see yourself torture and butcher before the deeds cease to repel? Before the world around you feels like just another glimpse?”

Angharad shivered.

“No, Angharad Tredegar,” Maryam quietly said, “I would not call you unfit for such a contract at all. You may just be the only kind of person who can bear it without slowly coming to drown in those waters.”

And Angharad would have liked to dismiss that, to look away and bury it, but she could not. Dared not.

Because, in that dark and quiet place where he was imprisoned, she could hear the Fisher laugh.

It was infuriating that, the morning she was finally free of the rector’s palace, Song barely had time to pass through the Black House before she was on a coach again. She had not seen her friends in days, but there was no time for more than a quick chat while she dressed before she stepped onto the Watch’s own coach and disappeared back into the capital streets.

She had been invited for tea, and could not afford to be late.

If Zhan Guo had merely been appointed as a diplomat by one of the republics, Song might have been able to delay answering the invitation, or even decline it. To merely meet with the representative of a republic could be enough to make enemies in another, and Song had already had too many of those in Tianxia.

Ambassador Zhan Guo was an appointment of the Ministry of Rites, however, so not only did she immediately accept she made sure to put on her best formal clothes.

It was a common mistake for foreigners to think of the Ministry as priests administering the lottery and offering a neutral meeting place to resolve disputes between sister-republics. That was, in truth, only the very surface layer of the Ministry’s influence.

The Heavenly Republics did not, in principle, necessarily share common diplomacy with foreign powers. Trade tariffs in Mazu and Wendi could be wildly different for the same trade goods, and it was hardly unheard of for a republic to sell arms and iron to Someshwari states fighting at sea with another of the Ten. Which was not even getting into how republics not infrequently warred on each other, though with mercenaries instead of militia.

Yet Tianxia was still bound together, as they shared the Luminaries and the issue of being surrounded by larger, conquest-inclined neighbors.

The seat of the Ministry of Rites, the holy temple that directed the Luminaries, was deep in the south of the Tianxi peninsula and so it had been spared the ravages of the Wars of Abolition – the Cathayan Wars, as some called them. Yet after the Kingdom of Cathay fell apart, long before either Izcalli or the Someshwar invaded, there had been vicious fighting over control of that holy place.

Fear of damaging the temple itself had eventually led to the formation of the fledgling Ministry of Rites, a priesthood bound to the land that would oversee it in the name of all Tianxi. The early Ministry had been at the mercy of the states surrounding it, the distribution of the Luminaries subject to treaties between the small realms that emerged from the corpse of the Kingdom of Cathay, and would have remained that way if not for the Wars of Abolition.

After the second such war, when over half of Tianxia fell under foreign occupation, the three southern republics now known as the Sanxing came together and undertook the generations-long toil of liberating the homeland. This great work won them the privilege of ganji, the ritual gift of a Luminary to any of the Sanxing who did not draw one, but it had also indirectly led to the rise of the Ministry of Rites.

Ganji needed to be writ into law by all republics, and treaties of defense against invasion must bind together all the republics lest the Sanxing be forced to liberate Tianxia again in a few decades. Yet who was to enforce this, in a land of republics who bowed only to the dignity of their people? The Ministry of Rites was, as a consequence, empowered.

It grew from simple temple custodians to an assembly that would stand witness at signing of certain treaties, the breaking of such treaties then earning the consequence of losing the light of the Luminaries.

The years made the temple-town into a city as diplomats and bureaucrats from every republic crowded the surroundings of the shrine, first to barter with the priests and then for the realms of Tianxia to treat with each other. The Ministry was invested with the powers no republic trusted another to wield over itself, kept from abuse by the necessity of a vote of the Republics over every such granted power.

What that meant, here and now, was that Zhan Guo was not some well-read merchant with connections: every single one of the Heavenly Republics had formally petitioned the Ministry of Rites to appoint him. While he would have to juggle the interests of all the republics, he also represented the full might of Tianxia – to kill him, for example, may very well result in war with all of the Ten Republics.

So it was with some nervousness that Song took a coach to the address on the letter. Though she wished she could have brought Tristan with her for the second pair of eyes, one simply did not bring an uninvited guest to tea with a Ministry appointment.

The coachman took her through to what turned out to be, for lack of better word, the Tianxi district of the city. A small cluster of streets and edifices where Asphodel brass lanterns were covered with colored paper, where shop signs were in characters as well as letters and the street food smelled like home instead of a garden’s worth of garlic.

The destination itself was a gracious townhouse by the brass canal that delineated the north end of the neighborhood – filled with nenuphars and half-submerged lamps – where a pair of men in a formal blue hanfu stood by the door. Armed only with spears and pistols, as the right to bear muskets within Tratheke was restricted.

The province of only nobles, lictors and watchmen.

The Watch coachman nodded at her, pointing where he would settle to wait, and Song lightly made her way up the short flight of stairs. Her silver-embroidered chang-ao was not as hard to walk in as more ritual kinds of formal wear, but the wide sleeves made hurrying look unseemly. The guards saluted at her approach, the one to the left stepping aside to open the door.

“Mistress Ren,” the other said in Cathayan. “You are expected, please enter.”

Song calmly bowed back. She kept her face blank as she stepped past the threshold into a beautiful home – Asphodel stone and brass covered by lacquered wood, elegant furniture and panels displaying the light of the house in ways pleasing to the eye. Another man in a blue hanfu, this one unarmed, greeted her with a bow.

“If mistress would allow me the pleasure to lead her upstairs?”

She nodded her assent, following the quiet-footed man through the rooms. Her gaze lingered on the open prayer room, which bore two altars – one to the house god, a second to the Three-Handed Sage. The god said to have first created Cathayan characters was a fitting enough patron for an ambassador. Even the stairs had been covered with blue tiles, she realized as she followed the man up and through a small hall adorned with calligraphy before he stopped and bowed again.

“Mistress may enter as she wishes,” the man politely said.

Song did not let herself breathe in or hesitate. There was no place for weakness here. She stepped through the threshold, the door quietly slid behind her, and found herself in an elegant tearoom bordering the front of the townhouse – the lantern-light from outside mixed with the faint golden tinge of the Asphodel daytime. At the low table bearing the teapot sat a small man in a simple green robe, his black hair pulled back into a topknot.

By the window lounged a woman in a blue hanfu like the others, unarmed – though only in appearance. In the golden letters above her head Song read her name was ‘Dongmei’ and that her contract was a fighting one. Some manner of shell?

Now was not the time to get distracted, so Song bowed respectfully.

“There is no need for that, Mistress Ren,” the man gently said.

He was not fair of face, she thought, but he was neat. Shaved without a single hair missed, his eyebrows plucked and his simple robe slightly worn but without a single speck of dust. It was the robe that told her something was off – even a man fond of simplicity would not have worn this when meeting another in the role of ambassador.

“You are not Zhan Guo,” she said.

“I am not,” the man agreed. “I merely requested he facilitate this meeting. Please sit.”

Song’s silver eyes flicked to the woman by the window, who gave her an insolent grin. Her teeth clenched, but she sat. The man bowed in thanks, then set the cups in place to serve them. He poured deftly, if a little cautiously. She simply stared at him, awaiting an explanation.

She was owed it.

“I apologize for the deception,” the man said. “Unfortunately, Zhan will not be present today. To have a formal meeting with a Ren would likely cause his appointment to be revoked.”

Her jaw clenched. A snicker from the woman by the window.

“Are you then part of his staff?” Song asked.

“Ah,” the man smiled, setting down the pot of tea.

He gestured towards the cup, invited her to try. She sipped, hiding her surprise at the taste of Jigong black leaf. Such tea was growing rarer by the year, and so ever more expensive.

“Good tea,” she said.

He inclined his head in thanks.

“You may call me Hao Yu,” he pleasantly said. “I am a man born under Heaven.”

Under the table her fingers clenched. Only one sort of man used that sentence in that precise way.

“Yellow Earth,” Song said.

“My calling is the liberation of all mankind,” Hao Yu easily agreed.

“And your companion?” she asked.

“Ai is a trusted colleague,” he said.

One you gave me a fake name for, she thought. That was twice now they had deceived her. Song sipped at her tea again, mirrored by Hao Yu.

“Does the Yellow Earth wish to express concerns to the Watch?” she blandly asked.

‘Ai’ pushed off the wall, snorting.

“Does putting on a black cloak make you that, Ren?” she asked. “You are student still. Do not oversell your importance.”

Song sipped at her tea.

“So unimportant am I,” she said after, “that you sent me an invitation to meet under false pretenses. An interesting stratagem.”

She studied them both as she spoke, watching their faces. Was Ai to be the hard hand while Hao offered the soft words? Or was Ai simply harsh-tongued and not entirely under the man’s thumb? The contractor scowled at her words, but Hao Yu was as readable as morning mist.

“It has come to our attention that your brigade was drawn into recent troubles,” Hao Yu said.

She cocked her head to the side and said nothing, wanting him to keep talking. The more he did, the better the chances he would let something slip.

“The Watch made you bodyguard to the local yiwu kingpin after you saved his hide,” Ai sneered. “So much for the rooks taking no part, yes?”

On purpose, Song decided. They do it on purpose. But that last part, the one implying the Watch’s neutrality was a lie? It had Hao Yu’s jaw slacking the slightest bit. The way those muscles moved when you made them loosen so they would not clench instead. It is a ploy, but she pulls at the leash.

Song drank her tea and waited in silence.

“Your report,” Hao Yu finally said, “mentioned the assassin was of Cathayan race.”

Song wondered if the Lord Rector knew that any report the Tianxi ambassador was read in on made it to the Yellow Earth. Likely he did. Evander Palliades had not struck her as a fool.

“So it did,” she acknowledged.

“Given our cause’s purpose, some might suppose our involvement in such an attempt,” Hao Yu said.

His silence invited elaboration.

“Some might say this,” she agreed.

He was too good for her to catch him out twice as being frustrated, but ‘Ai’ was not so schooled. She marched back and forth across the room, sneering.

“Lacking manners,” Song mildly observed.

Ai turned to glare, opening her mouth, but Hao Yu curtly gestured. The leash pulled, the contractor reining it in at the last moment but looking like she wanted to spit on the ground.

“The damage done to our reputation Asphodel has my comrade agitated,” Hao Yu said. “The truth is that, while we may not be friends to the Lord Rector, we had no involvement in this unfortunate affair.”

Song cocked an eyebrow.

“That is a relief.”

Her tone must have been a tad dry, as the man sighed before taking a sip from his cup.

“I do not ask you to trust my word,” Hao Yu said. “Merely to consider that Ambassador Guo is under strict instructions to secure access to the shipyards. Strict instructions.”

“And he’s getting no such thing if the boy king’s dead and half of Asphodel fights a civil war over who gets to take his throne,” Ai said. “There will be a time for all the tyrants of the earth. When we want things out of this particular tyrant is not it.”

Song sipped at her tea to hide her expression. She was, as it happened, inclined to believe them. While the Yellow Earth would back a coup to put the Trade Assembly in charge in a heartbeat should they believe it had good chances of succeeding – or even simply of crippling the Asphodel nobility – she saw no indication that the Trade Assembly was anywhere near ready for such a thing.

At the moment it looked like Minister Apollonia Floros would be the leading figure in a succession, and that was hardly an improvement for Tianxia. Most of her supporters were economically in bed with the Malani, it was gifting the High Queen influence over this island’s affairs for no real gain.

“I hear your words,” Song acknowledged.

Hao Yu inclined his head.

“That is all I ask,” he said. “And to celebrate our meeting, I would offer you a gift.”

He glanced back at Ai, who padded up to the table as she reached behind her for something tucked into the cloth belt. A piece of paper, which the woman put down before Song with a disdainful smile. The silver-eyed woman did not move to take it, only turning an inquisitive look on Hao Yu.

“It has come to our attention that the Watch is investigating the cult of the Golden Ram,” he said. “Such a collection of parasites is no friend of ours.”

He sipped at his tea.

“Thus we gift you the location of a trade warehouse recently bought by House Anaidon, a family that does not trade or deal in leasing properties.”

Lord Hector Anaidon, Song recalled, was the man whose boon matched closest the description of what the cult of the Golden Ram was meant to provide. Not an idle trail, this. She inclined her head in thanks.

“A thoughtful gift,” she said, taking the slip of paper. “I receive it gratefully.”

But not so gratefully, Song thought as she smiled pleasantly at them, that it does not occur me to ask a simple question.

If the Yellow Earth wanted her looking at that warehouse, what was it they didn’t want her looking at?

Chapter 44

The gardens of the rector’s palace were an ode to decadence, though not in the way Maryam had come to expect from mornaric.

She was not looking at paving stones made of gold and jewels hanging from branches, or even the marginally subtler boast of wildly impractical flowers – Jahamai roses, Someshwari ghost orchids, maybe even Pandemonium brimstone lilies. No, the decadence was inherent to the garden’s very existence, because so far she had not seen so much as a hint of Antediluvian machinery that would explain how a dozen acres of black earth had been brought up four hundred feet above the ground and made into a functioning garden atop a foundation of glass.

It had been the work of mortals to build the greenery around her, rows of poplar trees flanking small stone paths while sprawling orchards of pears, apples and pomegranates spread out in every direction. It was not a garden in the Izcalli way, where flowers and trees were carefully chosen by color to make patterns, or even in the Lierganen preference with arrangements of flowers beds and hedges.

The Asphodelians liked their greenery barely tame, even the flowers wild: pale chrysanthemum fought pink oleanders and violet janks for hegemony, defiant of any arrangement but nature’s. Small bubbling brooks were flanked with cattail and willow while small hilltops crested with rashes of dittany. One particular flower was everywhere, though, a small bloom that came in shades of blue and purple – and it was not one Maryam was familiar with, despite her many hours spent in Meadows.

Curiosity over that drove her to finally speak to her assigned shadows, the pair of grim-faced lictors trailing precisely three steps behind her at all times. Kneeling in the grass, Maryam trailed her fingers across a purple bloom and hummed.

“This one seems particularly common,” she said. “Do you happen to know the name?”

They did not answer, at first, but then she turned and saw them sharing a look. The woman of the pair, a short-haired brawler with a broken nose and dark eyes, cleared her throat.

“Those are Asphodel crowns, rook,” she said. “Our own small beauties. They grow nowhere else, despite Raseni efforts.”

The regular wars between the Asphodel Rectorate and the Duchy of Rasen had been happening for hundreds of years, Maryam had read, which meant that for every dramatic betrayal and desperate battle there were half a dozen episodes of pettiness – which made if entirely believable to her that the Raseni had tried to spread around Asphodel’s symbolic flower purely to spite them. Asphodelians had, after all, stolen the kind of grapevines native to Rasen and sold seeds around the Trebian Sea not once but twice.

It would have been amusing, if not for the near certainty that men had died on both sides over raids to steal grapes.

“A name like Asphodel crowns,” she said, “begs a story.”

The other lictor, a heavily muscled man with a tanned face and bright blue eyes, scowled at her.

“We are your escorts, rook, not paid minstrels,” he said. “Pick up a book – if you even know how to read.”

The first lictor cleared her throat.

“He means that the use of such a story to a Watch investigation seems unclear,” she diplomatically said.

What with the way the man was staring at her with half a sneer, Maryam rather doubted it. But while she might have to swallow such things from others in the Watch, that was not the end of the stick she held here.

“Your name?” she asked.

The man blinked in surprise.

“What does that-”

Maryam rose to her feet, brushing her hands free of grass on her robes.

“Your name, soldier,” she harshly said. “So that when I send my report to your superiors I can explain who thought it clever to impede a Watch investigation undertaken on the behalf of the Lord Rector of Asphodel.”

The big man’s jaw clenched, while the lictor with the broken nose raised her hands as if to appease everyone.

“It is just a story, ma’am,” she said, playing peacemaker. “Surely there is no need to-”

Maryam sent her a scornful look. Men like him do not just happen, she thought. It takes a hundred silences from the likes of you for them to learn they can just spit out their poison as they like. How ready you are to make armistice, now that the one casting stones could be made to pay for it. Where was that taste for accord when the stones were being thrown?

“Are you,” she mildly said, “telling me what I should and should not put in my report?”

And the mouth snapped shut. She turned her eyes to the man, blue matching blue until he lowered his gaze to stare at his own boots. It was nothing, she knew. Would change nothing, not the man and not the hate. But it still felt good to make him look away. Sometimes that was enough to keep her warm for the rest of the day.

“Well?” she impatiently said. “A story or a name, soldier. I do not have all night.”

Patently untrue, it was in fact exactly what she had, but they would not know.

“Of course, ma’am,” the man got out. “It is from the tale of Asphodel’s founding, ma’am, how Oduromai King chose the island to settle.”

Maryam’s eyes narrowed.

“Oduromai, like your god of sailors and heroes?”

A public name, not the god’s true one, but even so that seemed like too much for a coincidence. The other lictor nodded.

“He is a man-made-god,” she said. “He shed earthly flesh for a crown of aether in his old age.”

Ah, one of those. It was not the first time Maryam heard of cults believing that a great enough mortal could become a god – the Tianxi were famous for that belief, one of the differences that set them apart from Someshwari Orthodoxy. Maryam personally hewed to the Izcalli doctrine on the matter, which was that a man’s legend might become a god but it was not the man himself.

“And the flowers, how are they involved?” she asked.

“Oduromai King was the child of Antediluvians, and after the Flood swallowed his father’s hall he sailed in search of a new home,” the blue-eyed lictor grunted. “He set out with only his mother’s sacred arms and a flower from his father’s garden. Ma’am.”

“Every island where he thought he might settle,” the other continued, “he tried to plant the flower, see if it would take to the earth. Always it started to sicken, until he planted it in the hills of Tratheke Valley – where it bloomed twice. It crowned our island a new kingdom, see.”

Hence the name of ‘Asphodel crown’, Maryam mused.

“Need anything else, ma’am?” the big man scoffed.

“For you to now remain silent until spoken to, lictor,” she evenly replied.

She saw the anger twist his face, for a moment, until he reined it in and jerkily nodded. His friend gave him a look of warning, but he brushed her off and stared out in the distance. Well, Maryam had not come here for the company. And asking about the bloom might have been in part about squeezing the bastard’s throat, but it had not been an empty question.

Wherever Asphodel crowns grew, the aether went strange.

The insides of the rector’s palace carried aether still as a grave, tasting almost sterile to her nav, but the gardens were like the city below: treacherous rapids, harsh currents and pointed stones that would smash open her soul-effigy if she dared extend it too far from herself. Only the purple blooms seemed to bring with them… not calm, exactly, but a more stable kind of disorder? Not anywhere as tumultuous.

A strong connection to a story central to the worship of a major local god might go some way in explaining that, she thought. It might mean the aether around the crowns was already faintly tainted, heavier, so it was not moved around as easily by the rapids.

Maryam frowned down at the purple-and-blue spread beginning at her feet.

But that seemed almost too simple an explanation for the phenomenon. The pale-skinned girl felt like turning around to ask Captain Yue about it, but Yue was days of sailing away. Even getting a letter to Scholomance might be difficult, though she was tempted to try. Either way, she had the answer she had come for: the garden was an aether rapid because, unlike the palace, it was not Antediluvian work. There were no protections out here.

Pulling close her blue shawl – Song insisted on them remaining disguised, so her cloak had to remain hidden away in a trunk – the Izvorica gathered her skirts and walked down the shallow slope of grass back to the stone path. Her shadows followed behind, the woman of the pair clearing her throat once they were back on the stone.

“It will soon be eight, ma’am,” she said. “The day is about to end, we should head to one of the lantern pavilions before dark.”

Curious as Maryam was to see whether nightfall would change how the aether ran through the gardens, there was wisdom in those words. They were far out, nearly at the edge – where a row of poplars hid the expanse of glass beyond the garden grounds to maintain the pretense that this was not an island of green surrounded by nothing. Better to return to the pavilions closer to the palace and wait for the dark there, then have her look from safe grounds.

This place was dangerous enough with the lights on, the Gloam coming out to play was unlikely to improve matters.

“Let us,” Maryam agreed.

She only vaguely remembered the path back – they’d cut across garden grounds quite a bit – but the palace’s looming silhouette was guide enough. The lantern pavilions dotting the grounds were elegant little things, vine-covered arches over a roof that was but a wooden grid so thickly covered by leaves and flowers no rain would be able to pass through. The name presumably came from the brass-and-glass lanterns hanging from the apex of the arches, gently moving with the wind.

By the time they’d arrived at the closest pavilion lanterns had been lit in anticipation of the dark, the servant responsible for it still there with his long perch. They’d just entered the ring of pale light when the dark began to spread through the sky like some divine finger smudging the light – the edge of the light moving past the city in a matter of heartbeats, leaving a sudden darkness in its wake.

They all tensed as the sudden cool, even those born to Asphodel. Breathing out, Maryam pulled at her shawl and stepped further into the ring of lantern light. She could take a moment to gather herself before… Bells? Loud, insistent ringing. When she checked, both lictors had gone stiff as a board.

“What does this mean?” she asked.

“Enemy in the palace,” the big man shortly replied. “An attempt was made on the Lord Rector’s life.”

Both looked like hounds trying not to pull on the leash, so Maryam waved them away.

“Go,” she said. “I will wait here.”

“Ma’am,” the lictor with the broken nose saluted.

The first time the word sounded genuine, thought it might just have outed her as someone of status to the lamplighter still nearby. The lictors ran off, hands on their swords, and she was left to stand under the roof of vines. Not quite alone, as the servant from earlier was leaning against one of the arch pillars and eating an apple. She stepped past the threshold, clearing her throat. The young man straightened like someone getting chided, hastily bowing.

“My lady,” he said.

His eyes flicked to her face, twisting with something like fear when he saw her paleness, but it ended there.

“You walk these paths alone at night?” she asked, gesturing at the garden.

He nodded vigorously, curly brown hair trembling.

“It’s no trouble for us who know the ways,” he replied. “Keep a light and keep to the path, my father always said, and you’ll live to ripe old age.”

“But there are dangers out there,” she said.

“Not when the lanterns are lit,” he hedged. “It hems in the dark. But they say the Ancients left ghosts before they left, and fools who leave the path to chase them sometimes never return.”

Lemures? Possible, since there were creatures who would hide in burrows and come out at night, but this sounded to her more like aether parasites. A strange thing to tolerate so close to the palace, but then with the currents in the local aether being what they were she doubted even Captain Totec would be able to clear such creatures out entirely. Best be careful where she stepped, then.

The young servant discreetly tossed his half-finished apple in the bushes.

“I must be going, my lady,” he said. “If I’m late to the next pavilion, they’ll dock my pay.”

“Don’t let me keep you,” Maryam replied, waving him away.

He did not quite hurry off, but it was a near thing. He’d barely stepped out of the ring of lanterns before he pulled a necklace with a glowing stone out of his livery, leaving it to dangle in the open. Expensive, she mused, before putting it out of her mind. She leaned against the arch pillar opposite the one he had, letting her gaze stray into the distance, and froze when she saw movement.

Her hand reached for the pistol tucked away at her hip, cursing that the lictors had refused to let her bring her hatchet, and she slowly brought it out. Beyond the pavilion lights were two small thickets of laurel trees and a field of white flowers, and it was on that open field she saw it. The silhouette standing there, looking at her – slender, pale. Long hair braided as had been the fashion in Volcesta.

Blue eyes that could have been hers.

“You,” Maryam rasped out. “You’re the…”

The parasite pulling at the end of her nav. The apparition that wandered the nights of Allazei, that had once stepped in to save Song’s life.  She received no answer, only a smile that was like an ivory knife.

And the apparition walked away, down the path of white flowers.

Maryam’s fingers clenched around the pistol, taking half a step forward before she stopped herself. It could be a trap, the garden playing tricks. But had she not thought herself that the parasite was taking well to Asphodel, enjoying the aether here? It could be real. Must be real.

Answers were so close she could almost taste them.

“Fool,” Maryam cursed herself, but she chased after the ghost anyway.

A bust.

Tristan had gathered court gossip by the shovelful – some might be worth passing to Tredegar, if she was to continue playing the court belle – but what he had figured to be his first trail had proved to be worth little. He sighed as the door shook and there was a loud feminine moan, Lady Doukas’ private recreation with a strapping young man not as discreet as she must believe. He’d thought there were illicit dealings afoot and technically there were, since Doukas was married to someone not in that closet, but this was of no real use to him.

And a broom closet, really? Sex already seemed grimy enough without mops in close proximity.

Sliding his blackjack back into the strap hidden under his shirt at the small of his back, he left them to their hobby. It wasn’t all that far back to the reception, though for a moment he debated returning at all. No, even if all he gained was gossip it would be worth it purely to have eyes on Angharad. Though the Pereduri was no doubt a better hand than he at navigating courts, she could only see from her own eyes. Someone standing outside, watching the entire scene, might notice what she did not.

So he must return just in case, no matter how tedious serving drinks and smiling at smug humor would be. Sighing, he straightened his back and pulled his livery back into place. The majordomo would go for his throat if he looked messy. Best get moving now, and-

“-OCK THE WARD. LOCK IT DOWN!”

-and hurry out of here before the pair in their tryst got out of that closet. Something was afoot, he thought as he turned the corridor towards the source of the shouting – finding lictors with their blades out running down the hall, screaming about ringing bells and sealing down the palace. Headed… east, which would get them to that twisty circle of stairs leading down to the massive lifts that were effectively the basement layer of the rector’s palace.

Trying to prevent someone from leaving then. Assassin? He’d bet on those odds, were he a betting man, and he was. Unless that assassin moved swift as the wind, though, they wouldn’t outrun alarm bells. Or be able to plow through the amount of lictors guarding the lifts. Tristan took a sharp turn west. The servant corridors were this way, weaving around the royal kitchen and the small quarters – that was where he would go, if he wanted to disappear.

He made his way briskly, passing one squad of hard-eyed lictors after another. Twice he was made to stop, even wearing the livery, but they never patted him down well enough to find the ‘jack and he had a ready-made excuse for where he was heading: new servant that he was, he’d gotten lost in his panic when the bells began ringing and he was trying to find Majordomo Timon.

He pulled off the sad worried boy act well enough one of the nicer lictors even gave him directions.

Finding the kitchen was easiest, mere minutes away, and once he had that cavernous entrance in sight he dipped to the left and slipped through the discreet door there the same color as the wall. The servants were not meant to be seen coming and going, after all, nobles preferring it when their meals and vices appeared as if by magic. Said magic was underpaid staff, as tended to be the way.

The corridor wasn’t quite crowded, but there were a dozen servants there coming together in clusters of worried murmurs. He barely got a second look as he slid in, interest waning at the sight his livery. The rector’s palace was enormous, the servants here numbered a small army – larger than the actual army guarding the place. The servants here were like a dozen tribes, so many faces in the mix that no one knew all of them save perhaps that glaring majordomo.

What Tristan looked for was not a hooded figure in a corner with a blood-dripping knife and a manic smile but himself: a figure in the right livery who was not actually familiar with anyone else here. As none stood out, he kept moving down the hidden halls. Looping around the kitchen, then closer to the servant quarters. Those halls were empty, most everyone having fled back to their rooms as servants were supposed to when the bells rang.

After a third empty hallway the thief sighed, admitting to himself he might have looked at the wrong place. The bells were still ringing so the assassin had not been caught, but this looked a dead end. Turning back, he-

“You’re going to ignore her?”

Tristan turned a confused look to Fortuna, whose dress trailed on the well-worn floor as she kept pace with him. Who, he silently mouthed.

“The Tianxi,” she said. “The one staring at you with a knife in hand.”

Mastering his breathing to keep calm, Tristan made himself let out a startled noise. He went rifling through his pockets as if in a panic, looking for something he had lost. That movement let him slide his gaze around the hall again, one eye on Fortuna as he silently asked her to point out the hidden person – only there was no need. This time he saw her, a short Tianxi woman with a tattooed face and a throwing knife in hand as she eyed him warily.

What kind of a contract was this?

“Fuck,” Tristan cursed, making a show of his empty pockets. “Come on, I must have…”

He jogged past the Tianxi, angling his body so he’d be able to take out the blackjack unseen and-

Duck,” Fortuna shouted.

He dropped to the floor without missing a beat, hearing metal bouncing off stone past him, and a moment later he was rolling away as the Tianxi tried to kick him in the throat. He wiggled out of the way, back on his ass, and caught a second kick with shielding forearms – only he saw, from the corner of his eyes, that she’d drawn another knife.

He snarled, striking at the side of her knee with the blackjack. It hit the joint, earning that beautiful pop, and threw off her blow enough the knife slice only shallowly through his cheek. The Tianxi grunted in pain, hand rising and Tristan moved to hit her elbow – then he was on his back, head ringing and chin feeling cracked. It’d been a feint, she’d clocked him with the pommel of the knife.

He rolled again, narrowly avoiding another thrown knife, and she must have judged him too hard to kill quietly: the assassin legged it down the hall, towards one of the exits. Only, even as he pushed himself up leaning on the wall, he did not run after her. Instead he narrowed his eyes, mind racing.

“She’s getting away,” Fortuna observed, leaning against his shoulder.

“She isn’t,” Tristan replied, watching as the assassin ran out of the servant halls and onto the palace floor. “There’s only one thing of use to her that way, and it’s the gardens.”

“Where she’ll lose you,” the Lady of Long Odds informed him. “They’re passably large, as personal gardens go.”

“She won’t,” he said, “because the bells are ringing. That means all the main gates are locked and she’ll have to take side doors out.”

And he knew exactly where the closet side door was, as he’d walked Maryam to it barely an hour ago. Even better, he knew how to get to a room overlooking that exit and how to get there through the very same servant hallways he stood in. Straightening, he set out as quickly as he could without outright running. The hallways were still deserted, so there were no interruptions as he took three lefts and emerged past a tapestry near the door to what was some sort of viewing gallery.

It was an old oaken door with a simple lock, which should – oh, unlocked. He cracked it open, finding only darkness and the windows he was after, then slid in and quietly shut it behind him. There were pale lights out in the garden, enough that he was able to walk to the window without need to strike a match. Working the brass locks, he opened the broad window panes and hoisted himself up on the sill. This was the right place. Tristan waited crouched on the window ledge, blackjack in hand. It should not be more than a minute before the Tianxi arrived, so he quieted his breath and bade his time.

Tristan did not hear so much as a whisper before the hand closed around his neck.

Panic. He tried to turn but the grip was too strong, and when he tried to wriggle his way into facing his enemy with his blackjack he received a squeeze of warning. Tristan stilled. Someone strolled past him and to realization came in quick succession. Dismay: he had not been snuck up on by one person but two, as someone was still holding him by the neck. Relief, at the realization that this was therefore not the assassin.

And the face he saw in the flickering lamplight when the stranger approached the open window was one that had him hiding his surprise. Pulling at his superb mustache, Lord Locke tottered to the window before turning to wink at him. He put a finger to his lips and let out a loud shhhhhh. Tristan swallowed.

“Good evening, Lady Keys,” he whispered.

“And to you, young man,” she happily replied from behind him. “Found a job, have you? Such pretty livery.”

“It’s a living,” he croaked. “Although, as it happens, I am a member of-”

“The Watch,” Lord Locke idly finished, looking down the window. “A little pale for the Lefthand House, my boy, and you lack the mandatory froth of the Yellow Earth.”

“I aim only to intercept the assassin,” he tried.

“Yes, and we cannot allow that,” Lady Keys told him. “If you stop her here, how are we to find out the means she used to enter the palace?”

He breathed in sharply. There was only one way in and out of the palace as far as he knew – when the killer had headed towards the gardens, he’d guessed the intention was to hide there and wait out the search before making for the lifts when the heat died down.

“There’s another path?”

“There is always another path,” Lord Locke chortled. “It is the destination that does not always pleases, hmmm?”

Tristan licked his lips, preparing to risk one more question, but Lady Keys squeezed his neck in warning again. He fell silent just in time for a silhouette to run out of the door below. Further and further she went, until she was near out of sight.

“Oh, she takes the pavilion path,” Lord Locke muttered. “Boring. I expected better from the debut of a woman who near murdered the Lord Rector.”

“Near murdered who?” Tristan croaked, eyes widening.

A beat passed.

“Try not to break anything, dearie,” Lady Keys instructed him.

He opened his mouth to reply – not quite sure what yet, but ‘please don’t’ seemed a decent start – but he was forced to swallow a scream when the noblewoman threw him out the damn window. Pulling forcefully at his luck, the ticking drowned out by the howl of the wind, he prayed for a landing that wouldn’t shatter bone and the side of his livery tore at the seams. It led him to flip around in the air so his chin didn’t hit stone, only his back, and he groaned in pain before releasing the borrowed luck.

The tile came loose off the edge of the roof and even hastily rolling around it still clipped the side of his arm, tearing the livery a second time and most definitely leaving a bruise. Manes, the majordomo would have his head for that. He hadn’t even had the clothes for a day.

Dragging himself up he shot a look at the open window, but as expected neither Lord Locke nor Lady Keys were anywhere to be seen. Gritting his teeth, he glared in their general direction before turning around. The assassin came first. She was at least a minute ahead, by his count, and there was only one lit path through the darkened garden, moving from one lantern pavilion to another: he hurried and caught sight of her again soon.

Unfortunately the lack of cover cut both ways, so she also caught sight of him.

Immediately she veered off the path, into the dark and Tristan cursed. He at least caught up to where she left the path before taking wary look at the darkness. He rather wished he’d kept one of her throwing knives, even though getting caught with one of those by a lictor might just have gotten him shot. It would do his nerves some good to head into the night better armed, chasing after the rustle of leaves in the wind and steps on grass and the mocking cackle-call.

Huh. Wait, was that…

“Sakkas?” he called out.

The flap of wings, and bursting out of the dark like jack from the box was the massive magpie. Sakkas half bowled him over landing on his shoulder, but Tristan was grinning.

“Good boy,” he enthused. “Best boy.”

Triumphant cawing.

“How would you like to earn a full bushel of apples?” he said.

A wing slapped at his hair, inviting him to elaborate.

“A woman just walked out there,” he said, pointing where the assassin had gone. “Can you guide me to her?”

The magpie shuffled around his shoulder some, then decisively nodded and flew away. Breathing in, Tristan followed. It was tricky, following a shadow in the dark, but Sakkas was somehow always just as the edge of his sight. He walked past twisted trees, shoes cracking as he stepped on leaves and twigs, and then onto a field of blue-and-purple blooms. For the barest moment he thought he might be seeing the Tianxi in the distance, at the edge of the open field, so he broke into a run.

Only what he found, when Sakkas perched on a branch and let out a final cackle, was not the assassin. Would that it were, because Tristan had felt this… strangeness in the air before, the way it was thickly laden. Before him stood rows and rows of slender, leafless trees like poles. Only a narrow path was opened, like a curtain’s skirt lightly pulled open, and while to his eyes that path headed into the distance Tristan could tell it did not.

That path, it felt like a hole in the world. Layer, he thought. This is the entrance to a layer, or close enough. Above his head, Sakkas let out a warning squawk.

“I know,” Tristan replied. “But I have to. We need to know where it leads.”

Because while it was entirely possible that the Republics were behind that assassin, a hidden way into the otherwise utterly unassailable palace would be very useful to, say, a cult full of nobles preparing to mount a coup on the Lord Rector. And the longer I wait before following, the longer they’d have to clean up the other side. Tristan sighed, passing a hand through his hair.

Well, nothing else for it.

The thief stepped forward, and just like that he was gone.

The shade, the thing, it was baiting her.

Maryam refused it a name, for names had power, but could not refuse the chase. She was as a child in the dark, following the rope tied to her soul, and for every step she took away from the light the shade took two. She was not going to catch up with that light-footed thing, not before it had led them to wherever it intended to go.

 Flowers gave way to grass, grass gave way to trees and only when those twisted branches began clawing at the dark did the shade slow. Into a clearing the creature wandered, gray robes trailing, and waited for her pursuer to catch up as she idly crossed grounds to the other side.

She looked back at Maryam as the Izvorica reached the clearing, almost taunting, then passed under an arch of flowering vines and disappeared.

The signifier scowled, carding her fingers through the too-heavy air. The Gloam was thick here, like an oily miasma, but it was also placid – there were no real currents, as if this entire clearing were stagnant water. But there was something that… Her slippers quiet against the grass, Maryam approached the arch of vines and watched as the flowers began to spoil. Poisoned by Gloam, the petals turned into death’s leavings.

“And you will know the gate by rot,” Maryam murmured in her native tongue, “for in that darkened realm the very wind is poison and the fruits of the vine grin like skulls.”

But this was not the gate into Nav, was it? It was just a gate, one whose mere existence was enough to create eddies in the Gloam around it. A flower could suffer the presence of Gloam without mark, if the darkness simply passed it like a breeze. To be touched by a current, though, Gloam charged? Rare was the petal that would not be blighted by that. The rope tugged forward, the shade’s touch mocking. As if to chide her for cowardice in hesitating.

A petty trap, that invitation to haste.

“And though the dark lasted for seven days and seven nights, Orel grew not lost for he was the cleverest of the junak,” she quoted. “With his dripping blood he marked the trees, so that he would not circle until death as the queen had cursed him.”

Orel had always been her favorite of the wandering junak, for all that he apparently could not cross a single river without somehow offending a witch queen. Maryam pulled at her nav, wound it around the rake-rings and drew in Gloam. She shaped nothing but a string, tied to the edge of the gate so that her enemy could not draw her into deep waters from which there would be no return.

Breathing out, she stepped through the gate.

The air was empty here. That was the first thing that struck her. It felt… hollowed out, somehow, even as she breathed it in. Before Maryam stood a long and dimly lit road, paving stones glared down at by a dim dusk.

On either side was nothing, and above them was something every part of Maryam screamed at her not to behold.

A flutter of gray robes, the shade running away. She pursued the thing down the paths, Gloam string unwinding behind her. Corner after corner, all just gentle enough they barely felt like turns, and the string grew taut. Then tight, and at last on the point of snapping. In the distance the gray-robed shade waited patientiently, at a crossroads. Maryam’s eyes narrowed. The paths, as far as she could tell, did not change behind her. She should be able to find her way back.

And the place where the shade stood, it was… wrong. Like a crack in the world.

Gritting her teeth, she let the Gloam string fall apart to the sound of the creature’s faint laughter. It barely even moved as Maryam approached. The wrongness she had glimpsed from far away loomed tall as a man, a blank fissure in the air that looked… The Izvorica swallowed. It looked like it had been ripped by some great claw, not simply come to happen naturally.  The shade waited until she was mere yards away to offer a sardonic salute and step into the crack.

Maryam’s steps stuttered in their pursuit.

What was this place? She had half-guessed a layer, but layers were not so empty. They were an imprint on aether, and what could this strange realm of paths possibly be an imprint of? Antediluvian was the other easy guess, yet none of their affections were here: there were no golden lights and machines, no overweening grandeur. This felt… rawer. Less refined, like a river stone instead of statue. The blue-eyed girl swallowed, eyeing the wound in the air. She had come too far to back down now, hadn’t she?

She stepped through, the sensation like the flutter of butterflies in her hair.

The dim light of before had grown stronger and even more hollow, revealing in wan colors a white desert spreading in every direction: the grains more like crystal than sand, each perfect and pale. The sand creased beneath her feet as she moved, but the sound barely warranted a thought. Not when she was so close to the shade in the gray robe, whose back was turned to Maryam.

The creature was looking at a great harpoon of bronze, jagged and gleaming, sunk deep into the sand. Tall as a ship’s mast.

Maryam closed the distance, ring-hand clenched. And finally the shade deigned to turn and meet her face to face. She breathed in sharply, for Song had spoken true: the thing could have passed for a sister, or perhaps a cousin. There was naught of Maryam’s father in that sharp, bony face but she saw some of her mother and more of herself. As if someone had painted her and smudged the lines and colors on the canvas.

“Where is this?” Maryam asked.

“What willful blindness,” the shade scorned. “You shovel ignorance down your gullet as if it were the finest ambrosial.”

Intelligent, Maryam wondered, or merely capable of mimicking it? Not all intelligences born of the aether thought as people did, in signs and lines and meanings. Some were simply pattern-impulses, like machines inserting words and syntax to cause reaction. No more a thinking mind than candlelight or the plague.

“Enlighten me, then,” she said.

“How can I, when my bones are made of every shied-of dark corner in your head?” the shade replied. “They tried to make you more, but you always have been so stubborn about being less.”

Maryam raised her hand, ring-glint a glimmer in the dark, and pulled. Her nav wriggled like a worm on a hook, her soul-effigy pulled taut as the shade raised a hand of her own and spat in distaste.

“Oh no, you riven thing,” she said. “Not here, not so far out of the lights. The madwoman’s strings are not so long as that.”

“Neither are yours,” Maryam said, twisting her hand.

Curling like a claw, pulling in, but she was met effort for effort by the shade. The nav remained between them, a fragile idol at the heart of the tug-of-war. Their strength was matched here in this empty place, this pale desert without a sky. The ground crunched under her boots as she released her grasp, mirrored by the shade. The nav dipped, rope gone slack.

“This isn’t a layer,” Maryam said. “Someone made this place.”

“Every place is made,” the shade smiled.

An in a frozen instant, she saw it: with the cut of the hair hiding part of the jaw she could make out only part of the face, the hard bones and blue eyes and nose just a little too long and too sharp. Mother had not been a beauty. She’d looked like she fought the gods when they carved her features, made the knife slip too far and dig too deep.

And that shade, that fucking thing, it put on that appearance like a cloak while mouthing old lessons whose remembrance were one of the few precious things she still owned. Every place is made, Maryam, for it only becomes so when beheld. The absence of observation is nameless. She could almost smell the burning pine, the rough wool of the blanket and the way her knees had ached from how she tucked her legs.

Pretty new boots, dyed red. She’d not wanted to dirty them in wet earth.

“I did not give you that,” she said, voice cold. “I would never give you that, you hateful leech. You show yourself a liar.”

“But you did,” the shade said. “And it’s worse than giving me the whole, in truth. You just force-fed me the colors.”

The shade brushed away her hair, the moment gone and now a face like a sister’s meeting Maryam’s own.

“Did you think you could get rid of the ache, of the tears, without washing out the dyes?” she mocked. “You wander around as a gray ghost, Maryam Khaimov, blanching and bleaching everything you touch.”

That was… she swallowed. She forced down the urge to sink into the memory again, to see if the shade spoke true and the part of her that fled grief had scraped her every memory raw of such tastes in its hurry to flee – to go back, it was what the thing wanted. To feed on her again.

“I am a ghost lectured by less than a ghost, then,” she scorned right back. “You would give me lessons when you are a pile of table scraps? You are vermin hidden in the attic, thing, and now I know how to starve you out.”

“You know less than you think,” the shade smiled. “Always.”

“I know you fed on anger and grief and you think that makes you something,” Maryam said. “But it doesn’t. You told me that, when you went to Song calling yourself things like princess of Volcesta and Keeper of Hooks. If you were more than just leavings you’d know-”

“That it failed,” the shade conversationally. “Mother tried to pass them on, all the hooks and the crooks. Fifty generations of secrets and guile, every practice allowed and forbidden to those of the Ninefold Nine.”

Her footsteps made no sound as they crossed the pale sand, left no footsteps. She was not a thing of the world material.

“And it slipped through your mind like a sea pouring through our fingers,” the shade said. “Became unto nothing, because you were unfit. No ritual to fix it, fix you.”

She raised her arms in cutting celebration,

“All hail Maryam Khaimov, funeral pyre to the sapling that should have been the rebirth of the Izvoric’s lore. Just as merrily did it burn as our groves under Malani torches.”

It was like a blow in the gut. Every time, every single time, even after all these years.

“Then you know,” Maryam spoke through gritted teeth, “that to dare call yourself such a thing is obscene.”

“I know the stories you tell yourself,” the shade replied. “The poison you swallow to better feed me. But however you might love the lash biting into your back, that does not make it the truth. I’ve been there from the start.”

Her eyes were cold.

“And unlike you, I have not been supping on ignorance.”

Maryam’s stomach clenched.

“You have some of it,” she said, voice gone raw. “You were able to eat some. How, no – how much?”

The shade only smiled mockingly, and Maryam saw red. Her ring-hand whipped up, her will cut into the world and the air splintered between them – the shade was laughing, laughing, as Maryam spiked at her with a Bayonet the size of door. Only from the mirroring hand on the thing a snake of Gloam spun out swallowing it whole and twisting into nothing-smoke. She snarled, wove Befuddlement but it passed though the shade as if there was no mind to blank.

A drop of pitch black Gloam formed half an inch before her face, Maryam ducking out of the way just a heartbeat before it swelled to the size of barrel.

“Enough,” she snarled. “I have had enough for you. You will give it all back.”

Burden, when she ripped it into the air, it caught the shade. Settled on it like a cloak, making every pane of its existence like wading through slightly heavier air – from thought to flinch, everything just took a little more effort.

“You just don’t have it in you, Maryam,” the shade mocked. “How could you, when I am every part of you that could take it?”

She slapped at the air, oil-black slickness bursting out into a rope that she wove into a noose and threw at Maryam’s neck.

Burden slowed it down just enough for Maryam to get out of the way.

The shade formed obsidian-petals, each sharp as a claw, and Maryam burdened them. When the shade tried to wield the Gloam as a knife, cut the curse out of herself, Maryam burdened that too. Layer after layer after layer, no matter what the shade did. Choking her out with a hundred silk cushions, pressed ever so slightly against her face.

Panting, wide-eyed, the thing was to made to kneel and claw at the air – limbs trembling as they bore the weight of an entire shrine. Thirty-two Burdens, enough that Maryam could feel her blood seething in her veins. But she had the rings, and discipline. She would not burn herself out.

“Control,” Maryam coldly said. “You have all the Gloam-secrets in the world, parasite, but not a whit of control. That much I kept.”

The shade laughed.

“So eager to use their ways,” it rasped. “To be a good little blackcloak, to forget everything you are. The ever-riven thing, ripping itself piece by piece to fit their mold.”

“Maybe,” Maryam said, “but tonight I get to take a fucking piece back.”

She shoved her hand into the shade’s chest, fingers clawing for something – anything – to hold and ripped it out. The shade let out a gasp, unweaving like a tapestry being tugged at, but it wasn’t dead. All Maryam had done was break the manifestation, the parasite was still out there in the aether. Sucking at her nav like a mosquito, draining blood and leaving pus behind.

But when the last of the shade was gone, Maryam found her fingers closed around a nothing-that-was-something. In wounding the creature, she could take from it. Better than through the impersonal teeth of the rake-rings, deeper.

Mine,” she claimed to the aether, and took back her due.

Maryam screamed and screamed and screamed.

Oh.

She was kneeling in the sand. Her eyes were wet. Blood, water? She knew not. But she knew so many things now, things she had barely understood before. Secrets whispered into her ear by beggar-gods, suckled out of the bellies of stags like wriggling worms.

They’d made a fire that almost reached the clouds, once, and painted the shadows it cast in blood. Oh, what a lovely song that had sung.

Maryam stumbled, her body a ship moving through the air, and laughed as she felt out the shape of this place. A sphere, round and around. Ball and chain. But she would not be refused! The wound she had walked through was still, there, it just needed a little ring. The blue-eyed girl tread the sand to the great harpoon and, grinning, flicked it.

It rang out like a bell, and in that omen she found resonance: the silhouette of the gate this tool of wounding had made.

She walked through it head high, back to the crossroads. And there was movement, seen through movement-absence. It molded the shape of what was through what was not, a lovely drawing for her nav to trace. Skipping on the warm stones, breathing the cool air, Maryam found a surprise!

The surprise pointed some piece of metal and leather at her. Her viper was such a funny man.

“I have been warned about this,” Tristan Abrascal scowled. “Say something only Maryam would know.”

She laid a finger on her chin, thoughtful.

“What do you know about stars?” Maryam asked. “There are a lot of star things that I know.”

“Pass,” the thief said, then frowned. “Are you drunk? You sound…”

Maryam slapped a fist into her palm. Victory.

“I took the ugly sheets we bought Tredegar because they are more comfortable than mine,” she told him. “I am considering having them dyed.”

The strange weapon went down.

“Maryam,” he said, sounding relieved. And angry. “What are you doing in here?”

“I was here first,” she reproached. “What are you doing here?”

“Pursuing an assassin,” he instantly replied. “Now you.”

“Learning all sorts of things,” she happily said. “Did you know that if you paint a standing stone in the old tongue with secrets writ in the tears of murderers, you can ask questions of the crow-gods that come to feed on it?”

“I did not, in fact, know that,” Tristan replied in a strange voice, approaching her as if she was some skittish doe. “Have you eaten or drunk anything in here, Maryam?”

“No,” she said, then paused. “Well, memories. I think maybe not all of them mine, but they are very interesting.”

“All right, that’s enough,” Tristan said, worrying like a worrywart as he touched her shoulder. “We’re going back. I remember the path I took, we can use that.”

His eyes were gray and grave, lovely in the gloom of these halls. Why so worried? She had it all under control.

“We cannot,” Maryam told him, sighing as she leaned her head against his shoulder. “That is not how this place was made. The halls, they go in and not out.”

He swallowed.

“So we are stuck in here?”

“No, no,” she frowned, surprised he did not understand. “We go into the material world now, instead of the desert at the heart. It is still going in, in is a direction.”

“So we can have outside as a destination,” he slowly said, “but not retread our steps.”

She stared at him, unimpressed. What did he not understand? It was threading a needle through the self-closing cloth of reality, there was no path – only puncture by means of will.

“Yes,” Maryam pouted. “Maybe. Why?”

“We need to leave here,” he said.

He sounded gentle, but also like he was reminding her of something. There was no need for that, she knew what she was to do. Maryam pushed off him, considering stealing the warmth left behind to wear it as a shroud for a moment before the glint of her own rings drew her eye. Ah, that was the wrong hand. The other, only fingers and wood, clenched tight as she focused the Gloam like a thing-eating-itself. In that emptiness she set a purpose and set it free.

The small bird flew out of her open palm, wings of Gloam batting at the air.

“Come on,” she said, tugging at Tristan’s arm.

“We’re, uh, following the bird?”

“It’s leaving,” she said, rolling her eyes. “That’s all it knows to do.”

She remembered how to make that, now. Rip the hole and fill it, yoke it with a thought. She had known how to do it for years and years, since the first bones of iron were ripped out of the icy Rijeb hills. She chased after the construct, following in the wake of its need-intent to reach outside. They ran through the halls like skipping children, Maryam laughing until they turned a corner and suddenly the world hurt.

Gasping, wind knocked out of her, she fell to her knees. Her vision swam, glimpsing smudges of the brass lights and green glass of Tratheke.

“Maryam. Maryam, can you hear me?”

A hand on her shoulder, squeezing. Oh. Oh dear. She’d been Gloam-drunk, in a fugue. And now was coming the backlash. Maryam Khaimov twitched once, twice then began to throw up.

She did not stop until all the bile was gone, then toppled down unconscious face first towards the sick.

Chapter 43

It was an odd room, Song mused.

Though the salon had been furnished in the Malani style, with colored wooden frames and stuffed leather cushions flanking polished shell tabletops, the walls and lamps were in the traditional brass-and-stone of Asphodel. By the impressed look Angharad had given the table these were genuine Malani shellfish shells inserted into the table and that that mother-of-pearl luster was not the result of the varnish, which made it somewhat obscene for such a ridiculously expensive object to now be laden with a veritable hilltop of papers.

As were the two smaller circular coconut wood tables and the two colorful woven baskets with gods of Malan presented as a parade. The sum whole of everything the rector’s palace had on the cult of the Golden Ram was as a forest butchered and inked. Thankfully, Song was not alone in sorting through the piles.

“These should be in the lictor reports,” Maryam said, handing Tristan a pair of sheets. “I’m not sure why they were put in the histories.”

The gray-eyed man took the papers and squinted at the first few lines.

“Angharad,” he called out. “House Androlakis?”

Sitting on the sole solid wood couch, a pile of books placed next to her in an appreciably neat pile, the dark-skinned noble flipped through the volume she was holding while muttering. Her walking stick was propped up against the side of the couch, next to the blade she had unbelted for comfort.

“I believe they might be,” she began, setting her book down and reaching for the last few pages of another. “There they are: Androlakis of Mount Chrysone. The line ended in 78 Sails, their lands passed to the Katechas.”

Maryam winced.

“Are they really going to class all the reports involving dead noble houses as histories?” she whined. “That’s going to take ages to filter out.”

“You asked for the palace records, children. Did you really think that the way the Lord Rectors sort their papers would be spared petty politics?”

All their eyes moved to Captain Wen, who had dragged the largest coconut wood seat to a corner of the room and then pilfered the cushions off two more chairs before settling there and cracking open a slender volume called ‘Household Tales’. He’d spent the last hour and a half ignoring them as he sipped through the fine bottle of red wine the palace servants had provided.

The only reason he was even here was that Song had requested the Watch records on the Golden Ram as well, the small pile of booklets piled up next to him, and those would not be allowed out of his sight until they were safely return to the Black House.

“Ah, I see,” Angharad muttered. “If there were records of suspicious activities in lands now belonging to another house, they could be used as a pretext to investigate the affairs of that family – to have them sorted as historical is conveying that will not be the case.”

“That is tortured,” Maryam said, rubbing the bridge of her nose. “How weak is the position of the Palliades that they have to play these sorts of games?”

“Weak enough that our brigades encountered both the Trade Assembly and the Council of Ministers within an hour of docking at the Lordsport, if you’ll remember,” Song bluntly said. “I suspect that the Lord Rector’s authority is significantly weaker in practice than we have been led to believe.”

Which was… worrisome, considering the unveiling of the Antediluvian shipyard. The magnates and the ministers had already been circling the throne. How much bolder would they become, now that there was a prize to seize beyond the mere end of House Palliades?

“Song is right,” Captain Wen said without raising his eyes from his book.

He flipped a page.

“The Lord Rector not only met you personally instead of leaving it to his majordomo or one of his courtiers, then effectively gave you unrestricted access to the palace records,” the bespectacled man said. “You did not makethat good a first impression. He’s pinning hopes on your test.”

Song was still parsing through the implications when Tristan cursed.

“He’s not worried that nobles are using the cult as a way to conspire against the throne,” the Mask said. “He’s hoping for it.”

It fell into place for her. A formal investigation not by the lictors but by the Watch – a mostly neutral third party – implicating nobles with conspiracy and illicit cult dealings? It would give Lord Rector Evander a steel-plated excuse to get rid of some noble houses making trouble for him. Even better for the Palliades, should ministers try to rally support against him it would be seen as them supporting a cult and contesting the results of a Watch investigation.

The Thirteenth was being used by Evander Palliades to clean house.

“Fuck,” Maryam quietly said.

By the looks on the faces of the others, she was speaking for all their hearts. Their gazes moved back to Captain Wen, who sipped at his wine with an obnoxious slurping nose. He had to be doing that on purpose to annoy them, Song knew, but even more irritating was that it worked anyway.

“Welcome to the Watch,” Wen Duan idly said. “Our order has the unique privilege of being almost as much in danger from those we are to protect as from what we protect them from.”

“Because we are also bait,” Song said, the realization sinking in. “Either we unmask the leaders of the cult for him, allowing his purge, or we get found out – and should the cult panic and try to get rid of us…”

Then even should they succeed they’d have killed watchmen, bringing the Watch down hard on the Lord Rector’s enemies. Part of Song was impressed with the cleverness at work. Evander Palliades was leveraging what tools he did have skillfully, turning third powers on each other. The rest was clenching its jaw at the realization that the same polite man who had welcomed them that morning was dangling them like a worm on a hook even as they undertook a contract on his behalf.

“Ah, there’s the face.”

Song’s gaze flicked to their patron, who had finally deigned to look away from his book – closed around a finger to avoid losing the page – to grin at her.

“Prodigies indeed,” Wen Duan said. “Most officers realize that we’re only ever handed lit grenades after a year or two on the field, so you’re clocking it early. Good on you.”

He snorted, reached for his glass.

“Keep the terms of the contract, stay uninvolved,” Captain Wen instructed. “As long as you do that, you can always count having the Rookery behind you – and with the guns of the Watch arrayed at your back, you’ll find even kings prefer to talk sweetly.”

Sipping loudly at his wine, he then cracked his book back open as if to signify he was done dispensing sage advice. Song breathed in, straightened her back. It was just another pitfall to dance around. She had known there would be dangers: how could there be glory in safety?

“It is as he said,” she told her brigade. “We stay out of intrigues as much as we can and fulfill our duty to the letter. Even fools will think twice at intervening with watchmen on official contract work.”

Angharad’s face was a wax mask and Tristan was smiling – which he often did when hiding his thoughts – while Maryam looked faintly worried. It was with a cloud hanging over them that the four of them resumed sorting through the papers.

After another hour Song called a halt so they might eat something and rest their eyes, which turned into an impromptu council about what they had learned. Tearing into mutton chops and baked tomatoes, both covered in the sauce of herbs and oil that was the local specialty, they shared what they had dug up.

“No one knows the true name of the Golden Ram save for its cultists,” Song informed them. “The Arthashastra historians based on Stheno’s Peak believe they had found the original story the god came from, however.”

She elaborated on the bare bones. It was a common sort of sacrifice myth about a golden, winged ram who was slain every winter solstice to bring about the return of spring. The sacrificial ram had been turned into a lesser god of rejuvenation and healing over the years, one whose face must have changed dozens of times with the centuries. The torch then passed to Maryam, who had inherited the history pile.

“This is the third known cult to the Golden Ram,” the blue-eyed woman shared. “The oldest on record was contemporary to the Second Empire, a lodge of shepherds that shared rituals with some mountain tribes. The second was… less pleasant. Packs of roving murderers sacrificing travelers in groves.”

“That does not sound like the desires of healing god,” Tristan noted.

“It might not have been a cult to the Ram at all. See, the rovers were recorded during the Century of Accord, during which Asphodel had a period of bloody chaos,” Maryam said. “They call it the ‘Ataxia’. Supposedly some rampant god was involved, the Hated One, and its cults loved to pretend they belonged to some other god.”

Song had got her hands on multiple volumes on the history of Asphodel, but the sections on the Ataxia were always sparse. As far as she could tell the priesthood of this Hated One had tried to usurp power from the Lord Rectors of the time and turn the island into their own kingdom, successfully ending the ruling house of the time but missing some of the nobles – resulting in half a dozen self-proclaimed Lord Rectors and several decades of civil war occasionally interrupted by the traditional war with the Duchy of Rasen.

“Either way,” Maryam said, “the Watch purged this Hated One’s cult and proscribed the name. This resurgent cult of the Golden Ram doesn’t appear to have anything to do with it, or even much with the first on record – for one, it is based in the capital instead of out in the countryside. Most likely we are dealing with an entirely different god come out of the same source.”

“If it is so different, are we certain the cult’s name is not a ruse?” Angharad asked, cocking an eyebrow.

Which was the cue for Tristan to step in, as the one who had combed from the Watch and Asphodel reports on the modern cult. He hummed, going fishing through his pile of papers and producing a sheet he handed her.

“This,” he said, “is what I believe is the most important document on the cult of the Golden Ram we are dealing with.”

He spared them the need to read it by summing up the contents. It was a report from a captain in the lictors dating three years back, recounting having stumbled across a hidden hunting lodge in the Tratheke hills during midsummer. Within were vividly described golden rams painted on the walls, the scent of half a dozen vices and roasted lamb whose flesh remained but lacked so much as a thimble’s worth of fat.

“That sounds like a revel cult,” Song said.

“It does,” he said, “but what’s not on there is almost as important as what is not. For one, there is not a single mention of a ceremony taking place on a solstice. The old season rituals have clearly been abandoned.”

He paused.

“Second is that this took place in nice hunting lodge and the cultists could afford drugs and to waste a lamb,” Tristan said. “Most of the current suspected cultists are nobles or at least wealthy. Interestingly, of the seven names we were given five are men and all are older than fifty.”

“Healing,” Maryam said. “You think the new cult set aside the old season myths to center itself on the rejuvenation part of the story.”

Tristan thinly smiled.

“Now, keep in mind that this is speculation. But given difference with the historical fabric of the cult and the provenance, I think that this began with a scholar of means looking through old gods and contacting the actual Golden Ram by accident. He got his boon, or his contract, and spread it around. Given the revel turn, I expect it was mostly a way for the aging rich to pay for getting rid of problems like…”

He raised his little finger and wiggled it luridly, which had Angharad looking appalled and Song hiding a smile.

“Only the god they got their hands on was willing to dole out the goods so they kept expanding their circle, at some point realizing their little club had roped in some fairly influential people that could help each other. Hence a cult was formed, formalizing the arrangement.”

“Much of that is speculation,” Song said.

“It is,” Tristan agreed. “Though the local Watch garrison agrees with me on the likely source of the cult, at least. Their theories run along much the same lines, though they seem to believe the god was chosen with the building of a cult in mind from the start.”

“And the recent expansion?” Maryam asked. “It’s why the Lord Rector became convinced they’re a conspiracy, isn’t it?”

“See, in simple numbers the cult isn’t believed to be that large,” Tristan said. “That expansion is thought significant because of who is believed to have joined up.”

And his eyes flicked to Angharad, who folded her hands in her lap.

“I believe some small context is necessary,” the Pereduri told them. “House Palliades is originally from the western third of Asphodel and has traditionally favored nobility from there – one might argue as a way to secure its reign, given its weak blood claim to the throne and largely accidental rise to power.”

“So the eastern nobles have it out for them,” Maryam said.

“Those houses have been the core of the opposition to House Palliades,” Angharad conceded. “Yet the landscape of Asphodel changed with the rise of the Trade Assembly, the old rivalries between east and west instead turning to ministers and magnates.”

She paused.

“As a result, the eastern nobles – who own the largest and richest estates – are now the leading lights of the Council of Ministers and the entrenched, consolidated noble opposition to the Lord Rector,” she continued. “Which is why it is particular significant that three of the names on Tristan’s list of seven are from prominent eastern noble houses.”

Song leaned in.

“So the Lord Rector is concerned that the Council of Ministers is using the cult as a ways of expanding its influence,” she said.

And in Tratheke, too, the heart of Palliades power. Every gain here was not just that but also a loss for the Lord Rector. No wonder he means to use us to thin them out, Song thought.

“One might assume, yes,” Angharad cautiously replied. “Why is why I would request, Song, that at tonight’s reception you study one woman in particular.”

Song cocked her head to the side, curious. The Lord Rector had, surprisingly swiftly, arranged for Angharad to be introduced at the nameday feast of one of his allies as a guest of the man in question. It was to serve as the prelude to her insertion into court proper. Song herself was to begin investigating those same guests for cult connections with her contract, making Angharad’s request nothing out of the ordinary.

“Who?”

“Minister Apollonia Floros,” Angharad said. “Not only is she one of the most powerful eastern nobles, she is the head of her house – which, by blood, has the strongest remaining claim to the rule of Asphodel.”

Song had read about Lady Floros, as it happened. She had been regent to Lord Rector Evander in his youth and spoken for Asphodel in diplomatic negotiations with Rasen over some matters of privacy that had been brokered by Sacromonte and attended by the Watch.

“So if she has a Golden Ram contract, they’re definitely riding that horse to a coup,” Tristan summed up.

“Rams are bovids, Tristan,” Maryam sneered at him. “It’s not even the same family.”

“No one would ride a ram to a coup, Maryam, think of the stairs,” he scorned right back.

“I am definitely imagining you going down a set,” she said.

He narrowed his eyes.

“Funny you would mention bovids, since you’re being a bit of a co-”

“Tristan,” Angharad cut in, outraged. “She is a lady.”

“Well,” he defended, “I wasn’t calling her a bull.”

The pile of paper hit him on the side of the head, sprawling everywhere. Maryam smiled triumphantly even as the thief began to reach for his own pile and Song immediately rose to her feet.

“No,” she strongly said. “The first of you to throw something will-”

The vellum scroll bounced off her forehead, dropping limply on the table. Song turned an incredulous look on Angharad.

“I could not resist,” she admitted.

I took half an hour to put the papers back in order afterwards, but at least Song got her back with a cushion to the face.

Lord Menander Drakos was a pleasant man in his fifties, whose impressive imperial mustache grew defiant of gravity.

He was also clearly used to deal with Malani: shortly after informing Angharad he would introduce her as a friend of his traveling nephew, he pulled up a contract for her to sign that declared her friendship to Philippos Drakos. After she signed he immediately burned the paper and beamed, declaring now her a friend of his nephew’s in fact.

“You do not seem unpracticed in such matters,” Angharad observed.

“My services in these matters are employed by both the Lord Rector and the Council of Minister,” Lord Menander replied. “It makes me an intermediary of some value to both.”

Things were different out here in the Trebian, Angharad reminded herself. It was not as in Peredur, where to bring someone into good society was to stake your reputation on their subsequent appropriate behavior. To think of the man as an introductions pimp would be unkind, if not entirely untrue. Honor looked a different beast to these Asphodelians – she’d read there were hardly any duels at all on the isle, that they were frowned upon.

Though Angharad had been prepared to use her sole fine dress twice in a day, she was pleasantly surprised to find that arrangements had been made otherwise. Lord Menander opened to her the wardrobe of his house, allowing her to borrow garments that would be adjusted to fit before the reception. The Pereduri ended up picking a conservative high-necked gown with puffed sleeves, green velvet with matching slippers, keeping her Uthukile bead bracelets for sole jewelry.

The long sleeves also hid her mirror-dancer’s stripes, which was for the best.

She would admit to some nervousness in the hour preceding the beginning of the reception, not helped by the way Song was pacing back and forth across the waiting room like an irritated tigress. The Thirteenth’s captain had learned that she was to have a minder while she studied the guests from a hidden gallery, which had her displeased.

“It does not seem unreasonable to require watching eyes as you use your contract on courtiers,” Angharad delicately tried.

Song’s piercing silver eyes turned on her.

“A simple watcher I would suffer with little grumbling,” she said, “but the way they refuse to give me a name or title for them bodes ill.”

Angharad simply nodded, keeping her thoughts to herself. The Lord Rector was free to do as he wished inside his own palace, she figured, but it would not do to pull the tigress’s tail. Song did not resume pacing afterwards, which had the noblewoman cursing herself. She had avoided the presence of Song Ren as much as she politely could over the last few weeks, but there could be no avoiding rudeness in insisting on silence while they waited together in a room.

“Have we any notion of when Maryam will return?” she asked.

That could turn talk to her contract, at least, which would be better than-

“Late tonight,” Song replied. “It will take some effort to give her a discreet tour of the gardens.”

-better than her near future, Angharad miserably thought.

“And before you reach for Tristan in your despair, the majordomo has him practicing so he won’t dishonor the livery leant to him,” Song mildly added.

Angharad awkwardly coughed into her fist. It always felt ungrateful, to avoid Song, but what else could she do? She would not feign comradery with a woman who had treacherously murdered someone she cared for, though it sometimes slipped out of her against her will. It had been… easy, to play with the Thirteenth earlier. But she could not be one of them, not really, even beyond Song.

She was here for the infernal forge. It would be unworthy to drag the others in what may yet turn out to be ruin.

“He seems to be taking to that task without discomfort,” Angharad said. “I expected some discontent on his part in playing the servant for nobles.”

“If there is one thing I admire about Tristan Abrascal,” Song evenly said, “it is how he will fold his pride like a paper crane if that is what it takes to get where he wants to go.”

She cocked an eyebrow.

“Unlike you and I, who occasionally struggle in cramming it through wide open doorways.”

Angharad’s lips thinned.

“I am grateful for the favors done to me,” she said.

“But.”

Silver eyes unblinking, metal cold as snow. The Pereduri breathed in.

“What do you want from me, Song?” she asked. “I have not challenged your authority or refused your orders. The rest is beyond the remit of our bargain.”

“I want you to decide what it is you’re after,” Song Ren replied. “You flit back and forth like a moth in a hall full of candles, blown by wind and whim.”

Angharad’s jaw clenched.

“I look at you and I see a dozen intentions, none of them yours,” Song continued. “We are stone shaped by the chisel of life – best get your hand on the tool, Angharad, or you may not enjoy what others made of you.”

The Tianxi pushed off the wall, brushing her shoulders.

“I should prepare supplies for my part of the evening,” she said. “Good luck out there.”

Angharad curtly nodded back, not trusting herself to open her mouth and offer anything but venom. The sheer nerve of her, to serve up a lecture as if Song Ren were not taut as a pulled bowstring under that thin layer of calm. She had seen harps not as high-strung as the Tianxi.

Though her face was calm again by the time Lord Menander’s servants came to fetch her, embers burned beneath and stayed as she was led out into the hall.

The palace feasting hall that had been leant to Menander Drakos as a sign of the Lord Rector’s favor was impressive, the floor and walls green marble of a hue matching that of the strange green glass so common on Asphodel. The hall was a long rectangle, but one would not know it from a glance: there was a maze of glass panes and lamps on the sides that projected myriad tricks of the eye, lending the room a hundred different shapes. Only subtle gold reliefs on the walls displaying the owl of House Palliades allowed one to tell the true apart from the false.

She forced herself to smooth the last of her anger out of existence as she was led to the side of the host.

“Ah, and there she is,” Lord Menander happily said. “Lady Angharad herself.”

He was standing with a pair slightly older than he, both men. The short, white-haired man with the sea snake embroidered on his red jerkin must be the head of House Cordyles – which ruled over the largest western port of Asphodel – while the slender man with the soft hand and spectacles was given name by his silver belt buckle in the shape of crossed sickles. House Arkol: eastern nobles, the largest grain fields outside of Tratheke Valley, she mentally recited.

She waited after having met their gazes to curtsy. Not the duelist’s, this time. It would have been a lie.

“It is an honor to meet you, my lords,” Angharad said.

“Is it now?” Lord Cordyles drily said.

“Naturally,” she smiled. “The ships under red-and-gold of the Cordyles are a known for their bold sailing, and I have been curious to try the famous Arkoli bread.”

Precise phrasing, here. The Cordyles were known for boldly resorting to piracy on Raseni shipping, and the regional breaded delicacy known as ‘Arkoli bread’ was reputedly so full of garlic one continued to sweat it out for days afterwards. Lord Arkol only snorted, eyes unreadable behind the glasses, but Lord Cordyles seemed quite flattered.

“It is good to know even in such peaceful time my house is remembered,” Lord Cordyles smiled. “Menander tells us you are a friend of his nephew’s, come from the isle of Peredur?”

Angharad inclined her head.

“Circumstances led me to Asphodel, and will have me remain here for some time,” she said. “It was a great kindness for Lord Menander to invite me at his nameday feast.”

Lord Cordyles’ eyes dipped down to her cane, curiosity obvious on his face.

“Court has been getting a little stale,” Lord Arkol mused. “Perhaps some fresh blood will wash out the endlessly circling conversations.”

Lord Menander chuckled, wagging a finger in warning.

“No politics tonight, Phaedros,” he chided. “We are here to eat, drink and make merry.”

“That and celebrate your forty-fifth nameday for what – the seventh time now?” Lord Arkol grinned.

“Mine is a timeless soul,” Lord Menander airily replied, grinning back. “Come, Lady Angharad. I will deliver you from these old crows, see if some finer company cannot be rustled up.”

He whisked her away, toward more guests, though on the way he slowed his steps to slide in a word.

“Nicely done with Lord Cordyles,” he murmured. “He loves nothing more than the battle honors he lacks. Arkol is always stone-faced until he’s had a few drinks, worry not there.”

He glanced at her almost approvingly.

“If you can continue as you’ve begun, we will have you a darling of the court in no time.”

It was not what Angharad had come for, not truly, but neither would she balk at making a good impression. Gently he led her forward, waiting on the rap of her cane, and Angharad put on a smile. She must impress Lord Menander, enough that he might make the right introduction. And though she owed the Thirteenth good service, that was not why. Uncle Osian had given her a name to investigate, one that would be the key to all this.

Lord Cleon Eirenos was rumored to know the hills of Tratheke better than anyone, and that was where the entrance to the shipyard was meant to be – and thus the way to the infernal forge she had come here to claim.

The viewing gallery had, despite the name, plainly been made for spying: it was a long, narrow rectangle of a room just wide enough for seats that overlooked the banquet hall. The glass pane windows were green as the ones below and the marble around them, but set close to the ceiling at an angle that would make them seem part of the wall when seen from inside the hall. Cleverly built, and no doubt the Lord Rectors had long made use of it despite the mild discomfort of the narrowness of the room.

Only it was not having to tuck her legs beneath the chair that had Song feeling stiff as a board.

When the two lictors at the door made her surrender her knife and pistol before patting her down, Song thought it laughable. What did they expect of her, to shoot some lord through the glass like Vesper’s most terribly incompetent assassin? Only it was not the men below the lictors were frowning at her about, but the one seated inside.

Lord Rector Evander Palliades was leaning forward, chin on his palm as he studied the nobles below.

“Captain Ren,” he acknowledged without turning. “Your cabalist is doing well – she’s charmed Triton Cordyles, which effectively guarantees her introductions to half the guests. He’s an amiable soul, if prone to stepping on toes.”

“Your Excellency,” Song got out, bowing as much as she could inside the cramped gallery.

The lictors were glaring at her back as if this were her idea, only closing the door when the Lord Rector glanced at them through his spectacles.

“We shall dispense with the most physical of the courtesies,” Evander Palliades told her. “I fear it would take the removal of a few seats for them to fit inside.”

Song cleared her throat.

“As you say, Your Excellency.”

He gestured impatiently.

“Sit,” he said. “I will only make an appearance shortly before the banquet begins, so you will have to tolerate my presence until then.”

Dark eyes flicked at her through the spectacles.

“If you’ve inquiries about the souls below, I am your disposal.”

Stiltedly, Song went to sit down. The mostly blank journal she had brought along with her favorite ink and fountain pen now felt heavy as stone – it was one thing to take notes about the nobles of Asphodel, another to do so when their ruler was mere feet away from her. She left a seat between them and would have left a second and third were she not worried about giving offense. Treating the man like he had the plague was unlikely to be well received.

Keeping her face calm, hand on the chisel, Song opened her book and turned the pages until she reached the notes she had prepared in advance. The list of seven suspected cultists and a column outlining the leading eastern houses of Asphodel. Entirely shameless, the Lord Rector leaned over to look at what was written without even pretending otherwise.

She had written in Cathayan, naturally, but her hopes that would be enough to stop his scrutiny were laid to rest when he quite clearly began reading the characters. It was an effort not to scowl.

“Neither the Doukas nor the Elanos will be showing so early, but Lady Kirtis is the woman in the rust-red gown sneering at servants,” he told her.

It did not take long for Song to find the woman in question, the trail of that gown long enough it needed carrying by a handmaiden. The sneer was, as advertised, being turned on the liveried servants offering drinks. More interesting than that expected yiwu ugliness was that Penelope Kirtis had a contract, which thankfully was in Antigua touched with local flavor.

That the old Cycladic cant native to the isle was effectively a dead tongue was a relief, as it would have forced her to mark down everything she saw and attempt translation later.

Lady Kirtis was contracted to a deity called the ‘Clement Reverence’, having obtained the power to imbue a particular concept with a powerful sense of shame in the minds of those around her. The price was one of those deceptively vicious ones, forcing the noblewoman to confess to her own shames or become sick. Song wrote notes and, all too aware of the Lord Rector’s eye, kept them both short and mixed.

She abandoned classical Cathayan altogether, weaving together Centzon, Machin and Samratrava so he would not be able to decipher what she wrote. She braced herself for coming tantrum, ready to take refuge behind the neutrality of the Watch, only instead Evander Palliades let out a quiet laugh.

“I have some Centzon, but my Samratrava is trash and is that Machin?”

She coughed into her fist.

“It is, Your Excellency,” she admitted.

“Well, you may consider me successfully warded off,” he drily said. “I had to fight to learn proper Cathayan, Machin was never in the cards.”

A pause.

“Shall I take it that Lady Kirtis does not appear to be a cultist?”

“It does not currently seem likely,” Song replied.

“Shame,” he muttered. “If I put that one in a cell I would be the toast of Tratheke society for months.”

Song set aside her amusement, which was somewhat inappropriate, and returned her gaze to the hall below as she dipped her pen. There was work to be done, and it was unlikely she would get so wide a look at the court of Asphodel again anytime soon.

For the first half-hour of the reception only Lord Menander’s friendliest associates were present, of which Lord Cleon evidently was not.

There were but two dozen or so of these chosen so a circuit across the room was soon completed, even with Angharad leaning on her cane. Even as she smiled and flattered her way through the last such introductions, she could almost feel the ticking of the clock: soon after that round was done, Lord Menander was likely to leave her to fly on her own. For a time, anyway.

He chose to first bring her back for a chat with the very first pair he had presented her to: Lord Cordyles and Lord Arkol, both of whom were now red-cheeked and prone to loud laughter. Angharad was glad she had only sipped at her cup of pear liquor, which was deceptively strong given how smooth it tasted. The pair of old men was slightly drunk, which had them in a merry mood as they brought her to chat with their fellow nobles.

By the time the less favored guests began arriving they’d grown rather loose-tongued about court gossip, of which they were a never-ending fountain. It was as if they knew everybody.

“I expect she is due a sixth husband any time now,” Lord Arkol drawled. “The fifth is nearing thirty, and Lady Doukas has no fancy for such terribly ancient stallions.”

Angharad coughed to hide her smile. There were ladies of that sort in every form of good society, it seemed.

“I would introduce you, dear,” Lord Cordyles theatrically sighed, “but I fear that the shock of seeing men our age yet draw breath might just stop her heart.”

“It seems too terrible a risk to take,” Angharad solemnly replied, lips twitching.

Before turning to her own purposes for the night, she had work to undertake on behalf of the Thirteenth. And, as chance would have it, she had received a fresh opportunity to begin it: a trail of breadcrumbs to follow.

“Her companion, I believe, is…” she trailed off.

“Minister Apollonia Floros,” Lord Arkol completed, eyeing the woman in question. “Who must show the flag, as our beloved Lord Rector will be present later.”

The Minister was a tall, austere woman with a weathered face and startling green eyes. And the callouses of one trained with the blade, Angharad gauged.

“It would not do to ever let our lord hold court without looming over his shoulder,” Lord Cordyles drily agreed.

Lord Cordyles leaned on the Lord Rector’s side, she had gleaned through his words, though he was not a diehard loyalist. Lord Akol’s own position was much more ambiguous.

“A member of the Council of Ministers,” Angharad said, feeding fuel.

The minister, really,” Lord Arkol said. “Mind you, it may not be so forever with that Malani business.”

Lord Cordyles glanced at his old friend with a frown.

“Never mind that, Lady Angharad,” he said. “Phaedros had a bit too much to drink.”

“Oh,” Angharad said, smiling daintily. “Is there trouble with the ambassador?”

A snort from Lord Arkol, who shook his head.

“Lord Gule is the very soul of courtesy,” he said. “A fine man, truly.”

So it was with other Malani that Minister Floros was having trouble. Worth keeping in mind.

“Unlike that Guo fellow,” Lord Cordyles sneered. “They should not even allow him into the palace, Tianxi ambassador or not.”

“An appointment by the Ministry of Rites is not to be taken lightly,” Lord Arkol warned.

Ah, this Gu was an ambassador of Tianxia and not simply a Tianxi ambassador then – representing all of them, not simply his own. The Heavenly Republics warred on each other not infrequently, which would have made sharing an ambassador somewhat impractical. Thus why the Ministry of Rites, the same religious bureaucracy overseeing the lottery for the Luminaries, also served as a kind of assembly where republics could agree on diplomatic and military appointments.

“It should be, when their delegation is infested with Yellow Earth vermin,” Lord Cordyles said.

Angharad’s eyes narrowed. This was the first she had heard of the Yellow Earth being in Asphodel. Was it idle gossip? Either way, it bore investigation. As talk had grown heated, she steered it away from the subject and to safer grounds like bedroom scandals and which lords had been feuding over losing out on an egg-shaped ruby both their wives desired.

Song had given her a list of gossip to gather, and gather it she would.

“Ah, the vounoseira houses,” Lord Rector Evander mused.

Song cocked an eyebrow.

“Cycladic, Your Excellency?”

He nodded.

“The term means ‘mountain range’,” he told her. “A trick my tutors taught me as a boy to remember the major noble houses of the eastern coast. Vorosios, Unadres, Osphanidis-”

“Eirenos,” Song added, reading it off the young noble’s contract. “Clever.”

“Is young Cleon headed for the dungeon, then?” he asked. “It would be a shame, he has the most fascinating hunting stories. I even believe some of them might be true.”

Lord Cleon Eirenos was contracted to a god called the Odyssean, who had offered him the power to walk unseen and unheard in the dark so long as he did so with the intention to spill blood. A useful talent for a huntsman, and though it would also serve for an assassin the noble seemed rather young for such things. No older than fifteen, Song would guess.

His god must have a taste for chaos, as the price demanded was to always return insult with insult.

“Perhaps more than some,” Song simply replied.

But to walk unseen was hardly a healing god’s contract, so she would wager on the young man being entrusted to the Golden Ram. Of the seven names on the list four were in attendance tonight, and one had answered a question for Song: she could see boons.

Lord Hector Anaidon, an aging eastern noble brother to the head of his house, had been granted by a god a boon of health. It had relieved him of several diseases, most of them the sort contracted in brothels save for a mild case of gout. Song could see where the power of the boon held them, like a bubble of foulness hidden deep inside him.

What she could not see, however, was the name of the god that had given out the gift.

But then that was the nature of boons, was it not? The power gifted by the god could not be taken back, forever apart from the gifting deity. It was why they were usually handed out mostly to priests or mortal that great gods took a liking to – save for when young gods tried for rustle a cult of worshippers, since their still unsettled nature meant they were not ripping out an important part of themselves by giving a boon.

“Truth at court, you say?” Lord Rector Evander mused. “How novel.”

Song did not quite hide her amusement in time, by the way his own lips quirked. The Lord Rector was a hereditary ruler, a concept in fundamental breach of zunyan, but she would admit he was personable. Not that she would be fooled by this. The Feichu Tian wrote that there would be such rulers, charming or skilled or virtuous, and that they would tempt the reasoning of exception. That was a mistake of the mind, for the essential injustice of kingship was not in the nature of the king but of the institution itself.

A king could be a good man, but there could be no good king.

Not that Tianxi philosophy was something she was to discuss with Evander Palliades, even if the hereditary despot of Asphodel was of scholarly disposition. Song’s gaze returned to the crowd below, which had filled in as the time of the banquet proper approached. Her gaze sharpened when she realized one of the servants had a contract, which should not be – ah, it was Tristan. Someone had put order to his hair, he looked like an entirely different man.

“Something the matter?” Lord Rector Evander asked.

“Your majordomo must be a magician,” she drawled. “Never before have I seen Tristan Abrascal’s hair so thoroughly cowed into behaving.”

“Ah, the Sacromontan,” he grunted.

Song cocked an eyebrow at him, only realizing the misstep a heartbeat later. She smoothed her face, but the Lord Rector waved it away carelessly.

“Sacromonte is my greatest supporter,” he acknowledged. “But being in bed with the Six is a guarantee for cold feet and a surfeit of elbows to the ribs.”

“Let me into the house, said the tiger,” Song quoted.

“I swear I will keep all the other tigers out,” Evander Palliades completed, sounding approving.

She did not hide her surprise.

“You have read Manuel Barbero?” Song asked.

“Probably the finest historian of the last two centuries,” the Lord Rector said, pushing up his glasses. “Certainly the one with the finest prose.”

Two centuries? That would mean…

“Soyarabai?” she said, aghast. “You think Soyarabai was a better historian than Barbero?”

“Her body of work is clear, documented and comprehensive,” he said, sounding amused.

“Comprehensive! A sparrow couldn’t fly past her window without causing three poems and a history of Someshwari birds,” Song scorned. “If you stacked all of her books it would have made a second palace for her to live in.”

It then sunk in whom she was speaking to, again, and she turned red with mortification.

“Your Excellency,” she added, coughing into her fist.

“Barbero botched his account of the Fortnight War,” Evander Palliades idly said, eyes gleaming behind the glasses. “Much too partial.”

She grit her teeth. It was not being partial to recognize the perfidy of Ramaya’s encroachment on the trade routes of the Republic of Wendi, or – Song mastered herself. She was being made sport of, clearly.

“As you say, Your Excellency,” she blandly replied.

The Lord Rector’s lips twitched.

“Let us see if there are greater surprises in store than Lord Eirenos not being entirely a liar,” he said. “Who next?”

Song breathed out, centered herself. Enough distractions. She reached for her inkwell and dipped her pen.

Angharad knew she was no courtier, for all that she could sail those waters while avoiding the worst of the reefs. So she had carefully planned her approach, though on it for hours so there would be no cause for suspicion.

Only the two old lords had been drinking enough that the mere mention of Cleon Eirenos was enough to have them happily dragging her to the man in question.

Lord Cleon was younger than she would have thought, his ambitious wisps of a beard a poor match for the impressive mane of brown hair going down his back. Well dressed, though the brown and gold hose seemed a common fashion here, and the short sword at his hip was richly adorned by possessed of a practical leather grip. Angharad approved.

“And how is your mother, my boy?”

“Still calling you a goat every time your name comes up, Lord Arkol,” the younger man drily replied. “Instead of earning the hooves in question, why do you not instead introduce me to your lovely companion?”

It was Lord Cordyles who did, his friend busy spluttering.

“May I present to you Lady Angharad Tredegar, of Peredur,” he said. “A better laugh than Lord Gule, I can already tell you that much.”

Angharad, who could have done without the second part of the introduction, curtsied.

“My lord.”

When she rose from the curtsy she found Lord Cleon’s gaze hastily averting from her, which told her well enough where his gaze had strayed. Ah. Well, that might be of some use even if she had no intention of encouraging.

“Lady Angharad,” the young man replied. “A pleasure to make your acquaintance.”

“The pleasure is mine,” she replied.

Which was true, if not for reasons he would know. Within a few sentences it became clear that the two older lords were mostly interested in ribbing the younger man, though it was done in good sport and Lord Cleon seemed to be humoring them as overbearing uncles of a sort. Angharad had to do the best she could with what that provided, which was… weak.

 A jibe about Lord Cleon hunting more deer than account books was the closest to an opening she got, so she seized it.

“Are you something of a hunter, my lord?” she asked.

“I have a story or two,” Lord Cleon humbly replied.

“Like a sailor has stories,” Lord Arkol snorted.

Her smile strained. Could they not lay off the man for one minute?

“It is a practice held in high esteem, in Peredur,” she said. “My father was a hunter of great skill in his youth.”

“Well, he has the youth part handled at least,” Lord Cordyles mused.

Angharad was going to strangle them. Lord Cleon rolled his eyes.

“It runs in the bloodline,” he told her. “I learned from my father, who was skilled enough in hunting beasts he warranted praise from the Watch.”

“No small thing,” Angharad said.

She attempted to express an interest in his hunts, with an eye to obtaining an invitation to the estate, but while she thought Lord Cleon might be amenable the two older lords kept waylaying him. By the glint in Lord Arkol’s dark eyes, they knew exactly what they were doing too. Having had his fill of ribbing, Lord Cleon took his leave soon after and Angharad’s fingers were left to dig into her palms. She would have to try again after dinner.

It would have been an effort to hide her irritation at the two, but thankfully they took leave of her company for a minute: Lord Cordyles went to grab another pair of drinks, Lord Arkol accompanying him so he ‘would not get distracted’. The Pereduri allowed herself a moment of rest from walking the tightrope.

She breathed in, out and then it was over: a man was approaching her.

He was a tall sort. Dark-skinned, middle-aged and stately with his graying beard and hair. His jerkin and doublet were in shades of ocher, the color muted and wavy pattern discreet, so it took Angharad a moment to realize they were inyosi. He was dressed in the expensive wax-print from head to toe, with for only adornment golden rings on his fingers – including a signet bearing a three-horned antelope rampant. Between the wealth, the taste and the discretion there could only be one conclusion. Induna, she thought. This was no simple lordling but a great lord of Malan come to these shores.

The older man limped towards her on his cane then offered her a nod, reaching for what she had thought a strange trinket until he put the curved gold trumpet to his right ear while his left hand settled atop his cane. A hearing aid, she realized. He must be deaf on one side.

“Lady Angharad,” he greeted her. “Welcome to court.”

Angharad curtsied low.

“Thank you, my lord,” she replied. “May I have the pleasure of your name?”

“Lord Gule of Bezan,” he replied. “I have the honor of being Her Perpetual Majesty’s ambassador to Asphodel.”

Her back straightened in alarm and she made to curtsy again, but Lord Gule took his trumpet off his ear just long enough to shake his head.

“There is no need for that,” he smiled.

Yet he did not, she noticed, truly move to stop her. Nor should he. She was not paying respect to the man himself so much as the honor of the High Queen put to rest on his shoulders, as one entitled to speak in her name. Once she had finished, he tacitly moved on by flicking an amused glance at her walking stick.

“Any more of us limping and the Asphodelians will wonder if a cane has become the fashion in Isasha,” Lord Gule said.

There was an implicit question there, and Angharad chose to acknowledge it.

“I encountered a spirit and suffered a price for it,” she said.

A hint of sympathy on his face.

“It is a harsh burden for one so young, to be suddenly crippled.”

Another implied question, which in different circumstances Angharad would have politely ignored. Only to do so would run contrary to Song’s plan, so instead she chose her words precisely.

“The permanence of the loss has been difficult to make peace with,” she ‘admitted’.

Let him think she meant the limp and the exhaustion instead of the memories snatched from her by the mara. Lord Gule only nodded, compassionate. 

“I was born with a lame leg, but the ear came later,” he told her. “The first months are the worst, Lady Tredegar. Suffer through them and you will find the bitterness ebbs.”

Now it was she who felt ill, at tricking a man who seemed to be offering genuine advice for what he believed a shared affliction. Smoothing her face, Angharad simply nodded. As if reading her mood, the older man changed the subject again.

“I will not ask as to the circumstances of your exile to these shores,” Lord Gule said, “for you will find they matter little here. There is great respect for the nobility of the Isles in these parts, even they that fell on hard times.”

A smile.

“Should you seek introductions to the right sorts, it would be no trouble at all to facilitate,” he said.

“That is very kind of you to offer,” Angharad said, curtsying again.

Taking the lack of answer for what it was – and only to be expected, on a first meeting – the induna silently nodded. He excused himself a moment later, hobbling away and leaving her to watch him slip into a circle of Asphodelian nobles. She had painted on calm again by the time the two old lords returned with their drinks, but her heart still beat beneath it.

Lord Gule had been looking for something, when he approached her, and she had no idea whether or not he’d found it.

“Oh, he’s a nice enough man,” Lord Rector Evander sighed. “But I have heard the story about how his granduncle Achilles single-handedly swept the deck of a Raseni flagship and slew their admiral before tragically dying of his wounds so many times we could recite it together.”

“A gallant tale, no doubt,” Song replied, lips twitching.

“All the more gallant for not mentioning that deck was raked with three rounds of grapeshot before Lord Achilles leaped in,” the dark-haired man scoffed. “Besides, bravery is not the same for the Kanellakis. Their family contract is famous for a reason.”

The legacy contract of House Kanellakis was an impressive piece of work, though Song suspected it was likely passed as being a lot more than it truly was. One of the more technical contracts she had encountered, with the ‘power’ of the physical momentum of the contracted being added as a finite layer of protection over their skin so long as they kept moving. A large, armored man running at full tilt would effectively be wearing a second suit of armor and be able to claim invincibility.

Until he stopped running, anyway.

“Lord Kanellakis is the holder of a legacy contract,” Song confirmed. “And from one of the greater gods of Asphodel, which does not make ties to the Golden Ram impossible but does make them improbable.”

Gods were not necessarily jealous of worship, but no deity invested so much of themselves in a bloodline without becoming territorial. One did not grow cabbage to watch them thrown into the neighbor’s pot.

“That leaves only dead ends,” Lord Rector Evander sighed. “It was too much to hope for, I suppose, that a mere hour of looking would unmask the cult.”

“Not necessarily,” Song said, eyes still below.

“Oh?”

She turned his way, tapping the side of her book.

“It may well be that one of the contracts I marked today is with the Golden Ram, only that I lack the knowledge to recognize it,” Song told him. “That is the purpose of dangling my cabalist like bait: if she is approached by the cult, I will then know the face of their god.”

The name, in truth, but though she had found herself warming to the man her contract was not something she intended to reveal. The Lord Rector nodded at her words, stretching his limbs out like a cat – and groaning, spectacles askew. It was, Song would admit, a little charming.

“I take it we are finished for the evening?” Evander Palliades said. “It is about time I join the banquet anyhow.”

Song glanced down one last time, eyes lingering on a particular face, but she swallowed her question.

“Ask.”

The slender man was watching her quite seriously, and though she hesitated to obey it might have been worse not to.

“You never asked,” she slowly said, “about Minister Apollonia Floros.”

His face hardened and he looked away. Down at the same woman she had just been looking at. The leading figure of the Council of Ministers had been, as Angharad requested, one of the first Song studied. Yet she had no contract, not even a boon. If she had ties to the Golden Ram cult they were purely material.

“I don’t need to,” the Lord Rector said, voice firm. “She has nothing to do with them.”

Song hesitated again, but this could be relevant to the investigation.

“You sound certain,” she observed.

Evander Palliades smiled almost bitterly, the cast of green light on his face lending him the barest touch of the unearthly – as if he’d been carved out of jade.

“She was my regent for three years,” he said. “Do you know how she came into the honor?”

“There was a rising in the capital,” Song said. “It is said she restored order on your behalf.”

“My uncle tried seize the palace and murder me,” Evander flatly replied. “I was only thirteen, and I’d been fourth in line before storm and sickness took my family. Not raised to rule, he argued. A navy man like himself was needed to keep the Rectorate strong, Rasen off our shores.”

His eyes were faraway, she thought, but they never left Minister Floros.

“Apollonia Floros personally led her house guard against him while half the capital sat back and hedged its bets, fighting a running battle through the palace halls until she slew him in single combat,” the young man quietly said. “And at the end, Captain Ren, she stood there blood-soaked and victorious before her men and the lictors not yet mine, and there was a moment…”

His jaw clenched.

“A moment where we both knew, down to the marrow of our bones, that if she cut me down they would all kneel to the Lady Rector of Asphodel,” he said. “Only it was herwho knelt. Your Excellency, she said, and the rest knelt with her.”

Evander looked away from the glass, shaking his head.

“It isn’t that she doesn’t want the throne,” he said. “She does. But Apollonia, she is…

His lips quirked sadly.

“She’s the best of them,” he said. “When she comes for me, and she will, it won’t be scuttling in the dark like a rat. She will raise her banner tall and face me on the open field in the light of day, offering ever courtesy and honor.”

The Lord Rector breathed out shallowly, rising to his feet.

“Perhaps you think me naïve,” Evander Palliades said. “But I never worried of Apollonia Floros being part of that cult. It would be beneath her.”

“No, not naïve,” Song quietly replied.

It was a strange thing to feel pity for a man who ruled over half a million lives by no better reason than the happenstance of birth, but how else to call that sourness in her belly? How bitter it must taste, that the mentor Evander Palliades so painfully obviously admired wanted to usurp him. And how lonely you must be, Song thought, that you would tell all this to a stranger like me. Perhaps he too realized that he had been too open, too intimate, for he looked embarrassed and moved past her towards the door.

“I will be expected below,” the Lord Rector said. “Have you still need of the gallery, Captain Ren?”

No point in looking everyone over twice, Song thought.

“I am finished,” she said.

Gallant despite his eagerness to leave her behind, he kept the door open for her. One of the waiting lictors looked her up and down as she made for the door, which Song realized a heartbeat later was to ascertain if the two of them had been fucking. Her expression turned cold at the implication of her being some sort of blackcloak courtesan and she angrily brushed past the Lord Rector and lictor both. The other one was keeping his eyes ahead, looking at the third and-

No, looking past the third. As if the woman were not there at all, even as she reached for her belt. Song caught sight of the golden letters above the stranger’s head and moved on instinct – she grabbed the Lord Rector by the collar and threw them both down, the lictors shouting in surprise and anger.

The knife that hit the open door, sinking into the wood with a thud, put an end to that.

What followed should have been messy, but everyone was too well trained. First the lictors turned to the assassin, whom they could now see. One fired his pistol, forcing the killer to abort throwing a second knife and instead run for it while the other drew his sword and stepped in to shield the Lord Rector with his body. The young man hissed in pain as Song got off him, eyes desperately tracking the fleeing assassin’s back.

The lictor with the pistol out pursued, shouting for other guards to run in, but even as the Lord Rector was guided back into the gallery by his other protector Song stayed there on her knees. Reading the golden letters, seeing through the contract that made whoever beheld the contractor see only what they expected to see there. A contractor whose name was Hui Yu, and who looked exactly as Cathayan as his name was. Fuck, Song Ren thought.

She could be wrong, but it rather looked like the Republics had just tried to assassinate the Lord Rector of Asphodel.

Chapter 42

To Song’s mild embarrassment, she did not figure out why Commodore Trivedi was being so unpleasant before Wen told her.

“The Gallant Enterprise was diverted to pick us up at Port Allazei,” the large man said. “She’s miffed that the flagship of her flotilla – and herself along with it – was made to play ferry for students and officers of lesser rank.”

“None of us had any influence on that order,” Song pointed out.

Not even Commander Tredegar, with his gold and connections, would have been able to influence the deployment of one of the Garrison fleets. The admiralty was infamously territorial.

“Trivedi’s in no position to take out her anger on those above,” Captain Wen shrugged. “So we get to bear the brunt of it instead. She’ll try to keep us off deck even when we near Asphodel, mark my words.”

It was not the retaliation that angered Song so much as the pettiness of it all. All the instructors aboard were members of a covenant: though they might not be of higher rank than Trivedi, the commodore was passing on useful connections out of foolish spite. Proving Wen right, along with word that Asphodel was in sight orders came down to stay below deck until the Gallant Enterprise had docked. Fortunately, the instructors were getting just as restless as the rest of them.

After half an hour of packing up their things and combing through their cabins to be sure nothing was left behind, the order was politely ignored. The brigades were made to line up in the hall and the instructors led them up to the deck like a line of lost ducklings.

“It is her ship,” Angharad quietly said. “She could have us all detained with a single order.”

The Thirteenth was at the back of the line, so  no one aside from Expendable was close enough to overhear – and the Malani seemed distracted, constantly pulling at his collar.

“She will not,” Song just as quietly replied. “That would have to be reported, and then the good commodore would have to explain why she saw fit to confine us in the first place.”

“She could invent a reason for it,” Angharad grimaced.

No doubt at the discomfort of calling a superior officer a liar even in a hypothetical.

“Which would be contested by a member of every covenant of the Watch, ensuring the matter would be thoroughly investigated,” Song pointed out. “It’s simply not worth it for her to push the matter.”

The Pereduri hummed in agreement.

“It is a poor leader who hands out punishment where it is easy instead of where it is deserved,” Angharad finally said.

Strong language, coming from her. As predicted the commodore was furious but she did not risk a confrontation and instead sent stiff-faced officers to inform the instructors that passengers were to head to the forecastle, where they would not be in the way of her crew. The crew was doing fine, in Song’s eyes, and there was plenty of room. Yet much like it would be too much trouble Commodore Trivedi to push the matter of their coming, it would be the same to defy her repeatedly.

The brigades and instructors moved to the front of the ship, beneath the sails, and while the older blackcloaks huddled in a circle passing around what looked suspiciously like a flask of liquor the students were left to their own devices. The sight of a tall, burning light in the distance brought home how soon they would be arriving, so general nerves put paid to any notion of politicking.

“That light is the Collegium, I assume?” Tristan asked.

He was squinting into the wind, though occasionally his gaze drifted. Perhaps looking for Sakkas, the increasingly suspicious bird that had reportedly followed them from Tolomontera.

“It is,” Song confirmed. “And only so visible because we are during the Asphodelian night.”

The capital had been built by the Antediluvians, so it was no surprise that the firmament above it provided Glare to the island. Night and day in Asphodel were regional, if not all that complex: one great Glare light shone down on thirds of the island for eight hours at a time, laterally, while another larger but shallower light swept through the center of the island vertically before disappearing in the sea to the south, later reappearing in the waters to the north to resume it slow downwards journey.

In practice, Tratheke and the surrounding valley had a day and night of twelve hours while the eastern and western thirds of the island had staggered eight hour ‘days’ and must make do with lamps for the rest. The old histories claimed the entire island had once had the same twelve-hour days, but that when the Second Empire ransacked the place they had knocked askew one of the mechanisms and created the discrepancy.

Song was not sure she believed that. While Liergan had undoubtedly crippled Asphodel in ways that resounded to this day, it was equally true that Asphodelian histories tended to blame any and all troubles on the Second Empire.

With the wind at their back and the waters around Asphodel largely free of dangers – Raseni pirates occasionally sailed the region, but even the boldest reavers would steer clear of a flotilla flying the black – they made good time to the Lordsport. While their gazes had naturally been drawn to the eastern third of the island, where a great curtain of Glare light faintly tinted gold fell like rain, the lanterns of Asphodel’s largest and wealthiest port soon claimed their attention instead.

Tratheke proper was further inland, but it was connected to the port by a massive Antediluvian causeway so the Lordsport was usually considered part of the capital even though it should rightly be counted as an outlying town. Not that that any such mundane concerns claimed so much as a thimble’s worth of room in the mind of Song Ren when finally the port came into the sight. The Tianxi had seen one of the largest ports built by the hands of men, in Mazu, so she had thought herself prepared.

Only the Lordsport had not been built by the hands of mere men.

The structure towered over a cliff, a gargantuan hangar with two levels: one at water height and the other at the summit of the cliff. Its frame was a brass alloy keeping up a curved ceiling made from massive panes of glass, and the length extended past the edge of the cliff and over the water, where brass walls descended into the deeps.

It formed a kind of interior harbor at the bottom, its water eaten away at by the teeth-liked lengths of the stone docks, but the true wonder of it was the machines. The space between every dock had metal frames in the water into which ships could slide, and intricate clockwork mechanisms sprouting out of the cliffsides brought up the hidden underwater platforms on which the frames rested all the way up to the top of the cliff – where matching docks waited hundreds of feet in the air, jutting from the top of the cliff like upper teeth to the jaw.

A large carrack was beginning to descend from its perch as the Gallant Enterprise sailed into port, the brass pistons beneath the platform letting out huffs of steam as they smoothly lowered the ship back to the water.

“What utter madness,” Angharad murmured.

“There are ten such platforms, though only eight still work,” Song told her. “Raseni ships shot at the cliffside clockwork last time the duchy was at war with the Rectorate, and despite Tianxi mechanists being sent for the best they could achieve was prevent the damage from worsening.”

“There’s lifts at the bottom of the cliff,” Tristan noted. “I’m guessing those are used to bring up everything that’s not a ship.”

She confirmed as much with a nod.

“Those are modern work, not ancient, and have been rebuilt larger half a dozen times,” Song informed him.

“Would have been smarter to just make a port where there wasn’t a cliff,” Maryam grunted. “So much for the wisdom of the ancients.”

She shot the other woman an amused look.

“The cliff at the summit of the Lordsport is the end of a great metal hall that connects directly to Tratheke,” Song informed her. “The city is at almost the same height as the top of the cliff, which I expect is why the port was built this way.”

“A metal hall?” Angharad prompted, cocking her head to the side.

“About a mile long. It had once had great carts pushed along furrows in the floor by aether engines, but both carts and engines were taken by Liergan,” she said. “Now it is a glorified road, though one free of rain and well suited to carriages.”

Which in and of itself was still worth envying. Keeping a widely travelled road between the Lordsport and the capital proper in a fit state for commerce would not be inexpensive – the Republic of Mazu was a largely coastal territory, but the upkeep of its share of the old royal highways was said to be a costly thing. Shouts sounded as the Gallant Enterprise began to pull into port, so Song shook off the distraction.

Soon they would make landfall, and the moment they did their tests would begin. This was where it began, she knew. Where she either took the first step in pulling the Ren out of the pit, or where she fell into it with the rest of her family.  Song clenched her fists.

She would not fail, because she could not afford to.

Tristan would admit to being somewhat grateful the ship was not going to be brought up the cliff.

While his mind knew that the machinery would not fail, that it was Antediluvian work that’d worked for centuries and no doubt been studied by generations of mechanists for the slightest loose gear, his blood ran cold at the thought of being on a ship lifted like some kitten picked up by the scruff of the neck. Fortunately, as the Gallant Enterprise was a warship and had not come to Asphodel to trade there was little to unload onto the Lordsport docks save students and instructors.

Commodore Trivedi gave them a cursory nod as goodbye, then headed back to the aftcastle. She shouted orders to prepare for immediate departure so the ship might make shore near Stheno’s Peak and disgorge the garrison soldiers it was ferrying as well. That, however, was not the thief’s concern. The pack of dockworkers, soldiers and the one richly dressed woman on the docks were. The Rectorate had left a delegation to wait at the Lordsport for the blackcloaks it’d contracted.

The money took the lead, as tended to be the way of things.

“Welcome, welcome,” the fair-haired woman called out. “It is Asphodel’s great pleasure to welcome the Watch to its shores.”

Tristan looked her up and down, raising an eyebrow. Merchant. The Rectorate, like most of Trebian nations, had its own sumptuary laws – on top of the Sacromontan ones, which they were all bound to follow through the Treaty of Blancaflor – and Hage had drilled both he and Cressida on their details. Not only would it help them tell the standing of those they faced, it was necessary knowledge should they intend on disguising themselves. Those lessons were how Tristan could now tell that the stranger was walking a very fine line.

Oh, the ocher dress was merely opulent but there were little details. Malani wax-print clothes were for nobles only, but the blonde woman wore only a capelet of checkered blue-white-ocher – which, by local law, would count as an accessory instead. Only highborn could wear more than a single piece of gold jewelry, so she wore a golden hair chain that curved behind the ear to take the appearance of dangling earrings then looped around the neck to become a layered chain necklace.

It must be wildly expensive and so impractical that to put on it must require a maid, but still a single piece of jewelry. The wealth and clear intent to thumb the nose at the Asphodel sumptuary laws told him who was standing on the docks long before she finished her introduction: a member of the Trade Assembly, the island’s great merchant magnates.

Captain Oratile was the one to step forward to answer her, the Malani’s bag hoisted up against her shoulder.

“A pleasant reception,” she blandly replied. “May I know whom I address?”

“I am Mistress Maria Anastos, owner of a trifling few ships,” the stranger said. “I came to oversee some matters at port, and since our Lord Rector could not spare someone of proper standing to greet you I thought to lend him a hand in the matter.”

He discreetly rolled his eyes at Song, whose lips twitched. If she had not been waiting for them he would eat his own hat – and he’d gotten his tricorn back, so it was not an oath to take lightly. Several officers among the soldiers looked angry at her words, but the richly armored middle-aged woman they kept looking at only seemed bored. Bribed, if he had to guess. Not that it was unexpected for the Trade Assembly to have sunk its claws into the top officers of the greatest trade port in Asphodel.

“Unnecessary courtesy, Mistress Anastos,” Captain Oratile blandly said. “The formal delegation from the Rookery has yet to arrive, we are here on contract.”

“Ah, but I hear you are from the infamous Scolomancia,” Maria Anastos lightly said. “How spendthrift of our ruler, to entrust the safety of our homes to students. Why, I simply had to take a look at these valiant youths.”

Not without reason did foreign rulers tolerate the Watch sending out green students on contracts: the blackcloaks waved all costs on them. It helped only lesser contracts were picked for the tests, the sort where failure would not have disastrous effects. Tristan had thought it a recent scheme, but Song informed him the practice was old as the school. The Watch liked to use it as a tool of diplomacy, handing a few free favors to regional powers it wanted to get in good with.

“Our handpicked candidates thank you for the praise,” Captain Oratile said, sounding faintly bored even as she remained perfectly polite.

There was a flicker of irritation in the magnate’s blue eyes before she put on a smile.

“I look forward to hearing of their performance,” she said, then paused as if a thought had just occurred to her. “The lay of Tratheke can be difficult to grasp, for newcomers. It would not do for watchmen to get lost, so you are all welcome to visit the trading hall at any time for… directions.”

Even as she spoke her gaze swept across the brigades, as if to make clear the students would be able to accept that invitation when instructors were not around. As if satisfied by whatever she saw, the magnate then nodded.

“May you fare well on Asphodel, rooks,” Maria Anastos said.

She turned and strode away, calling for one of her escorts to have her carriage readied, and left them to stand there awkwardly with the soldiers and dockworkers. The captain settled matters with these quickly, in contrast to the affair just ended, and within moments they were walking up the docks to the bottom of the Lordsport with a sergeant for escort.

Even at this late hour Tristan found there were men out and about. The guards looked half asleep, save for those standing near three docked warships that must belong to the Asphodel home fleet, but the foot of the cliff was livelier. Past the stone docks they came onto a metal floor, some alloy of iron and brass almost warm to the touch – though it could only be seen in patches, covered by generations of dust and dirt as it was.

Beyond the stretch of warehouses and customs halls waited a sprawling bazaar, half its shops still open if largely deserted. It was full of the staples of the western Trebian, Sarayan spices and Cratesi silverwork displayed along with Kastei jugs of oil and wine, but also of goods from further abroad. Expensive Tianxi porcelain and ceramics, set atop a tide of cheap workshop goods. Most of these were peddled by locals, he gauged, but there was a surprising number of merchants with the Cathayan look about them.

It was one thing to hear that the Republics had become one of the greatest trade partners of Asphodel, another to see it at work.

It was perhaps fifteen minutes on foot, carrying their affairs – the black cloaks and heavy armaments earned quite a few stares – to one of the lifts. That one was guarded by a pair of soldiers instead of dockworkers, neither of which argued with the sergeant who ushered them onto the platform. There was a railing around the edges, at least, thank the gods. Tristan found himself clutching it a little tight as the lift gate was closed behind the last of them and the soldier lit a large red lantern.

A minute later there was a sudden twitch from the platform beneath their feet and it began to rise.

Maryam nudged him, as if to comfort, and he sighed. He chose to distract himself by looking up at the ceiling of the great hangar over their heads, the river of lanterns and lamplights there almost soothing to the eye. The lift was blessedly swift in getting them up the cliff, and even more blessedly a smooth ride beyond that first bump. It clicked into place after reaching the top, the sergeant opening the gate on the opposite side and ushering them out.

Though the hour was late and most of them growing tired, many still stared as they walked out. It was worth a second look, Tristan would concede: from out at sea it had been difficult to grasp how utterly massive the hangar in which the Lordsport had been built truly was. It was tall enough that bird nested and wind flowed as if it were the sky, perhaps even tall enough for clouds.

The second half of the trading town was sleepier than the first, and in truth less impressive. There were markets here, and warehouses, but not the likes of a bazaar – too large, too empty. The sort where great merchants would trade entire shipfuls instead of haggle over trinkets. There were also a great deal of stone and wood houses, easily thrice as many as there had been at the bottom of the cliff. Most the locals must live here, Tristan figured.

Besides the hangar itself, the most eye-catching part was the great boulevard that effectively split the upper town in two. It had three pairs of deep furrows carved into it, as Song had told them, though now they were mostly full of mud and dirt. It was impressively wide, at least four carriages wide, and steel markers put in the ground kept its immediate surroundings clear of all structures for what looked like around twenty feet.

It was easy to see why the causeway was considered the heart of the upper town: after cutting through the halves, it continued in a straight line for the rest of the hangar and onto the long hallway that Song had told them of. The one heading to the capital proper.

The sergeant guided them to the start of the causeway, which had been turned into a town square of sorts. There was room there for bringing in large trade goods, but it was clearly not the focus: on the three sides of the square crowded halls filled with carriages and wheelhouses. Many were for rent, transport companies, but the blackcloaks were instead led to the largest of the halls where soldiers stood guard. Transport had been arranged by the Lord Rector.

Each brigade shoved into a small carriage while the instructors settled into a large wheelhouse. Their bags went atop the roof, safely secured, and they settled in for the ride. There were windows with shutters on them and the cushioned benches smelled of mildew but were comfortable besides. Tristan took the bottom left corner, Angharad sitting across from him and Maryam to his side. It took but a few minutes before all five of the carriages  began to head down the leftmost third of the road – which, Song told them, was meant for the use of foreigners – but Maryam had already toppled headfirst into sleep. She snored daintily, hood bunched behind her head like a pillow, and Tristan unclasped his cloak to drape over her as a sheet.

He avoided looking either Song or Angharad in the eyes afterwards, though he still caught sight of a grin or two.

Through the open shutters he watched as they left the town behind. The Lordsport filled barely a third of the room atop the cliff, so large it was, and the rest had been abandoned to weeds and sinuous cypress trees grown from the thin earth over the metal floor. There were guardhouses on each side of the entrance to the grand hallway, which must be tall as a four-story house, so that Asphodel could close access at will.

More interesting was the beginning of the hall past them, which bore a great statue on either side every thirty feet or so. Behind the stone were painted poems in strange letters vaguely reminiscent of cryptoglyphs, written in gold.

“Ancient rulers of Asphodel,” Song quietly told him. “Going back to the times before the Second Empire, though the statues were only commissioned during the Succession Wars.”

“There are quite a few children,” Angharad noted.

“It is their appearance when they come to rule that is displayed, by custom,” Song said.

Tristan did not bother count them, though he would venture more than a hundred had been placed, but he took note of when the statues ended and the walls became painted instead. Lord Rector Evander’s statue must have been on the other side, as he doubted the old woman on his was the supposedly young male ruler of Asphodel.

The painted walls were a beautiful piece of work, colored with a taste for the red and the yellow. The centerpiece of it was a seemingly endless knot of serpents biting each other’s tails, patterns repeating even as what was around them changed, and it took him a moment to realize the cleverness of it. It was painted so that, when the statues caught up to patterns they could be scraped off to make room for the letters and the next-to-last snake biting could seamlessly become the last.

There was little excitement to be had going through the great hallway, not even a bumpy ride given how perfect and flat the metal floor was. There had been lights hanging above at the start, but as they went further out these became rarer and rarer until they ceased entirely and only the lanterns of their coach lit the path ahead. It became an almost lonely thing, their five isles of lights traveling alone in the dark.

They spent around twenty minutes at a fine pace before they began to slow, Tristan opening the shutters to pop out his head and see what was ahead. The Thirteenth’s carriage was last in the procession, but he could still see ahead by virtue of the lights on the ceiling resuming: they had reached the end hallway, where a fort stood and soldiers waited on the road near a wooden barricade blocking the way. The carriages stopped in front of the barricade, forming a line.

The handful of soldiers there wore thick coats with a long sleeveless chainmail vest over them, and two rows of tied steel plaques going around the torso. The mail collar was the most eye-catching part, lined as it was with red silk, but the greaves worn over the breeches displayed ornate owls glaring ahead so they were a close second.

“Why owls?” he muttered.

Even the Guardia preferred fearsome beasts to put on their armor, when they could afford to put anything at all. Tredegar leaned in, flicking a look through the window and humming in understanding as she noticed the greaves.

“The owl is the heraldic beast of House Palliades,” she told him. “If these men wear such greaves then they are not simple soldiers but lictors.”

The personal army of the Lord Rector, doubling as the Tratheke city watch. It was an odd notion to Tristan, having one’s troops patrol the streets instead of a designated body of men, but he was aware that Sacromonte was the oddity there. Most cities used garrisons to keep order in the streets, not guards. No doubt his home would have been the same, were all the houses of the Six not so deathly afraid that one of them would suborn such an army to overthrow the others.

Tristan cocked his head to the side, considering the nature of the port and the trade artery they had been traveling down.

“Makes sense,” he finally said. “The hall is where all the goods flowing into Tratheke pass through, they’d want the fort sitting atop it in the hands of the Lord Rector’s most trusted.”

“It does not surprise me that Asphodel has only ever been forced to submit by great powers,” Tredegar noted. “The Lordsport could easily be defended against a great host, and the northern shore of Tratheke Valley is sheer cliffs. Only by marching an army through the mountains can the capital feasibly be sieged.”

“Unfortunately for House Palliades, there are armies in the mountains,” Song spoke from the corner. “That is why the Council of Ministers exists.”

Nothing like a knife at a man’s throat to convince him of the virtues of sharing power. Occasionally the knife was put in the throat instead, true, but that was the price of going around calling your chair a throne.

“The rulers of this isle should have called their nobility to heel decades ago, by steel if need be,” Angharad opined. “Better a generation of weakness from the spent strength than a dozen decades of worsening rot.”

“Is that so?” he blandly smiled.

Better for House Palliades, perhaps, but hardly anyone else. Certainly not the thousands that would die in such a war. And for what? One noble putting the others in their place, what a grand prize for the commons. How did Ilaria’s old verse go again?

Lives like coppers, easy spent

Eternal glory’s bloody rent

And why not?

The silent statues of victors

Will outlast wailing mothers

“She’s right.”

His eyes swiveled to his side, where a half-asleep Maryam was watching the lictors with cold blue eyes.

“Leaving that kind of rot to fester in your nation invites in all manners of vermin,” she said. “Better a single great bloodbath to bind the land together than a hundred smaller ones when you are eaten up piece by piece.”

Angharad Tredegar’s face twitched, as if she were so unsure whether to be pleased or insulted so her face had attempted both simultaneously. Song clicked her tongue disapprovingly.

“There can be no virtuous empire, for the fundamental machinery of empire is evil,” she quoted.

Hear hear. The thing about evil, Tristan figured, was that it wasn’t a thing so much as the absence of a thing – so you couldn’t destroy it, not really. At best you could burn yourself like an oil lamp keeping it out, only sooner or later you’d burn out and the man after you might not bother. So most people, instead, they moved the evil around. Pushed it away from people they cared about and onto the people they didn’t.

It was the same with nations. Might be the Murk would be better were Sacromonte still queen of the Trebian Sea, if the wealth of Vesper’s greatest trade artery still flowed in with the tide. But then there’d be a dozen more Murks out there to pay for it, wouldn’t there? A rat could afford no truck with sympathy, or philosophy, but neither would Tristan sing the praises of shifting around evil like the pieces of some awful puzzle box.

“Tianxia is powerful enough to preach that gospel,” Maryam said. “But how many lesser realms ended up buried for it, Song?”

Song’s jaw clenched and she breathed in – only for Angharad to clear her throat.

“It appears there might be an issue with the guards,” she said, nodding at the shutters.

Tristan shot her an amused look, but given the stiff look on the faces of both other women that distraction was for the best. Commander Tredegar and Captain Oratile were talking with officers, or at least lictors wearing red feathers on their kettle-shaped steel helms. Oratile kept showing them papers, but the lictors were shrugging and gesturing at the inside of the fort. The Malani captain finally snapped off something in exasperation and stalked off, Commander Tredegar following with a frown.

But a minute later Osian Tredegar was knocking at the carriage door, telling them there would be a delay.

“Is there trouble with our papers?” Tredegar asked him through the open door.

“We’re being given the runaround,” Commander Tredegar said. “The officers say only the fort’s colonel can validate them but that he’s currently eating. He will be coming down only when his meal is finished.”

His niece frowned.

“We are here at the behest of the Lord Rector and the lictors are his personal troops,” she said. “Why would they insult us so?”

Tristan snorted. She was the noble-born of the Thirteenth, she should have been the one to catch on. Commander Tredegar turned a raised eyebrow on him, as if demanding he elaborate. Tristan saw no need to refuse a well-connected commander.

“That colonel is a lictor, but they’re also someone’s cousin,” he said.

The older Tredegar nodded approvingly.

“Most Asphodelian officers are nobly born, and all that rise so high must be,” he said. “Captain Oratile believes that the Council of Ministers is behind the delay.”

Song let out a noise of displeasure.

“This isn’t even aimed at us, is it?” she said. “Some Minister is shaking the Lord Rector’s cage by making it plain they can stop the movement of even those directly contracted by the throne.”

Commander Tredegar only smiled, neither agreeing nor disagreeing.

“We should be here for at least another half hour,” he said. “Take the time to stretch your legs – there are terraces at the end of the road, if you want a good look at the capital. It is quite the sight.”

Tristan flicked a glance the way of Song and Maryam, finding them still somewhat stiff, and decided to compassionately give them privacy to work it out. He was not at all fleeing behind Commander Tredegar out of fear of being dragged into it. The man’s niece was not far behind him. They were not the only ones emerging from their carriages, other students walking out onto the causeway, but aside from trading a nod with Cressida the thief paid them little mind.

It was the promised terrace that had his interest, so he walked past the carriages and the lictors to where the hall ended. On either side of the causeway were roofed terraces, overlooking the causeway sloping downwards into the valley for the last mile separating them from Tratheke. It continued past the end of the hall and through green fields, bare to the elements for the rest of the way. Tristan slipped into the left terrace, past a few seats and tables to the railing. Though there were storm clouds on the horizon the view of the capital was clear, and what a view it was.

Tratheke, he thought with something like awe, was not really a city.

Oh, there were people living in it but the dwellings had been built out of the bones of something older and grander. You could still see them peeking out, despite men’s best efforts: it had the sketched silhouette of great box, brass ribs closing in from the sides and forming four quarters with the Collegium in the middle. The solid surroundings parceled inwards, revealing how the old Antediluvian university had been filled: tall facades of stone and brass bearing a thousand burning gas lamps.

It was a city of lights, each of the quarters bearing so many tall-tiered edifices they felt like solid blocks of their own – intercut with the elegant, sinuous streets laid at their feet. The layout of it was too smooth, too pleasing to the eye. Tratheke had not grown, it had been crafted like some pretty trinket.

The districts all converged towards the Collegium at the center, a solid square of galleries and arched clocktowers that could only be entered through stone bridges far above the street. That assembly was a wonder in its own right, but here only a mere foundation: from it sprouted a massive cube of glass, filled with lights and taller than the tallest towers of Scholomance.

A brass tower could be glimpsed inside at the center, rising all the way to the center of the glass cube’s summit. There stood an elegant palace of brass and stone, surrounded by sprawling gardens, set atop the glass like a crown.

Ancestors.”

Angharad Tredegar took slow leaning on her cane for the rest of the way to the railing, coming to stand by his side. She looked awed, more than he would have expected. Was Isasha not one of the greatest cities in the world? They say there are few Antediluvian ruins in Malan, he then recalled. It may well be that Malan’s wealthy capital had none of those ancient works within its walls – though it may also be that she had never visited that city at all, coming from another of the isles.

“Wen told us the entire Collegium was once a single library, the greatest in the world,” Tristan idly said. “It made me imagine something smaller. Can you imagine the amount of books?”

“I cannot,” Angharad admitted. “Thousands, millions? It must have taken decades for the Second Empire to take them back to Liergan.”

They’d not taken everything, their patron had taught in his Saga class. Only the works they did not already have, which happened to be at least two thirds. It had still left Asphodel one of the greatest centers of learning in the world, but one that would never be able to challenge Liergan.

“Now those empty stacks are houses and shops instead,” he mused. “No wonder the smallest houses within go for a manor’s price – with the glass keeping out weather and seasons alike, it must be like living in a permanent mild summer.”

“That city cannot be entirely inhabited,” Angharad said. “It is simply too large – I am not sure half a million souls would be enough to fill it to brim. How could the Rectorate feed so many without beggaring itself bringing in grain?”

While, instead, Asphodel was known to export grain.

“Song told me that barely half is inhabited nowadays,” Tristan confirmed. “The northern outskirts of the city are what passes for slums here.”

Only the slums were well within the walls and the structures there would stand for another thousand years, so even the worst of the capital was more palatable than the best of many cities out in the Trebian Sea.

“I do not recall that conversation,” Angharad noted.

“It came up when she asked me to look into something for her,” he vaguely replied.

The Pereduri took the hint, not inquiring further. Tristan had no intention of telling her the matter had come up while they were discussing the Tratheke coteries, who mainly staked out their territories in the northern half of the capital since it was abandoned and the lictors cared little beyond keeping control of the gates and main avenues.

Hage said that being able to make their lairs out of grand old ruins had led to some delusions of grandeur, including the local word for coterie being ‘basilea’, a bastardized version of a cant term for kingdom. Tristan had a list of the painted signs to avoid and of the handful willing to talk with the Watch without first being held at blade point.

“Not that I mind the company,” he idly said, “but I expected you to…”

He gestured vaguely behind them.

“The others will be heading this way eventually, I expect,” Tredegar said.

He cocked an eyebrow at her, unblinking, and eventually she coughed into her fist.

“If I stayed back my uncle would have sought my company.”

Which should not have been a problem, given how well she got along with him, but flicking a look that way told him what it was she’d fled.

“Sergeant Kavia, huh,” Tristan said, lips twitching.

“She keeps bringing up how well we get along in our Skiritai classes,” Angharad said, sounding pained. “How I could do with someone around to help me polish my skills.”

“Innovative tactics,” Tristan gravely said. “As expected of our Warfare instructor.”

She shot him a plaintive look.

“Watchmen are expected to limit collateral damage,” Angharad complained.

“She does what must be done,” Tristan grimly said, squinting into the distance. “…to tumble your uncle.”

The genuinely disgusted look she made at that had him swallowing a grin.

“I do not believe he is interested, besides,” she said.

“There are hints,” he agreed.

“No small ones, if even you pick up on them,” Angharad teased.

That was rich, coming from a woman who’d yet to notice that Shalini Goel kept looking for excuses to put hands on her.

“I am not sure you are in a position to speak of subtlety in such matters,” he replied instead, sardonically quirking an eyebrow.

“It cannot be that obvious,” she grumbled, then cleared her throat. “We have never discussed it, but I’ve been informed that you are…”

“Disinterested?” Tristan shrugged. “Yes. Never saw the attraction in any of it.”

He occasionally felt an outpouring of physical affection, but nothing like the desire he had read about and seen aplenty.

“I have occasionally wondered if I might be seeing it too much,” Angharad sighed, looking out in the distance.

He hummed, keeping his gaze on her face.

“Is that what happened with Captain Imani?”

And that face closed like a pulled shutter – abruptly, almost angrily. Which was telling, he thought. There should have been little heat if he were asking about a former lover, but heat there was. The source of the anger, at a guess, was because he had turned a personal conversation into an interrogation. Yet it could only bean interrogation if she had something to hide in the first place.

So there was a corpse buried in the garden. Good to know. It was, in truth, a little reassuring. Knowing there were bones in her flower beds made the noblewoman more comfortable to be around, instead of a manslayer with no handle on her save arguing labyrinthine rules of honor. Where her shoulders had stiffened, a knot in his came loose.

“We have had disagreements of a personal nature,” Angharad said, gone stilted.

“Anything we should know about?” he asked.

“Should it prove necessary, you will be informed.”

Oof. Phrasing so precise he could cut himself on it. That was never a good sign with Angharad, best to step back and wait until he had a fresh angle to go digging again.

“Well, we all had our little adventures when we split off,” he easily said. “I don’t think Cressida has yet forgiven me for that time I drugged her and put her in a bath.”

Angharad blinked once, twice.

“You did what?” she asked.

Grinning, Tristan got to spinning his yarn even as in the back of his head the little voice got to wondering. This was not his first journey with Angharad Tredegar, see, and if the Dominion was any indication the noblewoman was not only unflinching but decisive in cutting all ties with those she held in disregard. Violently, of need be.

So if not sex, what was it that made Imani Langa an exception to that?

Maryam could not quite stop tapping her foot, which was visibly irritating Song. Yet every time the pale-skinned woman ceased a few moments later she realized she’d begun again without noticing. The discomfort had begun at the Lordsport, she figured, but it’d been fainter there. It would be, when so close to the sea. The moment they left the great metal hallway, though, there was nothing faint about the way the local aether had been mangled.

And mangled was a word she chose with care, as the damage here was not so simple as a cut or a hole. It felt like… haphazard rips, a calm lake sometimes suddenly turning into harsh rapids or a waterfall or shipkilling reefs. The aether churned around the wounds like a furious sea, spilling and foaming. All matter of aether creatures could hide in such places, if they felt like it, but the worse was that Maryam could see it all coming.

Feel herself approaching the rapids, pulling in her nav and flinching at the battering she was about to sense. Like a gut punch that took ten minutes to hit your belly, its coming inevitable.

She took to winding her nav around her rings just to distract herself between the wounds, slipping on three and pulling tight. The creature, though, was agitated. Invigorated by the way the aether was here, perhaps? It pulled at even a mere three rake-rings, though not enough to hurt itself. Just enough for Maryam to feel the nudge, and she could not help but feel as if she were being taunted.

It is not clever enough for that, she reminded herself. Instinct is not malice. Not that the former endeared her any more than the latter.

The outskirts of the capital, at least, were a windless pond. She released the rings, putting them away, and stirred herself to gaze through the shutters at the streets their caravan of carriages passed through. Tratheke was a strange place, she decided after they passed the outer wall through one of the myriad gates facing the south, half of which went unguarded.

The city felt… lifeless. Sterile. Clean stone facades and bright brassy lamps filled every corner, some sort of strange green glass filling the windows of shops and houses alike. It felt as if no building was willing to settle for being a mere single story tall when it could be four, and even the Glare lamplights towered high as ten men standing on each other’s shoulders. Such wealth on display, but then it did not truly seem like the city’s.

What mortals had brought here was wooden shutters, straw and dirt in the streets. The men of Asphodel could lay claim only to the filth streaking the bottom of towering edifices and old structures gutted so they could be stripped of stone and gleaming brass. Rats infesting a city of gods, Maryam thought. What a life it must be, knowing that the best of everything you owned was older than the very tongue you spoke. That the finest things your fellows could make were still dross.

It was no fit life, living forever in the shadows of the Antediluvians. The first of the Izvoric had been wise when they fled the wars over the holds in the highlands to settle on the coast. The highlanders had grown wealthy and powerful, turning those ancient ruins into fortress-cities, but Maryam saw only a slow poison in it. Volcesta might have been a dirty, sprawling mess but its people had looked ahead instead of back.

Their lodgings for the night, and possibly much of their time in Asphodel, awaited deep inside the city. Not far from the edge of the Collegium, though not inside it. The Black House had been described to her as more compound than hostel, filling an entire city block. A relic of the time where the Watch had been almost as influential on this isle as the Lord Rectors themselves.

It was easy to recognize when they’d reached the place, even by lamplight: the tall, four-story tall edifice had its shutters and gates painted black. Rain must have touched the paint, once upon a time, as faded trails of shade spilled beneath every window like cosmetics gone wet. Even though the Black House was of the same stone and brass and glass as every building around it, those small touches were enough to lend it a mournful air.

“Solid stone and few ways in or out,” Song mused. “A hundred watchmen could hold that place for months against an army, if they had to.”

“It is an eye-catching edifice, so let us hope there is some kind of backdoor,” Tristan grunted. “Else half the city will know anytime one of us goes for a walk.”

By which he meant going for a sneak, Maryam fondly thought. She doubted he’d ever met a rooftop he did not want to skulk on.

“All these streets look the same to me,” Tredegar admitted. “It’s the lamplights and bronze everywhere. I hope one of you is more discerning, for I expect I would get lost wandering in a coin flip’s span.”

Much as she wanted to make sport of the Pereduri for that, Maryam expected that if she could not navigate by feeling out the aether she would fare much the same. And would soon enough, because while the south of the city had been largely calm the Collegium ahead felt like a screaming whirlpool. The Second Empire must have ransacked that place down to the last dregs, and not gently either.

Black-painted gates opened after a shout from the lead coachman and the carriages filed in one after another, entering a wide courtyard where a few servants with touches of black to their gray livery immediately went about welcoming everyone.

“Local hires, not part of the Watch,” Tristan murmured. “Else they would wear entirely black.”

They did have that slight Asphodelian accent, with those teethy th sounds that stood out when speaking Antigua. A young woman with dark hair and a shapely silhouette that showed even in livery was assigned to bring the Thirteenth to their rooms and give them a look around Black House. Tristan lingered in the courtyard, though, and Maryam doubled back to see what that was about. He was standing by the large carriage, looking inside.

“Something wrong?” she asked.

“Hage never came out of the instructor carriage,” he said, sounding amused. “And it is now empty.”

“Masks,” she said, rolling her eyes. “Where would he even go off to, if not here?”

“I expect he’s already preparing to open a Chimerical here in the capital,” Tristan replied. “I will have to look for it sometime in the next few days if I am to continue my lessons.”

“Your classes are terrible,” she informed him.

A cocked eyebrow.

“Yours are taught in a horrible eldritch dark hole that tries to make you kill yourself,” he countered.

That was an unfortunately solid argument, so instead of committing to a doomed defense Maryam went on the offensive.

“Thievery is wrong,” she informed him. “Shame on you.”

He glanced at her cloak meaningfully.

I didn’t steal it, did I?” she sniffed. “Come along now, you’re holding up everyone.”

He rolled his eyes but followed her in catching up to the others, who had not gone far anyhow. The Black House was even larger than Maryam had figured, with a large courtyard in the middle and the lodgings largely on the upper two levels of the surrounding rectangle. There were two kitchens, a dining hall large enough for sixty and public baths. Cassandra, the servant guiding them, mentioned there was a roof garden but that at this hour the doors there were locked.

Beneath the house were the Watch’s armory, vaults and what she delicately described as ‘rooms for involuntary guests’. The doors to there were locked as well.

“The latrines lead to underground as well, you said?” Tristan asked.

“The city sewers run beneath the basement,” Cassandra smiled. “Our latrines feed directly into then.”

She was smiling at him quite a bit, actually, which had Maryam sharing smirks with Song. Poor girl: that road was such a dead end it’d been turned into a graveyard. After circling around the sights once, Cassandra led them to their rooms. They were near the front courtyard, and to Maryam’s surprise they all had their own. The Nineteenth was settling in four rooms of their own further down the hall when the Thirteenth arrived.

“Usually we would lodge you out back, in the suites, but those have been set aside for the arriving delegation,” Cassandra apologetically said.

“They are fine rooms,” Tredegar assured her. “Finer than most at Scholomance, I assure you.”

They were, Maryam agreed after taking a look. More spacious than her room at the cottage and the furniture matched. The bed sheets had been freshly changed. She brought her bag inside, noting with some amusement that Cassandra had gone into Tristan’s room to continue speaking with him, and set it down by the commode. She’d barely even begun to unpack where there was a rap against the doorframe. Captain Wen stood there, glasses off.

“Song’s room,” he said. “Now.”

She nodded, putting down her cloak on the bed and following him. The others were already there, Song sitting in a seat while Tristan and Tredegar leaned against the back wall.

“Good news,” Captain Wen drily said. “The cult you’re to investigate has garnered the continued interest of the Lord Rector him, so you are to meet him in a private audience tomorrow morning. As your patron, I’ll be taking you to the palace.”

Song straightened in her seat.

“It would be best if we were not known as blackcloaks during the investigation,” she said. “I know that some of us have appropriate clothes to do this, but is there-”

“The storage downstairs will have clothes,” Wen shrugged. “Anything else?”

True to form, the overweight captain did not actually wait for any of them to answer before nodding and walking away. Maryam knew if there was a real issue they could call out and he’d return, but the silence gave him free rein to disappear. It lingered in his wake until Song rose with a sigh.

“I will talk to the staff about getting access to the storage,” she said. “I know Angharad and I have the right sort of clothes, but the rest of you will need something more presentable.”

“Pick something,” Tristan shrugged. “If I am to borrow them only the once, I hardly care.”

Though Song should have been miffed at being handed the work, instead she looked distinctly pleased. Silver eyes moved to Maryam, who snorted.

“So long as it’s not a gown,” she replied.

“Come along, if you are concerned,” Song suggested.

“Alas, there is another task I would like to see done before going to bed,” Maryam replied. “I’ve a test in mind for Angharad’s contract – which will require Tristan’s help besides.”

The Pereduri grimaced at the mention of a test but did not quibble. She was no welcher, whatever else might be said of her. Song studied them a moment, then sighed at whatever she found.

“I’ll try to find you something blue,” she said. “I promise nothing more.”

Tristan evidently recalled the talk they’d had about this before, because he was out with Song in the following moments to fetch the necessary parts. It left her with Tredegar, who looked tired and grim.

“In my room, perhaps,” the noblewoman suggested. “We should not keep using Song’s.”

Maryam did not particularly care so she conceded. Tristan was back in moments, his hand closed. Inside it would be a pair of colored pebbles he had bought a pouch of for a Mask exercise, the sight of which had given Maryam the idea for the test in the first place. So far she had only sketched out the generalboundaries of Angharad Tredegar’s contract, attempting to ascertain basic details.

They’d established that there was at least a second of empty time between the beginning of the ‘glimpses’ and the present, and that the Pereduri could not glimpse more than ten times in an hour without strain – fewer, if it was done in quick succession. Tonight, though, Maryam was interested in a more conceptual sort of limit.

“Show her,” Maryam asked her friend.

Tristan opened his hand with a flourish, revealing a pebble painted white and a second painted red. Angharad slowly nodded, then turned a questioning look to her.

“He will shuffle them behind his back,” Maryam said, “then present two closed fists. I want you to glimpse ahead for the color of the pebble in the hand you tell him to open.”

“It seems not unlike the door test,” Angharad noted.

One of the few tests discreet enough to be done on the ship: Tristan had been made to stand outside the door of their room, Angharad predicting how many fingers he’d be holding up behind opening to door to verify. She had not got a single instance wrong.

“There’s a difference,” Maryam simply said.

The Pereduri shrugged, nodding her assent to Tristan. He took the pebbles behind his back and got to shuffling them. Even looking for it, Maryam could not tell when it was done. Less than a minute later two closed fists were presented. Angharad hummed, then batted her eyes as she used her contract. She tended to close them when glimpsing ahead, though Maryam was not yet sure whether it was a habit or obligatory. The Pereduri suddenly blinked in confusion.

“Left hand,” she disbelievingly said, “has a yellow stone?”

He opened it, revealing she was correct.

“You changed the colors of the pebbles behind your back,” Angharad guessed.

He only smiled.

“Not all oracular contracts truly allow their contractors to see the future,” Maryam told her. “Some are merely… very good guesses made by the god, using every detail known. More or less. Only you were unaware that there were other pebbles, much less of their colors, so it appears yours truly does predict what is to come.”

Tredegar frowned.

“The spirit I contracted with called what he granted me his ‘sagacity’,” she admitted. “I am unsure what it truly means.”

“That you might well be using but the slightest portion of what was given you,” Maryam said.

Angharad passed a hand through her braids.

“That is both comforting and troubling,” she admitted.

“Don’t go being too troubled,” Maryam said. “There’s likely a difference between how much the god granted you and how much you can safely use.”

Tredegar made into a Saint was not something anyone sane ever wanted to encounter. The dark-skinned noble nodded.

“Have you other tests in mind?”

“Always,” Maryam toothily smiled.

By the time Song returned, they had tested whether it made a difference to the prediction if the pebbles were handed to Maryam while Angharad had her eyes closed and whether or not removing one of the pebbles while she could not see them changed anything. Neither did, Maryam taking note and already pondering how she would next look for a limit to the foresight. Surely there was one.

Then Song Ren laid out blue skirts and a cream bodice on Angharad’s bed.

“This is a dress,” Maryam flatly said. “I asked for one thing, Song.”

“Ah, but it is not a gown,” the captain smiled. “Try it on.”

Tristan was grinning, enjoying her misery, which made it entirely deserved when Maryam laughed at the sight of his being put in a servant’s livery.

Appropriately, she went to bed still grinning despite her defeat over the dress.

The carriage they took out of the Black House belonged to the Watch, and lacked windows: its frame was reinforced with iron and instead of a window it had traps to aim guns through. Unfortunately these did not allow for much of a look outside, so Song sat blindly through her first journey through the streets of the Collegium – catching only glimpses of Glare light and the touch of a warm breeze.

The Thirteenth only left the carriage after it reached the basement of the great brass tower at the heart of the district, which was not inhabited but a collection of lifts. Lictors waiting for them there bundled them off onto a brass lift with ornate railings, which began to rise moments later. Feeling somewhat cheated of the sights, Song was further aggrieved when lictors waiting at the end of the lift guided them through what was clearly servants’ quarters without giving them a look at the palace proper.

It was all so furtive she half expected the Thirteenth to be secreted away to the Lord Rector like some dirty secret, but once they reached the hallway outside Evander Palliades’ solar the lictors simply told them to wait until they were called before returning to their posts. They were left to stand there, uneasy, before Wen snorted and plopped himself down on one of the many chairs littering the long hall.

The Thirteenth, after a moment, followed suit. Hopefully they had not drawn attention hesitating, though if they had their appearance should survive at least a first glance. Though they were being received as watchmen, none of them had come wearing the black. The last thing Song wanted was to warn every courtier in the palace that blackcloaks were coming to dig up their little cult.

She herself had put on a set of formal clothes gifted by her mother, while Angharad had come in a splendid noble’s dress. Tristan was in servant’s livery, slouching as if it were his birthright to wear it, and Maryam was modestly dressed as a handmaid in skirts and blouse. Making her Angharad’s even in appearance would have been… ill-advised, so she was to pretend to be Song’s.

Though they had arrived at a sharp eight, they were not alone in the hall: near the oaken doors of the solar waited a bearded man dressed in gray striped satin from head to toe, his hat a cascade of black-and-pearl feathers. He screamed wealth to Song’s eye, and not the landed kind.

It was fifteen minutes before the oaken doors opened, a pair of lictors escorting out a finely dressed pair, while the majordomo called for ‘Captain Wen Duan’. The gray-clad man scowled angrily but held his tongue. Wen rose, stretching out with a sigh.

“He must want a private talk with me before sitting with you,” the bespectacled man said. “I expect they’ll end for you shortly.”

Song nodded, for what else was there to say? It was not for her to dictate anything in the Lord Rector’s own hall. She watched Wen’s back as he disappeared past the doors, which pulled closed with hardly a sound. She spared a curious glance for the pair that had just exited and was now strolling down the hallway arm in arm. No contracts, so no name, but Song would guess them being nobly born from the quality of the clothes alone.

The man was short and stout, tanned in the Lierganen way and with the laugh lines of a perpetual smiler. He had brown eyes and a broken nose, wearing a high-collared yellow short-sleeved jerkin spilling lace while a matching paneled red doublet overly padded trunk hose combined to make him look somewhat like a jolly balloon. His small bonnet of black silk paired with a swirling mustache only added to the effect.

The woman, on the other hand, was tall and thin – which her austere white partlet, narrow around the neck, only called attention to. Her black skirts and bodice, matching a long nose supporting small spectacles and pursed lips, lent her the air of a dark-feathered vulture. The only touches of color on her were cuts in the sleeves revealing a red petticoat whose shade matched the man’s doublet, a golden jeweled belt at her hip and pearls around her neck.

And while Song had been studying the pair, they’d been studying her right back.

“Why, hello there!” the man called out. “I don’t believe I’ve ever seen you at court before.”

Song, choosing manners, rose to her feet and offered the slightest bow.

“Mistress Song Ren,” she introduced herself. “We are new arrivals, on fresh business.”

“How exciting,” the short, stout man vibrated. “Business, you say! How delightfully vague, darling.”

“We have yet to introduce ourselves, dear,” his companion told him.

He gasped, as if overcome by how own freshly discovered rudeness.

“Manyfold apologies, Mistress Song. I am Lord Locke,” the man introduced himself. “And if I may present my lovely wife-”

“Lady Keys,” the woman provided. “It is a pleasure, Lady Song.”

“It is all mine,” Song replied. “If I may introduce my companions-”

They had, without prompting, risen to join her.

“Lady Angharad Tredegar, Master Tristan Abrascal and Mistress Maryam Khaimov.”

Maryam, predictably, drew some surprise from the pair but it soon passed and they paid her skin no visible mind afterwards. A point in their favor. Disinclined to let herself be interrogated about their purpose for coming to this hall, Song instead asked to theirs.

“I must say, you hardly have the Asphodel accent,” she said. “Would you happen to be visitors yourselves?”

“We are on a secret romantic adventure,” Lord Locke confided, his voice just short of shouting, which was as quiet as he got. “Asphodel is our latest stop, and the Lord Rector’s hospitality has been most pleasing. Most pleasing indeed!”

“Much better than in Sordon,” Lady Keys scathingly said. “Why, when we had the Count of Torena for dinner-”

“When we had him over fordinner, darling,” Lord Locke uproariously laughed. “Over. Why, the implication!”

His wife let out a genteel little laugh. Song hid her discomfort. She would not say it felt like they were lying, not exactly, but there was some glint in their eyes. Was she imagining the malice there?

“Indeed,” Lady Keys chuckled, peering through her spectacles. “Over for dinner, my mistake.”

“I assure you, my friends,” Lord Locke grinned, “that we did not eat the Count of Torena.”

“Bony fellow, he was,” Lady Keys mused. “It would have much too hard on the teeth.”

A beat passed, none of them quite sure what to say, while Lord Locke twirled his mustache.

“Lobster tonight, do you think? I’ve a craving.”

“You read my mind, darling,” Lady Keys happily said.

She then winked at them.

“Why, my friends, it has been a pleasure,” she said. “I hope we shall see you around court.”

“Indeed,” Lord Locke grinned. “Why, we ought to have you for dinner sometime!”

A beat, then they both roared with laughter. They walked away chuckling, complimenting each other on their fine cut of humor in whispers so loud they could be heard from the other side of the hall. They left a bemused sort of stillness behind them, Song opening her mouth twice only to close it. It had been a… perplexing experience, that conversation. Angharad broke the ice.

“Those are either very great fools,” she opined, “or very dangerous people. Let us pray not both.”

“I thought they were charming,” Maryam said, at least half driven by spite. “Lovely couple, really.”

“And the implied cannibalism?” Angharad flatly asked.

“All in good fun, surely,” she insisted.

Angharad seemed about to tack on something, possibly unwise words about cannibalism and the Triglau, so Song gave her a quelling look. The Pereduri cleared her throat, looking away.

“Tristan?”

Maryam had been the one to speak, but when Song followed her gaze she found the gray-eyed thief staring at the distant back of the nobles with a frown.

“Did you notice something?” she asked.

“I’m not sure,” Tristan muttered. “They were… it’s just a feeling, Song. There’s something off about those two. Did they have contracts?”

“Neither,” she said.

He flicked a look her way.

“Can you see boons?”

“I’m not sure,” she echoed, biting her lip.

“Then we should look into that, if we get the time,” he said, and she nodded back.

Before they could say anything further, the oaken doors opened anew. Their gazes were drawn that way, and as Wen had predicted the majordomo called out their names. They headed into the solar with the bearded merchant’s baleful gaze at their backs.

The room they walked into was too large to be called a solar, Song thought – the size of a courtyard, and almost as empty. Oh, the sides were a riot of rich tapestries and gilded stacks of ancient volumes, but the pure white marble floor was two-thirds bare. Near the back of the room the Lord Rector’s bureau stood, a massive beast of red wood flanked by two porcelain vases tall as men and a few smaller tables. There were cushioned seats before it, and behind sat Lord Rector Evander Palliades.

Song had already known he was young, read that he was only twenty-two years old, but she was still startled to see it. The man was slender, almost weedy, and his large round brass-rimmed spectacles only added to the effect. He had an angular face and wavy brown locks, with a bit of stubble growing, and the Tianxi would not have batted an eye if she saw him walking the streets of Port Allazei wearing black.

Lictors lined the walls on either side and Wen sat before the bureau, face bland.

“The Thirteenth Brigade, as advertised,” Lord Rector Evander said, warm voice carrying. “You may approach.”

They did, the eyes of armed men never leaving them for an instant. They would be dead in a heartbeat, if they acted a threat. The Lord Rector hummed when they came to stand but a few feet away from his bureau, considering them one after another before coming to rest on Maryam.

“A northerner, truly,” he said, sounding amazed. “A rare sight in these parts. Your name?”

Maryam, as coached, bowed.

“Maryam Khaimov, Your Excellency.”

“I hear you are of the people who dwell beneath the Broken Gates,” he said. “The Izvori?”

“Izvoric,” she corrected, accentuating the last letter.

He nodded, muttering the word to himself a few times.

“A shame you are here on contract,” the Lord Rector noted. “I have long been curious about the northern continent. What little the Malani deign to share reeks of revision.”

Those dark eyes then came to rest on her.

“You would be Song Ren. Captain Duan tells me it will be you who decides how your brigade is to proceed with the contract. Do you have a plan in mind, Captain Ren?”

She bowed.

“According to the documents provided me, your suspicions are that the cult of the Golden Ram is serving as a gathering point of malcontent nobles,” Song said. “I would ask that my cabalist Angharad Tredegar, formerly the Lady of Llanw Hall, be introduced to your court as a guest so that she might bait out the cultists.”

The Lord Rector raised a heavy eyebrow.

“And the rest of you?”

“I am what is called a sniffer, Your Excellency,” Song said. “It is-”

“I am familiar with the concept,” he thinly smiled. “Contract-finders. You want to comb through my court and palace for traces of the Golden Ram.”

Song nodded.

“Preferably while under the assumed identity of a merchant having some dealings with the palace. As Maryam is a Navigator, she would aid me in this endeavor while passing as my assistant.”

She cleared her throat.

“Meanwhile, I would ask that my cabalist Tristan Abrascal be allowed the use of palace servant livery so he might get around discreetly and follow the trails we will unearth.”

Lord Rector Evander glanced at Tristan, then wrinkled his nose.

“Sacromontan?”

The gray-eyed thief nodded.

“Yes, Your Excellency.”

“And not overly chatty,” the other man noted. “Good. I will allow use of the livery, but I will require regular reports to my majordomo about what you have done while wearing it.”

The glasses moved back to Song.

“It will draw attention if you leave and return too frequently,” the Lord Rector decided. “Send for the tools of your trade, blackcloaks: until you are done sniffing through my court, the five of you will be staying in the palace.”

Chapter 41

With Wen’s impromptu torture session come at an end, they were released to stretch their legs and eat a bit before heading out to their afternoon covenant classes.

While the other instructors came to pick up their students and guide them to whatever room they’d secured for the lesson, Tristan was not so blessed. He waved off Song’s concern, telling her it was handled, then spent fifteen minutes looking through their cabin for the note Hage should have planted. Insult and injury, it was not him that found it but Fortuna.

“Under the pillow,” she chortled happily. “I can’t believe you missed that.”

He gritted his teeth.

“It was too easy, I was sure that-”

“Sure that you were right, but you were wroooooong,” the Lady of Long Odds taunted in a singsong voice.

Infuriating as Fortuna was, he had greater concerns. The handwriting was Hage’s, which confirmed his suspicion as to his instructor’s identity – to some extent – and explained the following sadism. Hage had decided their class was to be had at midnight on the galleon’s forecastle. Attending that class would have been made easier by the devil getting permission from Commodore Trivedi for his students to traverse the ship, but he explicitly had not. Neither would he get involved if his students were caught and punished.

This forced the seeking of some diplomatic compromises, which was how Tristan found himself standing in the deserted hallway with a rapier’s point resting against the hollow of his throat.

“A month’s delay,” Cressida Barboza said, pushing in the point slightly.

Smiling, Tristan kept his pistol steadily pointed right at her head. It was not yet cocked, not that she would be able to tell from this angle.

“Come now,” he said. “A truce until we return to Tolomontera seems much more reasonable. Scholomance business in Scholomance, yes?”

“Ira got my seat,” Cressida hissed. “I’m locked out for the year.”

“I heard,” he replied. “A shame that you decided to align yourself with her.”

The glare that earned him was a baleful thing but what of it? Angry as she was, Cressida could not deny she was the one who had set aside their arrangement. He’d no longer even been involved in the matter when she was beat to the punch by Ira. Besides, they both knew this was posturing. If she opened his throat with a blade she’d be executed before the Gallant even reached Asphodel, which meant she was making a show of threat and fury to leverage him.

“You owe me,” she said.

Thus, and now that? That would not do. He cocked the pistol pointedly.

“I do not,” the rat coldly replied. “Count yourself lucky I am not inclined to further pursue the matter of your bearing arms against me.”

He saw the flicker of satisfaction in her eyes and knew in that heartbeat he’d been had. She sighed theatrically and slid her rapier back in the sheath.

“I will count us even, then,” Cressida said, as if it were some great concession instead of him falling for her trick. “Have you thoughts on getting up to the deck?”

Fuck, he unhappily thought. He had just thrown away good leverage for nothing because she had gotten under his skin. He could go back on that, refuse it, but would it be worth it? No, he decided after a heartbeat. Not when there had been genuine anger in those glares back at the docks. Better to take that loss, consider it an investment into appeasing her.

“Fine,” he spoke through a snarl, playing up the anger.

The greater the appearance of indignation, the more she would believe she had won off him and the further she would be appeased. If he was to pay up, he’d milk it for all it was worth. The thief lowered the pistol.

“How much rope did you bring?” Tristan asked.

She cocked her head to the side.

“You’d be surprised,” Cressida Barboza said.

Maryam had not been sure they would be allowed to use Signs while on the ship, so it was a pleasant surprise to learn they had permission.

The real trouble, Lieutenant Mitra told them, had been securing a room where they could practice. Repeated use of Gloam in a small space tended to taint the location, so they could not practice anywhere near or food or where people might sleep. That was probably why they’d ended up standing in a cramped room full of stacked cannon balls in crates. Upon the door being cracked open to reveal this, the signifier from the Eleventh – Qianfan – asked in that surprisingly high-pitched voice of his why they did not simply use the same practice room as the galleon’s Navigator.

“She does not have one,” Lieutenant Mitra replied. “Our fellow guildswoman is more officer than practitioner, these days. It’s not so uncommon with these ambitious types: she’ll keep her Thalassics polished and leave everything else to assistants.”

He paused.

“Know that the Akelarre Guild is not immune to the degeneration that is the end of all things, built or born, and remember that decay into death is the only journey,” Lieutenant Mitra added.

The stringy man then clapped his hands, smiling.

“All right! So, who here believes they have mastered the Bayonet? Form it thrice in a row without a mistake and I’ll tip you my dessert rations at dinner.”

Maryam found herself sharing a martyred look with Alejandra Torrero, who while generally disgusted with everyone and everything not part of the Fourth Brigade was always willing to commiserate over their instructor. That Lieutenant Mitra was her brigade’s patron did not seem to have inured her to his ways.

It was already the third time since they’d gathered for class that the lieutenant had used the word death and it had not yet been five minutes. It would be a little less unsettling, Maryam mused, if the gloom were not so cheerful.

“Come, you two,” Lieutenant Mitra called out to them. “The inexorable end of all things is no excuse for dawdling!”

Over the ensuing hours of practice, Maryam Khaimov learned three things. Well, four if you counted the confirmation of her already-held suspicion that signifying in a room full of crates was awkward and difficult when the practiced Sign made holes in whatever it touched.

Working with the metal scraps they’d been given to pierce through, however, was very helpful in helping her refine the results of the Bayonet in a way that practicing the Sign in the Abbey had not been able to. The Bayonet was an Ancipital Sign, and one of the most straightforward from that branch: through tracing the Sign one gathered Gloam to themselves, shaped it into a long and thin blade and then released it through contact with a surface. Usually the next surface the burdened hand made contact with, though skilled signifiers could delay and withhold.

As Gloam ate into most anything save Glare, the Bayonet was quite lethal if used on a person but it was also a Sign with a lot of secondary applications. Captain Yue had told her it was nicknamed the ‘Akelarre lockpick’ by virtue of the fact that putting a Bayonet through most locks tended to scrap that lock, and there were a hundred more small uses for what was effectively a Gloam knife.

Actually trying to pierce through metal, though, showed her that the Bayonet had that shape for a reason. If the blade was forged too broad it did not pierce so much as scorch, and if it was too short then it tended to burst like a thrown tomato when the Gloam sunk into the surface. Which might have had its uses, if it did not burst so close to her fingers – Maryam did not have so many of those left as to get careless with them. Lieutenant Mitra noted her adjustments with approval.

“The Bayonet was designed to instantly kill a grown man through touching either their forehead or occiput,” the Someshwari said. “You need the length to punch deep enough past the skull.”

He, uh, rather sounded like he was speaking from experience. Maryam reminded herself that no one who had been named a Master of the Guild in their thirties was to be taken lightly.

Regardless, lesson aside she had come to three conclusions. The first was that Qianfan was one of the finest signifiers of her age she had met: he traced elegantly and flawlessly, like a Tianxi scholar writing characters. He was also faster than them, having already finished a third perfect Bayonet by the time Alejandra began her second and Maryam was still tying a bow on her first.

Lieutenant Mitra duly awarded him the extra dessert along with a helpful reminder that the grave was the birthright of both prodigies and lackwits.

The second conclusion was that Alejandra Torrero had not ended up in the Fourth because she lacked skill as a signifier, which Maryam had figured was the most likely explanation for anyone believing joining up with Tupoc Xical a sound notion. The scowling Lierganen was, with the Bayonet at least, quick and clean. The reason why cabals would not have wanted to snap up became clear the first time she traced a Sign: whenever Alejandra pulled on the Gloam, her skin above the waist pulled taut and soured like old milk.

She looked like a sickly, corrupted corpse.

That distressing appearance would have been enough for the pickier cabals to overlook her even if such a turn was not almost certain to come from a botched obscuration, something known to cause… instability in a signifier, over time. Tupoc, no doubt, had found that a virtue: he seemed to be collecting such dangers, what with Expendable apparently having little control over his shapeshifting contract.

No doubt any day now they’d learn that the tinker had turned herself into a literal powder keg and that Bait was some sort of bloodsucking ghost.

The third thing Maryam learned was that Lieutenant Mitra, for all his debonair fatalism, could still be given pause. It came out when he asked about her rings, frowning at her admission their use helped her trace Signs in spite of some difficulties. He suggested practicing without them, to wean off reliance. Disinclined to out the full details of her situation while there were another two students badly pretending to put up their targets as they eavesdropped, Maryam directly reached for the largest gun in her armory.

“I was told to use them by Captain Yue,” she said.

Lieutenant Mitra winced at that, through the disheveled beard.

“The same Captain Yue with the…”

He gestured at the side of his face, where Yue had burns scars only mostly hidden by her hair.  Maryam nodded. Reading between the lines of how much time Captain Yue had to spend on her many curiosities, Maryam had long suspected that she had a light touch as senior signifier of Port Allazei. Given Yue’s general impatience with things and people that did not interest her, that might be for the best.

“Well, I’ll not argue with the woman who did Caranela,” Mitra said. “I am in no particular hurry to reach the inevitable.”

“That’s twice now I’ve heard that name,” Maryam said. “Carenela. It is a town?”

“Was.”

Alejandra Torrero, her face still a sallow ruin, outright ceased pretending she hadn’t been eavesdropping on their conversation. Now that she was no longer pulling on Gloam her face began to slacken, but it would take minutes yet before she returned to her usual appearance.

“Caranela was a town out in Old Liergan that the Watch put in quarantine when it caught the yellow plague, some decades ago,” Alejandra said. “Most everyone died but it didn’t spread, so there was a lot of praise. It’s one of those stories bandied about whenever the blackcloaks go recruiting in the region.”

Her eyebrow rose, looking like stripe of fur on a carcass. Maryam had seen enough corpses not to flinch, but it was a sight.

“I never heard talk of an Akelarre being involved, though.”

“You would not have,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “As I understand she was quite young, still a sergeant. Yue was part of the quarantine force and lobbied for the adoption of a policy. The yellow plague, you see, has a survival rate of one in ten. It is one of the worst diseases we know of.”

Mitra smiled thinly.

“Sergeant Yue went to her superiors and sold them on an idea: the Akelarre Guild has a great many experiments it would like to conduct that would likely kill the subject, but the Watch cannot go around acting like a pack of black-clad children of Necalli.”

Maryam was not sure she liked where this story was headed.

“Thus her proposal was that, in situations like Caranela, Watch officers should be allowed to attempt those experiments if an argument could be made that they would result in fewer deaths than expected.”

“We were never told this in Mandate,” Qianfan said, joining Alejandra in shedding pretense.

Unlike the Lierganen girl, who wore her appalment as openly as she could while her face was tainted, Qianfan seemed indifferent at the implications. More interested in the details than the blood soaking them.

It is not a lesson for first years,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “Besides, the policy had since been clipped. After a bloody mistake out in the Someshwar, the Conclave made amendments and now the proposed experiments need to pass before a committee. And even then, should the trials then be proved unnecessarily cruel or lead to more deaths than anticipated, there are grave consequences.”

And with the Watch when men talked of grave consequences that first word tended to be literal. Yet the story, Maryam thought, was not quite finished.

“But they let her try her idea,” Maryam said. “In Caranela, I mean.”

I’ve been called a lot of things, over the years, Captain Yue had told her that night. And one of those sobriquets she’d spoken had been butcher of Caranela

“They did,” Lieutenant Mitra said.

His expression was stiff and he did not elaborate.

“Did it work?” Alejandra pressed.

A moment of silence.

“Two in ten survived, instead of one,” Mitra finally said.

“She was right, then,” Maryam quietly said. “She saved lives.”

Dark eyes turned to her and his lips thinned.

“So she did,” Lieutenant Mitra acknowledged. “But she did it by opening the belly of children with silver scalpels, so none argue that the Butcher of Caranela did not earn her name.”

Captain Oratile was almost bluntly direct, which was rare with Malani, but Song did not dislike it.

“Colonel Cao dropped assigned readings for you onto my lap and she is much higher up the food chain than I am, so you’ll be doing them dutifully,” the dark-skinned officer informed them. “I hope you enjoy reading about the industries and shipping of our order, because there’s about a month’s worth of that ahead of you.”

“I do not,” Tupoc politely told her.

“That’s a shame,” Captain Oratile mused. “For you, anyway. I won’t be reading your reports, Cao can have that pleasure since she asked for them in the first place.”

Sadly, Tupoc appeared charmed by the open dismissal. The captain’s forthrightness had yet to dent, and drew the eye more than anything else about the Malani. Captain Oratile was, after all, quite mundane in appearance. Neither short nor tall, neither ugly nor fair, and while her hair was tied up in braids they were not particularly long. Even those eyes were an unremarkable brown, without so much as fleck of other color. She had some calluses on her hand, a fighter’s mark, but did not have that particular killer’s gait that Skiritai so often did.

No, if there was anything at all about the Nineteenth’s patron that stood out it was that easy confidence. Captain Tozi cleared her throat.

“When we spoke on Scholomance, ma’am, you mentioned some teaching ambitions,” she said. “Has that changed?”

Song was coming to notice something interesting about Tozi Poloko: she never truly deferred to anyone. She was polite, did not truly overstep, but sometimes it peeked through that Tozi did not particularly consider her superior officers to be superior. What she had just said was a decent enough example. While it was politely and respectfully phrased, it was still very much a student telling her patron what to do.

Song wondered whether that was the doing of Tozi’s contract. It must do strange things to one’s sense of danger, to know the most likely source of your death at all times. To her it seemed the kind of pressure that would forge either fearlessness or cringing cowardice.

“I’ve a proper class prepared for Teratology, worry not,” Captain Oratile waved away.

She then took a second look at her assembled class, the captains of the four brigades, and sighed at what she saw. They’d gathered in the captain’s own cabin, which she appeared to share with Sergeant Kavia by the sheer number of weapons being hoarded, and in truth it was a little tight in here. Enough that Imani Langa was seated on one of the beds instead of a stool, which given the choppiness of the seas outside Song somewhat envied.

“Look, the lot of you are on what the Academy informally refers to as the ‘upper’ track,” Captain Oratile said. “Upper in contrast to the ‘lower’, which is what most Stripes go through: a finishing school for officers, qualifying them for a particular kind of command and bringing them into the Stripe circles of patronage.”

She rolled her shoulder, leaning back against her desk.

“You, however, are being groomed for high-ranking positions. Not in the way that those going through the Academy’s upper track are, future colonels and captain-generals, but in that you are being formed to lead formations of covenanter cabals.”

Imani cleared her throat, earning a nod of permission from the captain.

“Are we to understand,” she said, “that you went through the ‘lower’ track yourself?”

“I did,” Captain Oratile easily replied. “What I’ve done for the last half-decade, children, is lead a Garrison company to catalogue the lemures of the Tower Coast. That position means wrangling both Savants and Laurels while not burning through assigned funds too quickly. Hence, a Stripe was sent for.”

Some twitching lips all around. While none denied that the three societies of the College made great contributions to the Watch, they were also very prone to squabbles and infamously terrible with money. It was an old joke in the black that if you sent three society robes to buy food at the market they’d come back with a book, a friend and toolbox then complain to the Stripe about the lack of supper.

“While I’ve mostly served as an officer in the regulars I have also studied as a teratologist, which made me suited to the command and saw me sent up to Academy in the first place,” Captain Oratile said. “I’ll not belabor the matter of my personal history further: my experience is with a specialized command, and I expect the trajectory of our respective careers will radically differ.”

She sighed again.

“That is what has me wary of teaching you.”

She drummed her fingers against the table.

“Now, what I can offer you is some advice in dealing with local authorities and other Watch forces,” Captain Oratile said. “I’ll not force it on you, and your readings aren’t going anywhere, but feel free to draw on my experience during these hours if you would like.”

Straightened backs at that, and from everyone. Even Tupoc saw the worth in such lessons, and why should he not? The overwhelming majority of the people they would have to deal with over the length of their careers were either locals or rank-and-file watchmen. At Scholomance covenanter students gathered like hothouse flowers, but after graduation arithmetic would inevitably win out: fewer than one in ten watchmen belonged to a covenant.

“That would be most agreeable,” Song carefully said.

The dark-eyed captain glanced at her, then hummed.

“Fine,” she said. “Some of you will pursue contracts within Tratheke. Before you do, the first thing you need to do is pay a visit to the head of the city watch – called the lictors, in the capital.”

As Captain Oratile began to warm up to her subject Song reached for her book and pen. A small command run by a Stripe, with a handful of other covenanters beneath her and specializing in particular assignments. The Nineteenth’s patron could not possibly know, but what she’d led for half a decade was precisely the kind of free company Song Ren intended to form after graduation.

Tristan had spent most of the afternoon counting watch rotations on the deck right above where the students lodged, which only reinforced that the plan he’d first come up with was the most feasible way forward. If it’d been only sailors on board sneaking through might have been feasible, but hatefully enough Commodore Trivedi appeared to be using the soldiers being ferried to Asphodel as guards.

Competence in one’s adversaries was a vexing thing. Tristan would have preferred to make enemies only of fools, but he had yet to master such discernment. One could only dream.

“Would you hurry?”

Pressed against the wall, he shot Cressida a dark look. She returned a roll of her eyes. Fortuna popped her head through the wall a moment later, shaking it. Only then did Tristan ‘risk’ peeking past the door. By pleasant happenstance, there was no sailor or soldier in a position to see him do this. As he had no intention of tipping his hand to the other Mask regarding his goddess, he was resorting to the pantomime of being overly careful instead.

It was irritating Cressida greatly, which he counted as a side benefit.

Padding quietly across the wooden floor, Tristan ghosted across the gunnery deck. If the Gallant Enterprise were an older warship there would only be one, but for this luck was on their side: there were no fewer than three. It meant patrolling them all was not feasible, as since the gunnery decks took up so much room some of them had to be used for sailors to sleep. The lowest deck had been near certain to be the one so designated, in their shared opinion, and they’d been right.

Not that being caught by sailors would be any better than the soldiers.

That was why the two Masks were very, very careful as they made their way to the closest gunport. Loud snoring warned them of company long before they made out the sleeping forms in the hanging hammocks. The real test came when they’d stepped past a bearded man who slept like the dead and knelt by the gunport. Both checked with their fingers, but the oil they’d brought proved unnecessary: the hinges were already well taken care of, unlikely to scream.

They still took their time cracking the gunport open.

In continued silence, Tristan tied the rope around his waist and secured it to his belt just in case. Cressida opened her bag silently, handing him the wall hammer and spikes. That she was better equipped than he for the work of robbery had been fortunate but Tristan thought it might graduate to being a concern in the coming weeks. Sliding on leather gloves, he nodded at her in the dark. She tied the rope to a hook in the wall, knelt by it and nodded back.

After that, there was nothing to do but climb. Tristan had not attempted anything of this scale since the tower back on the Dominion and had not bloody missed it. As they’d discussed Cressida gave him only a little rope at the start, enough he could hang slightly beneath the gunport mouth and begin the climb, only loosening her grip once the rope began pulling upwards.

The spikes dug into the wood well enough, and unless Cressida cut the rope Tristan was not at risk of dying even if he fell, but the whole affair was still a nightmare. The side of the ship was a slippery hell, any slightly off angle sending his boots skidding, and there were lights moving on the deck above so he couldn’t hurry – he had to wait, arms aching, until the lamps went away.

It was a climb that would have taken him mere minutes in the open, but as they must it took him near twenty and he came damn close to falling when a brass cap he rested his boot on halfway unscrewed. Near a quarter of that time was spent just before the edge of the top deck, waiting for room to climb and pull Cressida up after him.

It was easier for her: once on deck, he tied the rope to one of the railings and tugged four times to signify it was her turn. Much as he would have rather let her climb, the lights on the deck at the back would be returning soon. He helped pull her up instead, as quickly and silently as they could, and they hid behind barrels when a pair of sailors passed by them chatting quietly in Umoya.

After that making their way to the foredeck was just a question of patience. The sailors were not truly looking for someone sneaking about the deck, more interested in watching the dark waters for some approaching ship or storm. The pair slipped across the open space, then up the stairs on the side of the commodore’s cabin and to that narrowing space before the prow.

Hage was waiting there, sitting on the bottom of the bowsprit – a large, inclined mast aimed towards the front of the ship – with a purring Mephistofeline splashed onto his lap like a veritable puddle of cat.

“You are early,” the devil said, tone disapproving.

“You always complain I am late when I’m not,” Cressida shot right back.

Tristan shot her look, only barely hiding his surprise. She was already familiar with Hage? He’d refrained from asking her about it, concerned he was more likely to reveal he was being taught by the devil than find out anything new, but perhaps he should have. Hage, as disinclined to miss anything as always, bared the least fearsome of his teeth in a smile.

“She followed you back to the Chimerical some time ago,” the devil said. “Though you do not share a class.”

“He did not need to know that,” Cressida said, frowning.

Ah, so she was a student of poisons then. It was always a good idea to keep track of one’s meals, but it looked like Tristan was going to have to get methodical about it.

“It is fair trade,” Hage replied, “as you are about to learn something of his. There is a reason this class is to take place outside.”

“I assumed sadism,” Tristan said.

“That one’s a given, really,” Cressida noted. “Even if there is another answer, there’ll be a pinchful of sadism on top.”

“No, children,” Hage sighed. “It is because of this.”

He pointed a finger up, prompting their eyes to follow, and for a heartbeat Tristan thought they’d fallen for a petty trick. But then he caught sight of the silhouette perched on the rigging, black against the pierced dark of firmament. The large magpie cocked its head to the side, letting out a cackle-call.

“Sakkas?” Tristan blinked. “What are you doing here?”

“Of course the bird has a name,” Cressida muttered, sounding pained.

The magpie let out another call, shuffling back and forth on the rigging, before taking flight and landing on the deck. There it walked about with a straight back, as if posing its feathers for their eyes.

“Tormenting my cat is what he’s doing,” Hage flatly said. “He keeps baiting Mephistofeline to leap into the water.”

Said cat had gone utterly still on the devil’s lap, eyeing Sakkas with wide and greedy eyes. Tristan had seen that look often enough he let out a shout of protest as Mephistofeline burst out of Hage’s grasp, leaping for the magpie, and he was stepping in to chase away the glutton when he saw there’d been no need – the magpie deftly hopped up, wings aflutter, and as Mephistofeline sloshed against the floor it landed on the cat’s back before letting out a triumphant cackle.

His Infernal Highness took to that poorly, meowing furiously and flopping onto his belly to mixed effect as he tried to bat down his foe. Sakkas flew off before he could, landing on the railing and shuffling about in a victory parade. Tristan’s lips twitched up into a smug smile. While he was, of course, a proponent of peace if there was to be any bullying he was not displeased that it would be Sakkas on the clear winning end.

“That bird was not worth revealing what class I’m in,” Cressida flatly said.

“No,” Hage acknowledged, “but awareness of whatever lies inside was.”

Tristan’s jaw clenched.

“So there’s really some entity possessing it.”

“It is a bird, Tristan,” Hage said. “Given the small size of their minds, it would take less than a day for the intelligence that seized the body to be the only intelligence. It is not possession but replacement.”

Oddly enough, that made him feel somewhat better about it. Cressida’s concern, understandably, was more practical.

“What’s inside?” she bluntly asked.

“Difficult to tell without a Navigator digging into it,” Hage casually said. “It is, at least, not a complicated intellect. Cleverer than a dog but less so than a child.”

“You don’t seem worried,” Tristan observed.

“It appears to have some sort of fondness for you,” the devil said. “I do not believe it capable of deception, so you might consider it a sort of lesser spirit following you around.”

Even on a ship heading away from Tolomontera, which was charming but also a little worrying. Perhaps speaking with Maryam about taking a look – without harming Sakkas, obviously – was in order. The old devil stretched his body lazily, his cat slinking back to his boots to beg for comfort petting he was immediately indulged in.

“By the looks of it, the two of you climbed up the side of the galleon to reach here,” he idly said. “Well done, though it was the riskiest of the methods. We now pass the second part of the lesson.”

The two of them leaned in, which made it all the worse when Hage began shouting for the sailors on deck to run here. The devil grinned with all his teeth, savoring their dismay.

“Now we find out if you can make it out of the ship’s gaol before morning.”

Well, there went his night’s sleep.

While Angharad would concede that what Captain Oratile was teaching them fell under Teratology, it was a rather different sort of class than what she was used to. The Malani captain, instead of dragging them through a dozen books and theories in search of some eldritch truth about the nature of spirits, had set down three maps of the island of Asphodel and begun addressing knowledge of a more practical nature.

“As you can see Tratheke is set in a large valley between two mountain ranges,” the captain said. “The farmland around it is the most fertile on the island and Tratheke Valley is the most densely populated region of Asphodel.”

She put down a small black stone atop the inscribed outline of the capital.

“The city’s unusually clean and lacks slums, so it’s short on the kind of lemures that usually become part of metropolitan food chain,” Captain Oratile said. “Symbiotic breeds of lares will abound, however – mostly myrmekes, the kind that feed on trash, but you can expect coronals on the outskirts.”

A cleared throat from Thando Fenya.

“I am unfamiliar with the species,” he said.

“They look like ravens,” Captain Oratile said, “but are in fact a kind of hard-shelled mollusk. They hunt mostly through their emanations, which are adhesive and trap insects as well as small animals.”

Angharad was not the only one to make a moue of disgust. Tristan leaned in with interest, though he still looked like an exhausted, bedraggled cat – he’d stumbled into the cabin at four in the morning, muttering something about the hatefulness of devils, and delicately refused to deny any rumors about him spending part of the night in the ship gaol. The captain rolled her eyes, then set down two white stones: one on each side of Tratheke Valley, near the mountain ranges hemming it in.

“The Tika and Toli mountains are regularly patrolled, but given the sparse sources of Glare the presence of lemures cannot feasibly be stamped out,” Captain Oratile told them. “That means lemures will descend into the valley from there, most frequently packs of lesser breeds like lupines. Larger creatures like ursals or manticores might get displaced as well, but usually because they are sick or wounded.”

As the captain began expounding about the spirit breeds in the mountains, it became clear to Angharad why Asphodel continued to have lemure troubles even though it was a well-populated island that had been settled for hundreds of years. Tratheke Valley, holding the capital and rich farmlands, was under the direct rule of the Palliades family of Asphodel. The rest of the island, however, was parceled into a headache-inducing maze of noble estates.

Malani noble holdings were not necessarily contiguous, alliances and inheritances had seen to that, but it was frowned upon for one’s properties to be too widely spread. How could you properly serve as a noble when three estates on different sides of the Isles all required your hand? It was considered proper to trade land with other nobles in such situations, a wisdom contrasted to the nightmare that was the Imperial Someshwar – where a traveler could walk a mile and owe road tolls to ten different lords.

The noble houses of Asphodel made the Someshwari look tame.

Oh, the eastern peninsula beyond the Toli mountains was not so bad. The coast had been parceled like thinly sliced cheese, but further in the demesnes were larger. It was the mountain valleys and the western third of Asphodel – rocky coastlands around a large plateau – that were so divided that the map noting whom the territories belonged to had more letters than lines on it.

How could a land defend itself from the depredations of the Gloam when there were more border steles than roads? Lemures raided into Tratheke Valley because the Asphodelian nobles had to pick and choose which of their holdings they would defend and few would be inclined to keep their soldiers in small, desolate mountain holds when they had richer prizes to ward. It was a truth long known to the Kingdom of Malan that even a rich land could be poor, if it had a weak king.

“The Nitari Heights are known for their nemeans, but you’ll find the base of those cliffs is much more dangerous and the summit,” Captain Oratile continued, laying down a white stone on the great western plateau. “Great snakes nest in the caves and tunnels there, and at least one brigade among you will be headed out to the region to hunt a Ladonite dragon.”

Startled faces all around. Even Angharad winced the thought of facing such a creature, which she had looked into since it was on the Steel list. Ladonite dragons were massive winged snakes with front legs, prone to digging lairs high up on cliffsides. They hunted men, as all lemures, but also ravaged orchards. Not for love of the taste of apples and peaches, but because the fruits fermented in their bellies until they became a liquid the dragons could spew out as gouts of flame.

“Ladonites aren’t habitual ravagers, unlike most lemures we call dragons,” the captain told them. “Very territorial, yes, but they don’t usually venture out of that territory much. That the one the Watch was contracted to kill has been burning manors is quite unusual.”

Despite Oratile’s clear expectation otherwise, her words did not cause a great well of interest in picking that fight. Fighting a mad Ladonite dragon was, arguably, even worse than fighting the regular kind. That Tupoc was the sole exception to this, eyes almost shining, boded ill for the fortunes of the Fourth. For once Angharad would wish that lot the best.

“Well,” Captain Oratile said, “that finishes the outline.”

 She paused.

“I would recommend ink and paper,” she said, “as we are now to discuss the weaknesses – physiological and tactical – of the lemures you are most likely to encounter.”

It was mightily frustrating for Angharad to be unable to participate in the sparring, forced instead to stand leaning on her walking stick while the boys fought. Sergeant Kavia had secured permission for her to practice with a pistol, so the time was not entirely wasted, but even that small exercise exhausted her quickly. It was a constant source of irritation, that merely going up a set of stairs was enough to see her panting and red-faced.

Expendable’s practice spear was slapped aside, Kiran Agrawal following through with a feinting thrust that had the Malani leaning back – only for the other man to hook around the side of his neck and swing, toppling him smoothly. Angharad almost whistled in appreciation. Kiran, she was learning, was much better with a spear than his performance in the Acallar had indicated.

He was trained to fight men, not beasts.

“Kill,” Sergeant Kavia called out. “Take a few minutes, drink some water. Velaphi, you need to work on discerning feints. I’ll have a drill for you to keep practicing on your own time. Your captain’s a spearman, yes?”

Expendable nodded, pulling down his wide-brim hat over his face when the sergeant tried to catch his gaze.

“It’s a simple one-three, you should have no trouble teaching it to him,” the older Skiritai said, and he nodded again.

Still perched atop a table, legs folded, Sergeant Kavia then cocked a brow at Kiran.

“Agrawal, you need cut out those lohacarya flourishes,” she said. “Velaphi’s not good enough to use them against you yet, but some out there will be – you won’t be marrying up by doing well in a courting tournament, boy, so just go for the goddamn killing blows.”

The other Someshwari grimaced.

“Yes ma’am,” he said. “I have already been told it’s a bad habit.”

Sergeant Kavia waved it away.

“It’s common in our Someshwari recruits, and no worse a flaw than the Tianxi drilling their children like every fight will be fought with a line of spears around them,” she said. “We all come to the Watch with blinders on.”

The sergeant’s eyes then moved to Angharad.

“And?”

“Neither crossed the circle,” she replied.

That was her own exercise: Sergeant Kavia had walked a circular path around a part of the sparring area, and Angharad had to keep track of whether or not either man left the circle after entering it. It was to train her perception of room and help her learn the spacing used by spearmen.

“Correct,” Kavia grunted. “Who came closest?”

“Kiran,” she immediately said. “When he drew back to bait Expendable just before the end.”

The older woman hummed in approval, sounding pleased.

“You’re getting them more often than not now,” she said. “We’ll be moving on to the next exercise soon.”

Angharad almost smiled, pleased that despite her state she could do well at something. Thankfully the sergeant was a fountain of exercises, betraying the breadth of her experience as both a Skiritai and a drillmistress. Not that she must be without charm beyond these bounds, as it was not nothing for her to have been able to talk an officer into allowing them use of the mess hall for their class.

They’d had to move the benches first – though not the tables, which were screwed into the floor – but there was a respectable amount of room. The sergeant was skilled with both sword and spear, and for both the classes they’d had so far had begun by facing the other two in a spar while Angharad was made to watch the circle. Only after that did they move on to drills and shooting.

Sergeant Kavia was an experienced monster slayer, with good advice on many subjects, so Angharad would have enjoyed her afternoons a great deal if not for one little detail. One that she could almost count down to, since the others had gone to get water from the barrel in the corner and thus walked just out of hearing range.

“So,” Sergeant Kavia too-casually said, “is your uncle married?”

She tried to pretend she had not heard the other woman, eyes on the others getting ladles of water, but the silence stretched. Reluctantly, the noblewoman cleared her throat.

“Not as far as I know,” Angharad said.

“Lover – man, woman?”

Well, she supposed her uncle had been free to take one ever since he left behind Peredur and the duty to marry for the sake of House Tredegar. Not that discreet allowances were not allowed in even a third child, so long as reputations were not blackened, but the marriage market being what it was a man with no known lovers tended to be seen as preferable. Angharad could not recall her mother ever talking of her uncle’s potential dalliances, however, and would not have shared her knowledge of such even if she had.

“I did not ask.”

Sergeant Kavia clicked her tongue disapprovingly, as if Angharad had somehow let her down.

“I’m going to have to ask Duan,” she complained, as if this were also Angharad’s fault. “He’s going to be just terrible about it, I can tell.”

Desperate for anything at all to change the subject, Angharad cast her net for the first thing she could think of.

“You mentioned yesterday that you have spent near thirty years in the Watch,” she said.

Kavia looked amused, as if aware of the intended distraction, but nodded nonetheless.

“I enrolled at thirteen, then made skopis at nineteen after cutting my teeth on the Sordan War,” she said.

Angharad’s brow rose.

“If it is not indiscreet to ask, if you have served for so long then why…”

“Am I a sergeant?” Kavia grinned. “Because with my age and record, they’d stick me in a committee otherwise. I sock a couple of superior officers in the face whenever they try to promote me, nowadays.”

Angharad could almost admire that, though a detail from earlier stuck out to her.

“I had not thought the Watch involved in the Sordan War,” she said. “Was it not between the Kingdom of Sordon and the Kingdom of Izcalli?”

With rumors of other nations supporting Sordon discreetly, to prevent Izcalli from ever holding the two shores of the Auric Strait at once.

“We’re involved in all the wars, Tredegar,” Sergeant Kavia told her. “Whenever the great powers have one, so do we: shoving back into the grave whatever crawls out having gorged on the bloodshed. Doghead Coyac is one of the better Izcalli warlords, but he broke armies aplenty – that many corpses always wakes something up.”

Angharad slowly nodded.

“I heard,” she quietly said, “that such horror might be coming to Asphodel.”

“Pray you’re gone before that, girl,” Sergeant Kavia grunted. “Wars are bloody business, but civil wars are much worse. It’s one thing for men to fight, but when a nation turns on itself it doesn’t stop there.”

She spat to the side.

“Civil wars get gods involved, you see, and that’s when the wheels really come off the carriage.”

The Pereduri looked down at her hand, at the way her fingers had tightened around the head of her cane without her even noticing it. She did hope the war only came before she had left, cowardly as it was of her. What could Angharad do in this state, if war did come?

Only hide or die, and one was nearly as bad as the other.

Commodore Trivedi flatly refused the request made for the Gallant’s passengers to be allowed ashore at Lavega, reportedly informing Commander Tredegar that she had no intention of risking missing the tide because they felt like wandering.

The sole concession she was willing to make was that students and instructors were allowed on deck for an hour after the supplies were loaded, while she settled the last affairs of the flotilla ashore and the crew rested. Song found herself enjoying the sensation of the wind on her face after two days stuck below, even though the smells carried by the small port behind her were… flavorful, to be kind. She kept her eye on the half dozen ships anchored out in the bay instead, another fighting galleon and four older carracks as well a sleek silhouette that must belong to a skimmer.

Song had asked her brigade to leave her standing alone for a particular reason, so she was not surprised when she heard footsteps approaching. The very purpose of where she stood was to make herself approachable, after all.

Captain Tozi rested her elbows against the ship railing, folding her arms, and Song was almost surprised she did not need to push up on the tip of her toes for it. The other woman stayed silent for the moment, looking out to the water. It was not a small force that the Watch was sending to Asphodel, after all. Only two modern fighting ships, but Asphodel’s own home fleet would not be massively larger than the flotilla.

“Have you given thought,” Tozi finally said, “to which test you would prefer?”

“Some,” Song replied. “You?”

“Some,” Tozi agreed.

Now that they were halfway to Asphodel, they had been told in detail of the nature of the contracts ahead. The brigades would ask their patron to aim for one in particular, then the instructors as a whole would debate which brigade should get which and make their decision. Song was reluctant to tip her hand too quickly, but a bargain with Tozi would be advantageous here.

Should both Commander Tredegar, Captain Wen Captain Oratile strongly argue for particular arrangement it would make up a large portion of the assembly and weigh heavily on the debate. Not a sure thing, but good odds.

“I’ve no taste for the hunt,” Song shared.

Not only was the Thirteenth unsuited to taking on a Ladonite dragon – their finest fighter was not fit to fight – the task would take them to western Asphodel, out in the wilderness of the noble estates surrounding the Nitari Heights. None of her brigade were inclined to such rangings.

“Neither do I,” Captain Tozi said. “And as we once discussed, the exorcism out in the hills seems more trouble than it’s worth.”

The Rectorate believed that outside the city, out in Tratheke Valley, some remnant god was pulling back together and causing troubles. Missing cattle, silhouettes moving at night, strange growths. That contract would not be as much of a journey as heading west for the hunt, more along the lines of expeditions followed by returning to the capital for bouts of research, but Song did not want to take Maryam into god troubles before her friend had better mastered her Signs.

“Wise,” Song replied. “That leaves, I suppose, only the two investigations.”

Both of which would take place in the city of Tratheke but running along rather different lines. Song knew the one she wanted, but getting Tozi to choose the other might be tricky.

“Tracking down the killer would require particular skills,” she said.

The Rectorate believed that a contracted killer was acting in the capital, and the preliminary Watch investigation agreed: the wounds on the corpses had not been inflicted by steel or powder. With ten dead bodies to the name and the Tratheke city watch having failed to so much as catch sight of the killer, the Lord Rector was turning to the Watch to deal with the issue.

“A Mask, you mean,” Tozi mildly said. “I also happen to have one in my brigade.”

“Yours is nobly born,” Song said. “Arguably, that makes her the perfect fit for sniffing out the cult.”

Nobility took to cults like dogs to their own vomit and Asphodel’s was no exception. Most such cults were relatively harmless, trading boons with lesser gods for secret altars and ceremonies, so the Watch merely kept an eye on them without intervening. The cult of the Golden Ram, however, had grown enough of late to warrant attention. The Lord Rector, concerned it might be serving as the mortar for a noble conspiracy, had requested that the Watch unmask the leadership ring of the cult.

A highborn Mask would be a fine match for that task. Tozi frowned.

“I mean no offense,” she said, “but apprehending that murderer will be fighting work. You are a fair hand with steel, I’m sure, but at the end of the day only one of us has a Skiritai walking without a cane.”

Song made herself thin her lips in displeasure.

“If the investigation takes time she could yet recover,” she said.

Tozi shot her a flat look.

“Look, we both know digging up a cult could take months while taking the killer could over in less than a week with a little luck,” she said. “I do not begrudge that you want to get off the island as swiftly as possible, but the Nineteenth is simply the better pick for this.”

Song grimaced, then gave a jerky nod.

“That may be the case. I can concede.”

“And I’ll remember the favor,” Tozi acknowledged.

And from the Izcalli’s perspective a favor was being done: if Commander Tredegar and Wen argued for the Thirteenth to get the murder investigation they were not guaranteed to secure it but they were sure to open the debate enough any brigade might end up claiming it.

Fortunately for Song, she had been aiming for the cult investigation from the start.

The Thirteenth could have done well with the other, but the Tianxi knew she had the perfect bait to make the cult reach out: Angharad Tredegar. Also known as a beautiful highborn young woman with a recent injury, the very kind of recruit that a cult like the Golden Ram would be hungering for. Between Song’s eyes being able to pick out contractors, Maryam’s nose for sniffing out disturbances in the aether and Tristan’s knack for getting where he shouldn’t the Thirteenth was almost tailor-made for that contract.

“Odds are the Fourth will try for the hunt,” Tozi told her. “Xical is gagging for it.”

“The Eleventh would be capable as well, but I don’t see them straying too far from the city if they can help it,” Song agreed.

Imani Langa had not approached Angharad on the ship, where prying eyes were difficult to avoid, but Song had not forgotten what she was after. The captain of the Eleventh want to avoid the hunt at all costs, since it would take her brigade away until the end, and if Imani could not get an investigation that left the exorcism.

“Then it seems we have our tests,” Tozi said, and offered up her hand.

Song shook it, smiling as she began to think on how to spend her favor.

The plan had been for the morning to belong to Theology, but with news trickling down from Commodore Trivedi that they would be reaching Asphodel late in the evening the plans were changed to Mandate. That lesson, Wen told the Thirteenth, was perhaps the most important they would get on the boat. They ought to pay attention closely, he said, so Maryam dutifully set out to.

Beginning with their unusual teacher.

Lieutenant Joaquin was a study in the dangers of going by first impressions. Though he had the looks and build of a scrapper, with a shaved head and hard eyes, he proved polite and almost soft-spoken. Tristan had mentioned he was by repute a mathematician, which the man elaborated on when bringing up the burning question on everyone’s lips: why he was the one teaching Mandate where there was a Stripe on board.

“I have, for the better part of the last decade, served as the lead intermediary for a Peiling Society venture,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “The Society has been attempting the predict the trajectories of the moving objects of firmament through mathematics, in order to create a living map of Vesper’s ceiling. Its theories naturally require observation to be proved or disproved.”

He folded his hands behind his back.

“As a result, stargazing towers need be built across disparate regions of Vesper,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “This has required from me negotiation with nobles of all stripes and familiarity with a variety of foreign laws – as well as a grasp of where the Watch falls within these.”

He paused.

“It is up to your Mandate teachers on Scholomance to teach you philosophy and organization,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “I will, instead, attempt to impart you with some practical realities going forward: what your powers, duties and boundaries are as Watch student brigades operating on Asphodel.”

That this was being done on the ship, Maryam thought, was a reminder of how rushed their tests were. Those lessons should have been given by Professor Iyengar at Scholomance, but why would she when everyone else’s trip abroad was still months away?

“Now,” the lieutenant said, “the Rectorate is a signatory of the Treaty of Blancaflor. Can any of you tell me what this means?”

Imani Langa was first to raise her hand, and so called on though others followed after her.

“A Watch officer in the course of discharging a contract has the rights of detainment and petition,” she recited.

“Good,” Joaquin nodded. “Now, explain what these are – and where their limits lie.”

Through a staggered round of answers coming from multiple mouths, Maryam was allowed to piece things together. The Treaty of Blancaflor was, historically, the great compromise that put an end to the incessant wars between a fledgling Watch and Sacromonte over control of the Trebian Sea. In exchange for some major concessions – Sacromonte being the mediator for all Trebian states, the supremacy of Sacromontan currency and some hefty trade privileges – the Watch had been allowed rights in the region that other realms had balked at granting, some refusing outright.

The right of detainment was that a Watch officer, Song in the Thirteenth’s case, could order the temporary detainment of any lowborn man or woman, so long as they were not an official in service of the ruler. If a motive recognized by the Treaty was not then produced the detainee would have to be released with compensation, but it was still a hefty right.

“How well we are able to enforce detainment depends on the strength and tolerance of the local rulers,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “On Asphodel, for example, traditionally servants of the rector’s household and even the palace at large have come to be considered ‘officials’. We cannot detain them.”

The shaved man raised an eyebrow.

“Should you, in the course of a contract, need the ability to interrogate such a servant or even a lord – what would be your recourse?”

The answer, as it turned out, was the earlier mentioned ‘right of petition’. Given the occasional urgency of Watch duties and how ignoring that urgency could have dire consequences, under the treaty officers could directly petition the rulers of a state in which they had taken a contract. Said ruler would immediately receive the petition allowing that officer to interrogate, investigate or otherwise bother someone beyond their authority and decided on an answer, becoming fully responsible for any consequences ensuing from a refusal.

It was, of course, not quite so simple as that.

“In practice, the right is only as strong as the ruler we deal with,” Lieutenant Joaquin told them. “In Asphodel, the lord rector might not be able to let us detain a minister even if we had evidence of cult involvement simply because doing so would result in civil war. We would have to reach out to other aristocrats to broker an arrangement or threaten the use of force.”

He paused.

“For the duration of your time on Asphodel, your right to petition will be exercised only through your patron,” he said. “You will have full freedom of the right of detainment, but abuse of it will have consequences.”

A hand went up, and Tupoc Xical cleared his throat when he received permission through a cocked eyebrow.

“The Iron Law,” the Izcalli said. “It that not also one of our rights?”

“That one is not granted by Blancaflor but by the Iscariot Accords,” Lieutenant Joaquin noted. “Hence why I intended to turn an eye to it later. Still, there is no harm in an early detour. Since you seem so interested, Xical, tell me: what is the fourth clause of the Iscariot Accords, the same colloquially known as the ‘Iron Law’?”

The pale-eyed man straightened.

“The Watch may kill any who have broken the Iscariot Accords and be made to stand trial for this only by the Watch itself,” he said.

Willingly broken the Iscariot Accords,” the lieutenant corrected. “Though admittedly the wiggle room there goes both ways.”

Maryam’s brow rose.

“This seems,” she said, “like a clause that would be even more difficult to enforce than the rights we have discussed.”

“Which is why it frequently is not,” Lieutenant Joaquin told her. “Yet it is the foundation of our authority regardless. The lawful and moral right to purge corruption wherever it is encountered is what makes us more effective than most local authorities even with our limitations.”

He paused.

“Consider this – even if the Grasshopper King were contracted and plotting with a god of the Old Night, killing him would lead to war. Killing the lessers in this conspiracy and then bringing the evidence to great lords of Izcalli, however, might well see the king quietly removed instead.”

He swept through them with his gaze.

“What I described is only be possible if we have the right to pursue and kill members of the conspiracy, which we gain through the fourth clause. It could be said that the Iron Law is the method and privilege through which we keep the world afloat,” Lieutenant Joaquin said, then his brow rose. “That is why any watchman below the rank of captain exercising it without orders will be hanged unless they have a very good reason for it.”

What a tightrope the blackcloaks walked, Maryam thought. Every power and privilege subjected to an eternal tug-of-war between need and practicality. How often watchmen must trip and fall on either side of the rope and be buried for it.

“Inkwells out,” the lieutenant ordered. “I will now list the clauses of Iscariot Accords you are allowed to enforce even as students, including the rare circumstances in which you would be able to exercise the fourth clause.”

A steady look.

“I should not need to explain,” Joaquin said, “that if any of you resort to the Iron Law without true need, being expelled from Scholomance will be the least of your troubles.”

The weight of his words quelled the room, but in her it birthed a question.

“Do you expect we’ll need to use it, sir?” Maryam asked.

What did he know that they did not?

“There’s a Tianxi saying,” he said, “that goes something like this: ‘treasuring a jade ring becomes a crime’. It means that to own a precious thing invites disaster through the greed of others.”

Lieutenant Joaquin clicked his tongue.

“Asphodel is weak, and it owns a treasure,” he said. “So keep your hands on steel, children: the kind of jackals that are about to come calling won’t stay their hand for fear of what a black cloak means.”